| Index | index by Group | index by Distribution | index by Vendor | index by creation date | index by Name | Mirrors | Help | Search |
| Name: kiwi-systemdeps-core | Distribution: openSUSE Tumbleweed |
| Version: 10.0.21 | Vendor: openSUSE |
| Release: slfo.1.4.2 | Build date: Mon Jun 24 22:37:49 2024 |
| Group: System/Management | Build host: i04-ch4c |
| Size: 0 | Source RPM: python-kiwi-10.0.21-slfo.1.4.2.src.rpm |
| Packager: https://bugs.opensuse.org | |
| Url: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi | |
| Summary: KIWI - Core host system dependencies | |
This metapackage installs the necessary system dependencies to run KIWI.
GPL-3.0-or-later
* Tue Jun 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.20 → 10.0.21
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add missing write_meta_data method to BLS base
The standard bootloader interface class provided a method
named write_meta_data which is expected to be implemented
in the specialized bootloader implementation. For BLS
bootloaders this method was missing in the BLS base class.
write_meta_data can provide additional cmdline options
for booting. If not covered some boot options might be
missing. This patch fixes it
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix TW integration test to build outside OBS
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure BootLoaderConfig fixes are effective
The BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class has methods to fix the grub-mkconfig
generated files. It does that by mounting the system and changing the
respective files after the mkconfig call. However, after the change
the class instance stays open in combination with BootLoaderInstallGrub2
instance which itself under certain circumstances also mounts the
system to call grub-install. At the time grub-install is called it
cannot be guaranteed that all changes has been written unless an
explicit umount in the BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class instance happened.
This commit address the potential race condition.
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.19 → 10.0.20
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update rawhide integration test
Use new arch attribute for testing in the repository
element of the rawhide/test-image-live-disk integration
test.
* Sat Jun 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for arch attr in repository element
Allow to provide different repository sections per architecture
* Fri May 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add --list-profiles to image info
Allow to list available profiles from the processed image
description
* Thu May 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.18 → 10.0.19
* Wed May 29 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- package: Always include patches and number all sources and patches
This ensures that stuff is applied reliably and all sources and patches
are included as expected.
Then the added kiwi-revert-bls-default-for-suse.patch is applied
conditionally for SUSE distributions.
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.17 → 10.0.18
* Wed May 29 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
- package: adjust openSUSE patch
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.16 → 10.0.17
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed box plugin documentation
The provided example was no longer correct according to
changes on the image description referenced in the example
* Fri May 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add procps to Tumbleweed integration tests
* Thu May 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add procps to Tumbleweed integration tests
* Sun May 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix sdist upstream tarball contents
The .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt file is referenced by tox.ini
but not put into the sdist tarball and therefore missing in the
pypi upstream data.
* Fri May 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop use of obsolete pkg_resources
As documented in https://setuptools.pypa.io/en/latest/pkg_resources.html
the use of pkg_resources is obsolete and will cause issues.
So happened on Debian unstable. This Fixes #2548
* Thu May 09 2024 Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
- RepositoryDnf5: correct defaults, set system_cachedir
The "defaults" in `use_default_location` here are the dnf4
defaults, not the dnf5 defaults, so let's update them. Also, for
dnf5, we need to set `system_cachedir` instead of `cachedir` -
see https://dnf5.readthedocs.io/en/latest/misc/caching.7.html ,
`system_cachedir` is the cache location used when running as
root, `cachedir` is the cache location used when running as a
regular user.
Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.15 → 10.0.16
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- poetry build doesn't like symlinks
The sdist tarball produced by poetry build does not include
all files and skipped symlinks in test/data. This caused the
unit test run to fail if called from within that sources
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix spec file
Require docopt-ng for Fedora 41+
* Tue May 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.14 → 10.0.15
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for stopsignal in containerconfig
Allow to specify the stopsignal via the containerconfig
element as the following example shows
<type image="docker">
<containerconfig ...>
<stopsignal>SIGINT</stopsignal>
</containerconfig>
</type>
This Fixes #2543
* Thu May 02 2024 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
- Fix set_disk_password to be effective
Since commit 8aa517eb7 it is necessary to call
_mount_device_and_volumes() prior making any modifications
to boot files. In addition handle potential errors
from the grub.cfg modification better.
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Makefile
Make sure custom patches are part of the package sources
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.13 → 10.0.14
* Thu May 02 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- doc: Document the bls option for the grub bootloader
* Wed May 01 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@opensuse.org>
- Temporarily revert grub-bls default to false for SUSE distributions
For the time being, SUSE distributions cannot handle KIWI's default
to use BLS with GRUB2. Until they catch up, revert this for them only.
* Wed May 01 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- kiwi/bootloader: restore backward compatibility for grub2 with bls
The change to introduce the bls parameter broke backward compatibility
with all existing kiwi descriptions for distributions that default to BLS.
This fixes that by allowing the unset state to be equivalent to enabling it.
Fixes: 8a8190098cb30358459ba10a4db1ba6446eee8c2
* Tue Apr 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.12 → 10.0.13
* Mon Apr 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Overwrite compression setting only if randomized
When building an encrypted image, the bundler never compressed
the result. This overwrite from the runtime configuration and
the default compression setting actually only makes sense when
the image is randomized because only then a compression is
for sure useless. This Fixes #2540
* Mon Apr 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure lsblk output is sorted by dev name
lsblk without the sorting option can provide the list
of devices in different order. This patch makes sure
lsblk sorts the output by the device name.
This Fixes bsc#1223374
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Romain Geissler <romain.geissler@amadeus.com>
- Stop leaking plugins/{priorities,versionlock}.conf file with dnf4/5.
This fixes the fedora issue
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=2270364
Signed-off-by: Romain Geissler <romain.geissler@amadeus.com>
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix luks_randomize setting
Make sure the value passed for luks_randomize in the description
becomes effective. It was not possible to switch off luks_randomize
because any "not" value was turned into a true value. The actual
default should therefore only apply in case luks_randomize is
not specified at all which means only a None value will turn
into a true value for this setting.
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
- Fix package removal with dnf5
dnf5 does not implement `dnf autoremove <package>` as a synonym
for `--setopt=clean_requirements_on_remove=true remove <package>`
as dnf4 did. So, we should do it this way instead.
Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
* Thu Apr 25 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
- Add 'bls' parameter for the bootloader
* Sat Apr 20 2024 Iván Chavero <ichavero@chavero.com.mx>
- Fix efifatimagesize attribute type
The efifatimagesize attribute type value is set to "oem" but the documentation says
that it is intended to be also used for creating ISO images. This causes a schema error
when this attribute is set on a profile with type "iso" and blocks changing the EFI
boot image size which is a problem if the image is bigger than 20M. This commit
allows to specify the attribute also for the "iso" type
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add missing tool requires
Latest changes on the bundler used sed and file
which were not required by the spec. This is
related to bsc#1221790
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add vmdk format to test-image-bundle-format
Allow to check if the bundle format rename is applied
in the new bundle reference checker code
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix file references in kiwi bundler result files
When using a custom bundle_format the kiwi result bundler renames
the output files to match the bundle_format. However, if there are
output files that references other output files, for example the
vmware binary (.vmdk) in the guest config file (.vmx) then this
renaming breaks those result files. This patch adds a reference
file check for all non binary output files if they contain a
reference to another output file and updates the data accordingly.
This Fixes bsc#1221790
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't compress vmdk images
Like with qcow2 it's not expected that the format type gets
compressed in the bundle
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
- kiwi.rnc: define bls parameter for bootloader
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Keep runtime_checker_metadata.yml as module file
It was a bad idea to install a mandatory source file outside
the module path. This prevents running kiwi from source
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Arch build
Forgot to add install of runtime_checker_metadata.yml
* Thu Apr 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update tumbleweed/test-image-disk integration test
* Thu Apr 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Handle XSLT errors better
Make sure etree.XSLTApplyError is a known error in the kiwi
scope and raise an appropriate exception
* Wed Apr 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.11 → 10.0.12
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop concept of volumes_mounted_initially
The volume mount should be the same process no matter
if it happens for the first time or subsequently
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed mountpoint to use for read-only property
Make sure get_mountpoint() is used to retrieve the correct
mountpoint for the root entry point. Using the self.mountpoint
member is not always correct
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent extra volume mount/umount on btrfs
For setting up the read-only property an extra mount of the
btrfs sub-volumes was issued. However, all volumes are mounted
at that time. Thus it's not required to mount them again, resulting
in a busy state because of the auto-snapshot mounts which does
not get umounted and keeps a busy state until the lazy umount
kicks in. This Fixes #2529
* Tue Apr 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix typo in documentation main page
Superfluous format sequence
* Mon Apr 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added another search path for signed EFI binaries
Add /usr/lib/grub/*-efi-signed to search for shim signed EFI
binaries too. This Fixes #2525
* Mon Apr 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed runtime checks for dracut module packages
Unfortunately the packaging of kiwi on Debian follows different
naming conventions for dracut module packages which causes
the runtime check to fail. This commit allows to check for
multiple package names and adds the variants used on Debian.
This Fixes #2524
* Thu Apr 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.10 → 10.0.11
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add schema upgrade opportunity for old schemas
kiwi files using a schema version < 7.4 are no longer supported
by kiwi >= v10.x.x. Thus this commit provides the required
XSL stylesheets to upgrade older schemas to v74 such that they
can be consumed by the latest kiwi version. The needed xsltproc
instruction is placed on the main page of the documentation.
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete kiwi compat mode
The compat mode allowed a kiwi v7 legacy argument translation
and is obsolete since a long time
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make excludes in bootstrap effective for dnf
Followup fix to really use the ignore information in the dnf
package manager implementation. This Fixes #2499
* Thu Mar 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.9 → 10.0.10
* Wed Mar 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.8 → 10.0.9
* Wed Mar 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix setup of discoverable partitions
Make sure GUI is unique and typecode is set according to the
standard. This Fixes #2517
* Mon Mar 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Live ISO Wait for udev events after repart
Make sure to wait for the event queue to become empty after
the creation of the write partition. When kiwi calls the
code to create the write partition this emits new udev events.
It's important to wait for the event queue to become empty
to avoid a potential regression on the use of the device nodes.
In the processing of the events it can happen that a device
gets removed and re-added. If we don't want for udev
to process the entire queue it can happen that the
wrong block device is used. This wrong selection is only
possible because the way how hybrid ISOs are designed exposes
both, the disk and the partition for the root device with
the same label. This Fixes bsc#1213595
* Sat Mar 23 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.7 → 10.0.8
* Fri Mar 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix zipl setup for use with custom btrfs root vol
In the setup case that btrfs is used for the system and
the root partition is on a custom named volume (not /),
this information was not passed to the zipl bootloader
instance and this caused the mounting of the overall
root system to fail. This commit fixes it
* Fri Mar 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow ignore stanza in bootstrap
So far the <ignore> stanza was only effective when placed
as part of the type="image" packages section. This commit
allows to place it also to the type="bootstrap" packages.
This Fixes #2499
* Wed Mar 20 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.6 → 10.0.7
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for %v in bundle format
Allow a placeholder for the entire version text as
provided by the <version> section
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow bundle format to be set on the commandline
The bundle format is usually specified as part of the image
description in the bundle_format attribute. This commit also
allows to specify/overwrite the bundle format in the kiwi
result bundle command via the new --bundle-format option.
This Fixes #2509
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.5 → 10.0.6
* Mon Mar 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup cleanup of zipl templates
Make sure temporary modifications to the zipl template
and config file are not effective in the later system.
This Fixes bsc#1221469
* Thu Mar 14 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise system_update.rst
* Thu Mar 14 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise system_prepare.rst
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise system_create.rst
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.4 → 10.0.5
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for use of /boot/zipl
The mounting of /boot/zipl is also only required if the
bootloader is set to grub2_s390x_emu
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update schema version in spec file
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop rpm-dir from allowed repository type
Using an arbitrary list of rpm packages as repository is a zypper
only feature, barely tested and from our pov not really needed
as a simple createrepo call turns any custom list of packages
into a clean rpm-md repo including metadata. This commit drops
rpm-dir from the list of allowed repository types and auto
converts those image descriptions which makes use of it. Please
note this does not prevent users from using flat package
directories with zypper, because the type argument in the
repository section is an optional attribute. In case there is
no type specification zypper auto-detects and handles the data
as it handles it. This Fixes #1926
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise system_build.rst
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup use of /boot/zipl
Only for the grub2_s390x_emu bootloader setup an optional boot
partition setup must be put to /boot/zipl rather than to /boot
* Mon Mar 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Lookup distro provided BLS entries for zipl
Check if there is already an entry file name produced by the
distribution logic/policy. If we can find an already present
entry name, prefer this name over the kiwi naming policy
* Mon Mar 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install audit in s390 rawhide integration test
* Sun Mar 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.3 → 10.0.4
* Sat Mar 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete invalid EPEL repo from rawhide tests
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix s390 tools and grub requirement
On Fedora/RHEL this is named s390utils and there is no grub2
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added rawhide integration test
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Temp commit
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.2 → 10.0.3
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise image_size, kiwi
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Ensure we use a compatible docopt-ng version
To ensure our trick to switch between docopt and docopt-ng works,
we need to have a higher minimum version for docopt-ng where
compatibility with the original docopt was restored.
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed delta_root build
The support for delta_root allows to build a delta container
image from a given base container. Due to the refactoring of
the kiwi code base using context managers no explicit deletion
of instances happens anymore. This uncovered a weakness of
the delta root code at the level of the overlay mount. At
the time of the umount there are still active temporary
mount handlers which keeps the mountpoint busy. In order to
fix this properly also the PackageManager factory is now
a context manager and the Repository factory received a
cleanup method which is called when the PackageManager goes
out of scope. This refactoring also fixes the busy state
when building deltas
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.1 → 10.0.2
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't use poetry publish
Publishing to pypi is done via pypa/gh-action-pypi-publish
and the respective auth token. Calling poetry publish does
not work because this is not authorized
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 10.0.0 → 10.0.1
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop ci-kiwi-9-compliant.yml
Delete this action as it existed in the intermediate state
prior the new major version v10.x.x
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add tzdata to Debian tests
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed sync script for test-image-rpi on Ubuntu
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install language-pack-en for Ubuntu arm test
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install locales-all for Debian tests
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install language-pack-en for Debian tests
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix repo setup for Ubuntu arm test
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install network stack for Debian test
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Request util-linux explicitly for Ubuntu tests
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add usr-is-merged to package list for bootstrap
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install language-pack-en for Ubuntu tests
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Ubuntu integration tests to Lunar
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update test-image-rpi for Ubuntu on arm
Do not install kiwi as test application
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix repo setup for Debian integration tests
Staging repo must be first for higher prio
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update test-image-docker-derived
Don't install kiwi as test application, use something
smaller, just vim
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Debian build test from Buster to Bookworm
Move from Debian 11 to Debian 12 for integration testing
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Ubuntu integration tests from Jammy to Mantic
Use Ubuntu 23.10 for the integration tests and move away from 22.04
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Switch to Poetry and use pyproject.toml definitions
This allows kiwi to be built, developed, tested, and installed
through Poetry. This also raises the minimum Python version to 3.9.
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete test-image-microdnf
microdnf is dead and dnf5 took over
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete test-image-live-disk-v8
CentOS-8 is EOL and dropped from upstream kiwi
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise image info
* Mon Mar 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for BLS zipl
Add support for <bootloader name="zipl" .../> to support BLS
based zipl configuration. This Fixes #2481
* Fri Mar 01 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Review Build WSL container
* Fri Mar 01 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Revise Build simple disk
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update v9 compliance action
put the cherry-pick tests into an extra script and
provide a skip list of commits for manual checking
if needed
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix activation of luks pool in the initrd
kiwi called systemd-cryptsetup directly which does not take
the settings available in /etc/crypttab into account. This
commit changes the activation procedure in a way that the
generator created unit file systemd-cryptsetup@... is used
This Fixes bsc#1219009
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Apply changelog fixes by glob
Does not require Makefile changes when maintaining branches
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add changelog fix file for commit deb6ca
The commit used a wrong e-mail address which should not
land in the created changes file for the packaging
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set default output console to gfxterm for grub
If no console setting is done in the image description for grub
the default output console is set to: gfxterm and the default
input console is set to: console. This Fixes bsc#1219074
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Catch error condition more specific
Only a KiwiCommandError is an exception we want to
catch and handle, everything else is a bug and should
not be masked
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add silent flag to CommandCapabilities
an instance of CommandCapabilities allows to check for specific
options of a command. If the parsing of options has failed a
warning message is created by default. Under certain circumstances
like the check for the --help option of setfiles, such a warning
message can be misleading information in the build log file.
Therefore the new silent flag allows to suppress the warning
message and the flag is used for the capabilities of the
setfiles utility. This Fixes #2350
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix documentation preferlvm example
The custom volumes example shows a faulty XML description.
This Fixes #2483
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move SystemPrepare to context manager
Change the SystemPrepare class to context manager.
All code using SystemPrepare was updated to the following
with statement:
with SystemPrepare(...) as system_prepare:
system_prepare.some_member()
This completes the refactoring from finalizers to
context managers and Fixes #2412
* Mon Feb 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fallback to built-in partition UUID table
If systemd-id128 is not found or failed use the kiwi built-in
table as defined by the UAPI group to assign the partition UUID
* Mon Feb 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move DiskFormat to context manager
Change the DiskFormat Factory to be a context manager.
All code using DiskFormat was updated to the following
with statement:
with DiskFormat(...).new as disk_format:
disk_format.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added requirement for xmltodict to spec
Actually the real issue to this defect seems to live in the
anymarkup source code. It seems that the import of xmltodict
at the beginning of the core module is optional, but later on
when handling XML xmltodict seems to be mandatory, see here:
https://github.com/bkabrda/anymarkup-core/blob/08896a8215819edcc413e3f2588518046
9a4c2ed/anymarkup_core/__init__.py#L210-L229. Because this
issue can result in a "ImportError: Can't parse xml: xmltodict not installed"
turning kiwi into a bad exit condition I propose to add
this python requirement to the kiwi spec as a workaround and
try fixing the anymarkup packaging and module setup upstream
in addition. To my knowledge all relevant distributions
provides xmltodict
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed type hint for pinch_system method
The PackageManager argument is allowed to be optional
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for discoverable partitions
Set PARTUUID according to systemd-id128 if applicable
This Fixes #1385
* Thu Feb 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Repository to context manager
Change the Repository Factory to be a context manager.
All code using Repository was updated to the following
with statement:
with Repository(...).new as repo:
repo.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Thu Feb 22 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Build LiveISO review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Buil KIS review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Build expandable disk review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
- Build container image review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow terminal emulation setup from the cmdline
Using rd.kiwi.term will export the TERM variable into the initrd
environment. In case the default value for the terminal emulation
is not appropriate rd.kiwi.term can be used to overwrite the default.
The environment is also passed to the systemd unit which calls
dialog based programs in kiwi dracut code, such that the TERM
setting will be effective there too. For example:
rd.kiwi.term=vt100
This is related to bsc#1218095
* Tue Feb 20 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed implementation for oem-shutdown
If specified oem-shutdown caused a reboot -f -p which is
a powerdown but not a graceful shutdown. This commit fixes
this by using systemctl halt for a clean shutdown.
This Fixes #2474
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move VolumeManager to context manager
Change the VolumeManager Factory to be a context manager.
All code using VolumeManager was updated to the following
with statement:
with VolumeManager(...).new as volume_manager:
volume_manager.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
- Refactor Command class
Command.run() currently has a bit of a confusing behavior: if raise_on_error is
False and the executable is not found, then a weird CommandT is returned (return
code is -1 and stdout+stderr is None). This makes it possible to hanlde command
not found errors separately, but it makes that needlessly verbose. So instead,
let's just return None in *this* special case.
That in turn uncovered, that in most cases when we set `raise_on_error=True`, we
actually want an error if the command is not present but no error if the command
fails to execute (e.g. because it returns -1 if you run `$cmd --version`). Hence we
introduce the flag `raise_on_command_not_found`, which causes an exception to
be raised if the command is not found. This makes it independent of the
`raise_on_error` flag.
Additionally, we add a small optimization: if command starts with /, then we
assume it's a full path and we omit the call to which (and just check whether it
exists).
Co-authored-by: Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move ImageSystem to context manager
Change the ImageSystem class to context manager.
All code using ImageSystem was updated to the following
with statement:
with ImageSystem(...) as image_system:
image_system.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow empty cherry-picks for compliance test
If we cherry-pick from main to master the compliance check
will notice that a commit already exists. This is not an error
and we can allow to continue the picking via --allow-empty
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for .profile.extra
Allow to source .profile.extra such that it is possible to
read and act on e.g cmdline parameters. This is related to
bsc#1218095
* Sun Feb 18 2024 Alexandre Detiste <alexandre.detiste@gmail.com>
- Use unittest.mock from core python everywhere
mock was an independent module that has been merged into the Python standard library.
* Fri Feb 16 2024 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include partprobe in initrd for s390
This commit includes partprobe, in addition to parted, on
s390 based systems. Otherwise partx is used and apparently
it does not properly support s390.
Fixes bsc#1219798
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Feb 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed MicroOS integration test
temporarily disable ignition/combustion/growpart and use
kiwi's resize code for testing, oem-resize set to true
* Thu Feb 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed kis documentation
The procedure to run qemu with a filesystem image as disk
was not quite correct.
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation about partition clones
Using the root_clone attribute comes with some requirements
and consequences. This commit documents them
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Improve documentation generation
With Sphinx >= 6.0.0, jQuery is no longer included but the rtd theme's search
functionality needs it. The theme was changed to load sphinxcontrib-jquery
automatically with https://github.com/readthedocs/sphinx_rtd_theme/pull/1399,
but kiwi broke this fix by loading the theme in the wrong way.
Now that the theme is loaded properly, the search functionality also works
with newer versions of sphinx again and the version pinning can be lifted.
This Fixes: #2462
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Allow specifying the filesystem for live image, also direct squashfs
Allow specifying the filesystem for live image, also direct squashfs
By setting <type image="iso" filesystem="FSTYPE" .../> it's now possible
to specify the filesystem used for live images. By using "squashfs", the
rootfs container is skipped entirely.
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for reading .profile.extra in initrd
If there is the file /.profile.extra available in the
initrd, kiwi will import this additional environment file
after the import of the standard /.profile file.
This is related to bsc#1218095
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't run ci-kiwi-9-compliant action on forks
* Tue Feb 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix setup of UUID for btrfs
When setting up the UUID for a btrfs filesystem via btrfstune
it could happen that the call becomes interactive asking
a question and give a recommendation. All this is unwanted
and can be forced via the -f switch. This Fixes #2456
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move OCI to context manager
Change the OCI Factory to be a context manager.
All code using OCI was updated to the following
with statement:
with OCI(...).new as oci:
oci.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop destructor from CommandProcess
There is code that sends a SIGTERM to the process in case
there is no error code information. I believe in this case
sending SIGTERM will not kill the process (defunct) and I
also don't see in what good condition we would be entering
this state.
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of custom bootloader
In case no bootloader implementation by kiwi should be
used, users can specify the bootloader="custom" attribute.
Instead of skipping the bootloader stage in the builders
it is better to consistently create an instance of bootloader
but raise if a method of the bootloader interface is called
for which the custom bootloader has no implementation. This
commit adds the consistency bits.
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed scope of BootLoaderConfig instance
Due to the refactor of BootLoaderConfig into context managers
we had two instances of BootLoaderConfig. However, the first
instance holds data the second instance needs which caused an
issue. This commit makes sure there is one BootLoaderInstance
within the lifetime of required services
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow integration test to build outside of obs too
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix for drop obsolete C tools from kiwi
The spec file make call to build the C code was forgotten
to be deleted
* Sun Feb 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop obsolete C tools from kiwi
For building custom initrd images kiwi provided some
optional helper tools. All these C written tools are
old and outdated and either not useful anymore or
replaced by other tools that are part of the distribution
matrix we support. Thus with the move to the next
major release those can go away. This also include the
package kiwi-tools which was used to provide them
* Wed Feb 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Several examples still pointed to Leap 15.3 repos, but we are
at Leap 15.5. Thus this commit shifts towards Leap 15.5
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Remove destructor from BootLoaderInstallGrub2
With MountManager as context manager the BootLoaderInstallGrub2
class doesn't need a destructor anymore. This is related
to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Remove obsolete destructor from BootImageDracut
With MountManager as context manager the BootImageDracut
class doesn't need a destructor anymore. This is
related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Raid Luks and Integrity to context manager
Change the RaidDevice, LuksDevice and IntegrityDevice classes
to context manager:
with RaidDevice(...) as raid:
raid.some_member()
with LuksDevice(...) as luks:
luks.some_member()
with IntegrityDevice(...) as integrity:
integrity.some_member()
In the context of the disk builder an ExitStack is used to
handle the new context manager based classes
This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Feb 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix error message regarding ovftool
For ova support kiwi still uses the proprietary ovftool
from VMware. The error message if the tool could not be
found was broken and the link to the VMware page was also
outdated.
* Fri Feb 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop PDF build of the documentation
The kiwi.pdf file as provided in the kiwi-man-pages package
was never really used by our users but comes with a huge
dependency chain to LaTex. We provide the documentation
online as well as converted to DocBook from where all other
formats could be derived. Thus there is no need for us to
produce an extra PDF document which is imho never consulted.
In addition to this change also the contributing chapter has
been reworked. Due to recent changes and drop of obsolete
components from kiwi as well as the effort to move the development
setup to poetry, there is only one non python tool needed
for the development of kiwi. The check for this tool has been
moved into the Makefile and all other checks formerly done
in the helper/install_devel_packages script were deleted.
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix crypto LUKS integration test
The integration test build also encrypts /boot which requires
grub to open the LUKS pool using cryptomount. grub does not support
the argonID salted password hashes. Thus the integration test
description configures pbkdf2 instead
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use ExitStack for MountManagers
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Only pass appropriate bootloader arguments
When constructing a BootLoaderConfig instance only pass
arguments appropriate to the selected bootloader. It does
not hurt but it is bad style and unnecessary data and
code points if e.g grub relevant information is passed
when we actually setup systemd-boot
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix reading of os-release file
If the /etc/os-release file contains comments or spaces
python's csv reader will throw an exception. Thus this
data must be ripped out prior reading
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to use Literal for all python versions
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Better error message on module import
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move Disk to context manager
Change the Disk class to be a context manager.
All code using Disk was updated to the following
with statement:
with Disk(...) as disk:
disk.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-rpi for TW
No need to pull in zypper plugin that does not resolve on TW
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
drop documentation for isolinux in API and user docs
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix invalid escape sequence
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add missing assert call to install_test
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Correct type hint of mbrid parameter
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Convert BootLoaderConfigBase into an abstract base class
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Convert BootLoaderConfig to free function
The class serves really no purpose except for creating another
namespace. This function now allows us to have more stricter type checking.
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- better function name
* Mon Jan 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop support for syslinux/isolinux
SYSLINUX has been abandoned for several years now, and it does not
even work with modern versions of the filesystems supported in kiwi.
This commit drops it and Fixes #2433
* Mon Jan 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update build tests
Delete use of syslinux/isolinux
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move BootLoaderConfig to context manager
Change the BootLoaderConfig class to be a context manager.
All code using BootLoaderConfig was updated to the following
with statement:
with BootLoaderConfig.new(...) as bootloader_config:
bootloader_config.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- [docs] make copyright year dynamic
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Silence Shellcheck warning SC2004
It causes false positives in array expressions,
e.g. device_array[${device_index}]
(see: https://www.shellcheck.net/wiki/SC2004)
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Quote shell variables to prevent word splitting
this fixes shellcheck warning SC2086
https://www.shellcheck.net/wiki/SC2086
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add type hints & doc to VolumeManagerBase & VolumeManagerBtrfs
Also add additional tests for test coverage of typing edge cases
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Correct invalid escape sequence
\/ is not a valid escape sequence, it just needs to be forwarded to the shell
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- DiskBuilder: use ExitStack to unmount partitions
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- FileSystemBase & VolumeManagerBase: return a MountManager from sync_data
This allows us to unmount the filesystems via the returned context manager
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Don't catch all exceptions in MountManager.umount
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Implement a context manager interface for MountManager
* Wed Jan 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Debian distro for integration tests
We require python >= 3.9
* Wed Jan 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor disk builder for use with context manager
In preparation to further context manager related changes
in VolumeManager, LuksDevice, RaidDevice and more the
disk builder code which uses these classes needs to be
refactored beforehand to allow switching to context
manager based cascading of the storage device classes.
This commit does the refactoring and is related to
Issue #2412
* Tue Jan 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix for drop of hybrid boot snippets
The following is left over code from the drop of the hybrid
boot templates.
* Tue Jan 16 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Drop hybrid boot snippets from the GRUB 2 configuration template
Sometime between GRUB 2.04 and GRUB 2.06, it became no longer
necessary to use "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" for UEFI boot. The
standard "linux"+"initrd" stanzas work for both legacy BIOS boot
and modern UEFI boot.
Some distributions no longer support "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" at all
anymore, so let's just use "linux"+"initrd" for everything now.
* Mon Jan 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't create default entry for sd-boot loader.conf
* Mon Jan 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Type cleanup, no use of Any type in disk builder
Use proper Union declaration for system variable and add
consistency layer into Filesystem/VolumeManager classes to
meet the type declaration as well as to simplify further
refactoring on these classes
* Sun Jan 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Compat entry name for kernel-install in sd-boot
systemd-boot tools like kernel-install expect a certain
entry naming policy. This commit adapts kiwi to adapt to
this policy. The name for the default entry is constructed
out of the ID information from /etc/os-release followed
by the name of the kernel as it is represented by the
directory name in /lib/modules/... This Fixes #2417
* Sat Jan 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop SLE integration tests
The kiwi version for SLE is maintained in the git repos
* https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi_sle15
* https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi_sle12
and has its own set of QA integration tests in the internal
build service.
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Apply different cherry-pick strategy
cherry picking merge commits is not easily possible. Thus get
the list of commits and check if it can be applied in a series
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Reduce XSL transformation list
Minimum schema version to start with is v74
This Fixes #2368
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed custom ISO boot template
The archlinux integration test used a custom iso boot
template which still contained the terminal_setup variable.
This commit fixed the template to use the new terminal_input
and terminal_output variables
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete clicfs from documentation API
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move FileSystem to context manager
Change the FileSystem class to be a context manager. All code using
FileSystem was updated to the following with statement:
with FileSystem.new(...) as filesystem:
filesystem.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update unit test data to schema v8.0
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update major schema version from 7.6 -> 8.0
With the switch to schema v8.x we allow for non compatible
changes in regards to the v7.x stream. Thus this commit also
deletes the support for clicfs from the schema
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop clicfs support
clicfs was a fuse userspace implementation of an overlay
filesystem. Since overlayfs became the default overlay filesystem
there is no reason for kiwi to keep the clicfs support
* Wed Jan 10 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Use obsrepositories for the CentOS 9 image
We were relying on the repos being parsed from the kiwi description but this can
cause problems and gives us less flexibility when it comes to fixing repository
setup issues.
This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2335
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.22 → 10.0.0
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move workflow runs to main branch
Make sure all github actions runs from main
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.21 → 9.25.22
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add compliance action
Check if the commits of a pull request can be cherry-picked to
the master, which is the kiwi v9.x.x code stream.
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed regression in GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND setup
The condition to write the serial line setup was broken.
This commit fixes it. Related to Issue #2419
* Mon Jan 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub terminal setup
The grub terminal setup is divided into the setting for the output
and the input console. For both settings different parameters exists.
So far kiwi did not differentiate between the two parts of the
console setup and that could lead to a wrong setting if only one
value is provided in kiwi's console= attribute which lead to the
grub setting, GRUB_TERMINAL=value. If value is set to e.g gfxterm
grub takes this for both input and output and it's obviously
wrong for the input. To make this less error prune the kiwi code
changes with this commit to set GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT and
GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT rather than GRUB_TERMINAL and also runs sanity
checks on the provided values if they are applicable. The information
for setting up the console in the schema stays untouched though.
That's because it's used for all bootloaders and also because grub
supports multiple values for the console in/out setting in one
GRUB_TERMINAL variable even though kiwi does no longer use it.
To make this clear for the users also the documentation for the
console attribute setup has been updated. If we want to wish two
distinct attributes for input and output console settings a schema
change and also differentiation between bootloaders is needed and
that I only see for the kiwi-10 branch if at all. This Fixes #2419
* Thu Jan 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix tox.ini
python 3.12 unit target did not specify a 3.12 interpreter
* Thu Jan 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix overwrite of kiwi_oemunattended
In case rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice is set, there is an overwrite
of the kiwi_oemunattended setting. However the variable was set
in local scope of a function and therefore the change was not
effective in other methods which also evaluates this variable.
This commit fixes it such that the overwrite happens in the early
initialize method which provides the environment for all code
running in the dracut module. This is related to jira#PED-7180
* Sat Dec 30 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move LoopDevice class to context manager
Change the LoopDevice class to be a context manager.
All code using LoopDevice was updated to the following
with statement:
with LoopDevice(...) as loop_provider:
loop_provider.some_member()
This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Dec 29 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Ensure setfiles is detected inside the image-root
We do not actually use setfiles from the host, we use it from the
image root we create for the image build. Thus, we should look in
the image root instead of on the host system.
This prevents us from incorrectly detecting that setfiles is not
available for setting SELinux contexts.
Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2414
Fixes: 2a22901ddd11ae23b6724b5e1aaa4261f219ccb6
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Use xdist on the CI to speed up the test runs
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add unit test job using python 3.12
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Only run the job for this python environment
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- [ci] Switch runner to ubuntu-latest
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add missing raw string identifier infront of regexes
* Tue Dec 26 2023 Jianhua Lu <lujianhua000@gmail.com>
- Allow target_blocksize to be available for kis image
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.20 → 9.25.21
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup tox targets
Align tox targets with github workflows and fix targets
not associated with a specific python version to use
the python3 version installed on the host
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.19 → 9.25.20
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unit tests for parallel invokation
* Fri Dec 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure selinux policy is effectively applied
setup_selinux_file_contexts is now called after the config.sh
script. This makes sure that eventual policy related changes
done in the optional config.sh are covered by a late setfiles
call. In addition setup_selinux_file_contexts is called again
at the end of any chroot based script hook. So we assume that
any optional script target can change the system in a way that
a new setfiles call might be required. It can happen that
setfiles is called more often than required but as we cannot
know what custom scripts does, it's better to call it more
often compared to not often enough. This Fixes bsc#1210604
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Decrease image size for encrypted integration test
Encrypted images do not compress well, therefore the size
should be smaller such that we don't produce monsters
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use ext4 for rawhide integration test
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed typo in error message
* Wed Dec 13 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- package: Drop unused xorriso dep on dracut-kiwi-live subpackage
We do not actually use xorriso anywhere inside of the dracut module,
nor do we pull in any utilities from the xorriso package into the
generated initramfs anyway.
Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2404
* Mon Dec 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set kpartx as default mapper tool for s390
Some time ago we moved the default partition mapper from
kpartx to partx to reduce a package dependencies.
However, on the s390 architecture partx does not work
proplerly on e.g DASD devices. Thus the default mapper
tool for this architecture will change to kpartx
with this PR
* Fri Dec 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update test-image-MicroOS
Incorporate latest changes from upstream MicroOS and
also add an encrypted profile build for testing
* Wed Dec 06 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Include either partx or partprobe to dracut
The code in the 99kiwi-lib dracut module can either use
partprobe or partx to do the job. We prefer partx over
partprobe and error out if none of them could be found
This Fixes #2400
* Tue Nov 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.18 → 9.25.19
* Thu Nov 23 2023 Alexandre Esse <alexandre.esse.dev@gmail.com>
- Fix typo in workflow overview doc section
* Wed Nov 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add missing documentation for oem-unattended-id
* Wed Nov 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow install disk overwrite from cmdline
Add rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice=DEVICE. Configures the disk device
that should be used in an OEM installation. This overwrites any
other oem device setting, e.g device filter or maxdisk and just
continues the installation on the given device. However, the
device must exist and must be a block special.
This Fixes jira#PED-7180
* Tue Nov 21 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update mailmap
* Fri Nov 10 2023 Kali <jehan.singh@suse.com>
- Replace the regex-based loader entry fix with string parsing (#2388)
A user building RHEL images ran into issues with the initrd.
It turns out that RHEL uses some patches that mean the
initrd/linux files in RHEL are not installed to /boot, which trips
up the original regex. The new fix doesn't rely on matching the
path in boot, instead just finding the initrd/linux files and rewriting
them in place.
This change also adds the pre-and-post fix loader entries to the debug logs.
Reference: https://bugzilla.suse.com/1208701
Fixes suse bsc#1208701
* Fri Nov 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix mbrid setup for read-only systems
On filesystems without a UUID (e.g squashfs) the fallback boot id
setup should apply if neither UUID nor MBR ID is present. This
is a followup fix for Issue #2391
* Thu Nov 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy test description
The configured embedded ESP image size is too big, max 30MB
are possible as El Torito boot load size
* Thu Nov 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't make toml a requirement
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub mbrid file search
To identify the root device for ISO images (live and install media)
that boots via grub2, kiwi uses a grub2 --file search. The searched
file was named /boot/mbrid, however this is not a unique name and
could be found on other devices of the system as well. To connect
the search to the correct media this commit changes the search to
an ID based method which is unique to the image build process.
This Fixes #2389
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't use kernel-install
kernel-install does a lot more then making the kernel available
to the ESP. It calls dracut, it creates loader entries and all
that is unexpected and also breaks the boot because the way
dracut is called in the image build case where host != target
leads to broken results. This commit refactors the systemd-boot
support in kiwi to prevent the use of kernel-install
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add check_efi_fat_image_has_correct_size
Add runtime check for to check that the efifatimagesize
does not exceed the max El Torito load size
* Tue Nov 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for ISO boot via systemd-boot
Create proper EFI FAT image via bootctl to be used as
alt loader in xorriso. This allows to boot the ISO
via EFI e.g kvm -bios /usr/share/qemu/ovmf-x86_64.bin -cdrom file.iso
Please note, hybrid boot is done via grub's hybrid MBR and
as systemd-boot does not provide one, hybrid boot is out
of scope yet. This Fixes #2281
* Sun Nov 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.17 → 9.25.18
* Wed Nov 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add partx to module-setup of kiwi-lib too
* Fri Oct 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change partprobe fallback to partx
Informing the kernel about a new partition geometry can be done in a
busy state and is also effective for new devices and new mounts based
on the new geometry. busy state mounts of course will not see it until
swap of the busy state but a complete refuse of operation like it
happens with blockdev is imho not required. Just as partprobe, partx
is less restrictive on the busy state. That's why this commit changes
the partprobe fallback to use partx instead of blockdev
* Thu Oct 26 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Create live persistent storage without busy state
With the former logic the live ISO was already mounted when an
eventual persistent storage partition was created. This leads
to an issue on re-reading the partition table, not for all but
several tools. This commit changes the order of tasks such that
the setup of the persistent write storage is performed prior
mounting the live ISO. In addition to this change an alternative
method using blockdev to re-read the partition was added in case
partprobe is not present. This also allows to get rid of the
parted dependency which provides partprobe
* Tue Oct 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.16 → 9.25.17
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed argument processing of config.bootoptions
Instead of adding an extra space to make the subsequent reading
to work, use an awk script that does it without nasty workarounds
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow test-image-disk-ramdisk to be build locally
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.15 → 9.25.16
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed doc search field
The search in the documentation is broken with the rtd
schema and latest sphinx. Stick with sphinx 5.0.0 for the
moment which fixes the issue
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.14 → 9.25.15
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make codacy happy
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support release version in signkey URLs
Using one of the $releasever/${releasever} variable placeholders
in an URL as part of a <signing key="..."/> element did not replace
the placeholder with the value of the <release-version> element.
This commit fixes this and also makes sure that the result list
for downloading signing keys is unique. This Fixes #2381
* Sun Oct 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.13 → 9.25.14
* Sun Oct 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update pypi release to trusted workflow
* Fri Sep 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added unit test for testing grub prefix
Cover the condition if an extra boot partition is used
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support TOML markup
Allow to use TOML markup for the kiwi image description
This Fixes #2372
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix documentation for btrfs_set_default_volume
The behavior documentation regarding the fstab entry when
using the btrfs_set_default_volume attribute was wrong.
This commit fixes the docs to match the code. Related
to Issue #2366
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Radoslav Kolev <radoslav.kolev@suse.com>
- Fix typo in 'image results' doc section
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed root entry in fstab for btrfs layout
A root (/) entry in fstab for btrfs is only required if no
default volume is configured. This commit adapts the code
path which adds an fstab entry for (/) to be effective only
if btrfs_set_default_volume is set to false.
Additionally, the documentation around btrfs_set_default_volume
was clarified to describe the behavior the switch triggers.
This Fixes #2366
* Wed Sep 13 2023 David Cassany Viladomat <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove community repository from Arch images
Community repository is no longer needed for the test image. OBS does
not pull any package from this repository and in Arch linux there is not
the concept of empty repositories, so the build fails in an OBS context
if this repository is included within the build stack.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Sep 07 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
- use / prefix when boot partition is used
* Fri Sep 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
- use os.path.join to create path
os.path.join to create the path for the early_boot.write functions
this will prevent paths from containing double slashes //
* Thu Aug 31 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- PKGBUILD: Drop unused Python dependencies
We haven't used some of these dependencies in years...
* Sat Aug 26 2023 Leif Liddy <leifliddy@users.noreply.github.com>
- add info on none console type
* Fri Aug 25 2023 Leif Liddy <leifliddy@users.noreply.github.com>
- allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty
allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty. When setting grub_console="none"
this now leads to an empty setting of GRUB_TERMINAL in the /etc/default/grub
system configuration file. This Fixes #2261
* Thu Aug 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.12 → 9.25.13
* Tue Aug 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed mounting of subvolumes for data sync
The subvolumes must be mounted below the root of the
filesystem tree such that the sync mechanism correctly
shuffles the data to the correct volumes.
This Fixes #2356
* Tue Aug 22 2023 Joerg Vehlow <joerg.vehlow@aox.de>
- Make verity metadata always readonly
If a partition is verity protected, it can never be writable,
since verity is by-definition read-only.
* Wed Aug 16 2023 Evan Goode <mail@evangoo.de>
- Require DNF 5 in Fedora >= 41, not Fedora > 38
The switch to DNF 5 has been postponed to (likely) Fedora 41.
* Tue Aug 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add kiwi_live_volid variable to profile
As part of the profile environment only the kiwi_install_volid
variable existed with the default value 'INSTALL'. This information
is correct when building an oem image with installiso set to
true. The resulting .install.iso image has the configured volid
or the mentioned default 'INSTALL'. However, when building a live
ISO image the default volid value is set to 'CDROM' but the profile
environment contains kiwi_install_volid which is misleading and
in case no volid is provided in the configuration file, the
default value would also be a wrong information. This commit cleans
up the mess and provides kiwi_install_volid for install ISO media
and kiwi_live_volid for Live ISO media with their respective
default values
* Tue Aug 15 2023 Tom Schraitle <tomschr@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add some hints about KIWI extensions and dependencies for SLE (#2348)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) has KIWI as a package.
However, some KIWI plugins and their dependencies can
be unavailable.
This commit introduces a new section which deals with this
aspect.
Fixes bsc#1209302
* Fri Aug 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Package lockdev no longer exists on TW
Update TW based integration tests and delete the install
of the lockdev package
* Thu Aug 10 2023 Tom Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Update GitHub Actions "actions/*" part
Update to the latest versions:
* actions/checkout@v3
* action/setup-python@v4
* action/cache@v3
* Wed Aug 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.11 → 9.25.12
* Wed Aug 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix double grub entries in hybrid ISO images
As consequence of using the "source" grub command instead
of the "configfile" command to load the grub config we now
see double loading of the same file on ISO media. The reason
here is that kiwi ISO media is always hybrid which means it
embeds an MBR into the ISO for which the "source" command now
can read the same file through two different device paths.
This does not happen with the "configfile" grub command.
Thus this patch uses "configfile" if we produce an ISO image
and "source" for all other image types. The commit also fixes
the custom grub template used for ISO images in a way that
we only set the "serial" command if there is a serial
configuration provided along with the image description.
* Thu Aug 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update x86/tumbleweed/test-image-systemd-boot
systemd package has been splitted and provides
systemd-boot in an extra package now
* Thu Aug 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Limit scope of grub _fix method
Only apply _fix_grub_to_support_dynamic_efi_and_bios_boot for
the x86_64 or ix86 architectures. This Fixes #2343
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.10 → 9.25.11
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
- remove trailing whitespace
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- rpm spec: add missing requires of typing_extensions for python < 3.8
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- rpm spec: bump copyright year
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed linter errors
Latest changes regarding type hints introduced linter errors.
Also adapt the workflow run which is expected to detect them
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
- add GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE menu option
revert trailing space removal
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.9 → 9.25.10
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed python interpreter for Release target
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.8 → 9.25.9
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed workflow interpreter name
Specifying py 3.10 has to be quoted
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.7 → 9.25.8
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed doc publishing
The github action to do this was still based on py3.6
but the latest changes on tox.ini requires a newer version
of tox which doesn't exist for py3.6. Thus run the workflow
on a newer python version
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.6 → 9.25.7
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix linter check, whitespace after :
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.5 → 9.25.6
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Pass rootflags if no default volume is set
In case of btrfs and if btrfs_set_default_volume is explicitly
switched off, we create the correct rootflags= kernel cmdline
entry to tell the system about the root volume for booting
* Thu Jul 27 2023 slowpeek <slowpeek@users.noreply.github.com>
- Use 'source' instead of 'configfile' in generated grub.cfg
Details are outlined in issue #2320
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure btrfs root volume is used when needed
With the possibility to switch off setting the default volume
an issue at other parts in the kiwi code which mounted the
btrfs based system were uncovered. Without any default volume
set it's required to transport the root volume if different
from / and pass the respective subvol= option to the mount.
This commit fixes it at the places where kiwi trusted btrfs
to have a correct default volume set
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- update Fedora integration test
The setting of a default volume is unwanted here
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- add btrfs_set_default_volume attribute
By default kiwi runs btrfs set-default on the volume that is
considered the default volume according to the btrfs settings
and defaults. btrfs_set_default_volume="false" allows
to deactivate this action. Along with the change also the
misleading name of the btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume has
been changed to root_is_subvolume
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed check for extended attributes
Only if libc reports errno 95 Operation not supported the method
should return that extended attributes are not supported. Also
add a debug information about the result of the call to get further
information in the log file
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed call of tox for xdist
Passing arguments to modules called by tox has changed
its syntax
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Take subvol mount option for root into account
If the rootfs is btrfs based make sure the fstab entry for
it takes the name of the root subvolume into account
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix fallback secure boot setup
Don't copy the same file. This case happens when rebuilding
an image using --allow-existing-root when the fallback setup
has done its job already in the first run
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix type hints of IsoToolXorrIso.init_iso_creation_parameters
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- xorriso: handle case when isohdpfx.bin not found
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix type hints for the Pacman package manager
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Type hint the Path module
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add better type hints to ContainerImageOCI and ContainerImageAppx
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add ContainerImageBase abstract base class for OCI & Appx
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add type hints to the Compress module
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Import modules in OCI.new() explicitly
Also, add a type hint to the return type of OCI.new() so that this can now be
verified with mypy
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update contributing chapter
Fix and update the information how to contribute. Due to
the latest changes in tox.ini some requirements regarding
the tox and python versions came up. This commit updates
the docs in this regard
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added py3.11 tox target
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed writing correct keyfile path to etc/crypttab
The keyfile path was not correctly set in etc/crypttab which
caused systemd not being able to read the keyfile, consequently
asking for a passphrase. This commit fixes the writing of the
crypttab and also fixes a python name clash with the "os"
namespace.
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup condition for SECURE_BOOT=yes|no
The statement serves the purpose for an if/else construction
to become a better read. In addition delete the probably
left-over print statement from the test
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete pyxattr from setup.py
Followup on Issue #2330. Forgot to delete pyxattr requirement
from setup.py
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add volid to profile for all ISO based image types
Add provided volume id (or the default value) to the profile
environment file for all ISO based image types. So far this
was only done for installation ISO media but not for simple
live ISO images.
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed mail address in spec file
* Thu Jul 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete (py)xattr module requirement
The required functionality is provided by the core os library
* Thu Jul 20 2023 Paul Gardiner <github@glidos.net>
- Fix failure when booting KIS via NBD
In the NBD booting case, the function initGlobalDevices in
kiwi-overlay-root.sh runs the command ndb-client to connect the remote NBD
share to the device /dev/nbd0. The script parse-kiwi-overlay.sh, on the
other hand, incorrectly parses overlay:nbd=ip:export to /dev/ip/export,
leading to the system waiting for /dev/ip/export to appear. This commit
corrects the problem.
With this change NDB booting of KIS images now succeeds, although only if
the ndb package is added to the appliance description.
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use bootpartition for Fedora integration test
When using btrfs with the proposed layout for testing the
delivered grub bios module for the Fedora system used to build
the integration test (FC37) is not capable to find the grub
config file. A manual call for configfile in the grub shell
fixes this with the existing kiwi created grub early-boot
script. However, it is expected that the delivered grub image
works and kiwi only creates its own one if no distro delivered
grub image was found. To make the integration test functional
for both BIOS and EFI the simple solution is to use an extra
not btrfs based boot partition. This still allows to test
the desired btrfs layout in terms of volumes and sub-volumes
and does not break on any of the boot methods.
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed apply_attributes_on_volume
Make the function call more robust in terms of path separation
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Use tox isolated_build instead of hardcoding the envdir
* Tue Jul 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add parent attribute to volume setup
For the btrfs volume management, allow to put a volume into a specific
parent volume. If not specified the volume is below the default volume
This Fixes #2316
* Tue Jul 18 2023 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add SECURE_BOOT no when the firmware is efi
This Fixes bsc#1211102
* Sun Jul 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use btrfs for fedora/test-image-live-disk test
Change the Virtual profile to build a btrfs based image
for testing respective btrfs layouts
* Sun Jul 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume attribute
Allow to explicitly select if a toplevel subvolume should
be created or not. To avoid a behavior change, kiwi will
create a toplevel based btrfs structure if this attribute
is not specified. However, a deprecation message to inform
about future behavior change will be printed. This is
related to Issue #2316
* Wed Jul 12 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Evaluate the @root volume name also for btrfs
In a volume setup the special volume declaration
<volume name="@root=identifier"/> was only evaluated for the
LVM volume manager. In case of btrfs a hardcoded root volume
name '@' was used. This commit allows to specify a custom
name for the root volume for btrfs as well and also allows
to specify that there should be no such root volume.
Example:
<volume name="@root=@"/>
Name the root volume '@'. If not specified this stays as
the default to stay compatible
<volume name="@root=/"/>
Indicate no root volume is wanted. All subvolumes resides
below root (/)
<volume name="@root=foo"/>
Name the root volume 'foo'
This is related to Issue #2316 and a first patch to
address the requested changes
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.4 → 9.25.5
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed regression in bootloader config attr access
use_disk_password is not an attribute that exists in all
BootLoaderConfig instances. Thus it's a mistake to access
the attribute in the disk builder
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.3 → 9.25.4
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Load isoschematron module on demand
Due to a license issue the isoschematron code might not be
available in the lxml package from the distributor. This commit
uses isoschematron on demand. If present on the system it gets
loaded and used, if not a warning that the schematron validation
will be skipped is provided. This Fixes #2314
* Sat Jul 08 2023 slowpeek <slowpeek@users.noreply.github.com>
- Improve loopback.cfg example
submenu+source should be preferred over menuentry+configfile:
- submenu creates a new context, menuentry does not. As a result, changes made
to vars inside menuentry's braces pollute the current scope. In this particular
case what is notably wrong is root=loop happens in the current scope. If we
activate the "Boot from openSUSE ISO" menu entry and then press Esc to return
back to explore other menu entries, $root would still be set to 'loop'. Instead
of manually saving and restoring $root value it is better to wrap the whole
thing in a new context with submenu
- configfile is not just 'source in a new context', it has as least one side
effect. For details look for grub_err_printed_errors usage in [1] and [2] in
grub sources
[1] grub-core/normal/menu.c
[2] grub-core/normal/menu_entry.c
* Fri Jul 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.2 → 9.25.3
* Wed Jul 05 2023 Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
- Add improvements for fully encrypted disk images
This commit adds more flexibility when using LUKS
encrypted images. In addition support for key derivation
on user provided passwords has been added. The following
new attributes were added to the schema:
type.luks_randomize
allow to enable/disable the data randomizing if luks
encryption is used
type.luks_pbkdf
When LUKS unlocks a key slot using a user provided
password, it uses a so-called key derivation function
to derive a symmetric encryption key from the password.
Not all boot loaders support all KDF algorithms, hence
this attribute can be used to select a specific algorithm
bootloader.use_disk_password
When /boot is encrypted, make the boot loader store the
password in its configuration file (in cleartext). This
is useful for full disk encryption images
Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
* Wed Jul 05 2023 Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
- Change location of LUKS keyfile to /root/.root.keyfile
In some configuration (eg on a transactional system), the root
file system is read-only, which means we will not be able to remove
the stale .root.keyfile after firstboot.
This patch changes the location of the keyfile and places it in
/root/.root.keyfile instead, because root's home directory is much
more likely to be read/write.
Also fixed the associated unit test (thanks to schaefi).
Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
* Tue Jul 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add alternative re-reading of the partition table
To inform the kernel about disk geometry changes, kiwi uses
partprobe as a primary tool. However it is provided by parted
and not necessarily available due to the package requirements
on the dracut module. A second attempt via blockdev which
is expected to exist is therefore made by this commit
* Tue Jul 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor the luks_device class data transport
Also add missing unit tests
* Mon Jul 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- test_get_build_type_bootloader_use_disk_password
Add missing unit test for use_disk_password attribute
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.1 → 9.25.2
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix repository setup for microdnf
An instance of the Repository class for microdnf has
to use RepositoryDnf4
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.25.0 → 9.25.1
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed image install of dnf package manager
If the package manager is set to 'dnf4', this name is
taken also as package name to install this package manager
into the image. Problem is 'dnf4' is not a valid package
name. The correct name for 'dnf4' is 'dnf'. This commit
fixes the name bug introduced with the changes for
Issue #2262
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.61 → 9.25.0
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add more details about used grub image(s)
* Sat Jun 10 2023 glaubway <me@lvfrfn.in.ua>
- make alias unique in any cases
* Thu Jun 01 2023 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
- The actual padding is 0. And switch to sha256.
* Mon May 29 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change package manager dnf to dnf4
With dnf5 there is a successor for dnf but there will also
be a transition period where there will be both, the former
dnf and the new dnf5 available. For a clear distinction
between the two we got the recommendation from the RedHat
team to support both in different namespaces. This commit
now implements a backward compatible change for kiwi which
includes the following modifications:
* XSL stylesheet for automatic schema transformation from
<packagemanager>dnf</packagemanager> to
<packagemanager>dnf4</packagemanager>
* Code copy of dnf API interface from
PackageManagerDnf -> PackageManagerDnf4
RepositoryDnf -> RepositoryDnf4
* Deprecation of former Dnf API interface
The code change here will force developers to adapt
their code if they used RepositoryDnf / PackageManagerDnf
classes in their python code. After this change developers
will be dropped into a raise condition which exits kiwi
at the time of the call. Related to Issue #2300
and Issue #2262
* Thu May 25 2023 Hans-Peter Jansen <hp@urpla.net>
- Documentation: clearify dnf based collection selectors
With 89b5a6f5269, the selection of collections was changed to allow
group IDs only for dnf based package installers.
* Thu May 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update rawhide integration tests
Use dnf5 for rawhide. It's hard to differentiate between old and
new dnf version on Fedora Rawhide. Thus let's make the move to
dnf5. Since microdnf is also wrapped into dnf5 the integration
test for microdnf got renamed to dnf5
* Wed May 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for dnf5 package manager
dnf5 is the next generation of the dnf package manager.
dnf5 is not a drop in replacement to dnf which is the reason
why this commit adds a new interface class for package and
repository management under a new name: dnf5. Beginning with
Fedora >= 39 dnf5 will be the standard. Thus the requirements
on the packaging level were adapted too.
This Fixes #2300
This Fixes #2262
* Wed May 24 2023 Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
- dracut: modules.d: 90kiwi-overlay: add support for device mapper targets
Allow specifying a device mapper target for the root of the overlayfs.
This adds support for features like adding a dm-verity or dm-crypt
backend to the overlayfs.
A device mapper target can be specified using the following syntax on
the kernel command line:
root=overlay:MAPPER=verityRoot
This translates to using the path `/dev/mapper/verityRoot` as the base
of the overlayfs.
Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Wed May 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.60 → 9.24.61
* Tue May 23 2023 Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
- dracut: modules.d: 99kiwi-lib: add bash shebangs and dependency
The scripts in the kiwi-lib module use bash-specific syntax like
`function`, which causes the script to fail if another shell (like dash
or busybox) is used to interpret the scripts. Specifically set the shebang
to use bash as the shell interpreter and add bash as a dependency to the
dracut module to fix this.
This resolves the following errors which are printed at boot when
busybox tries to interpret the scripts:
/bin/dracut-pre-mount: 3: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: function: not found
/bin/dracut-pre-mount: 15: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: Syntax error: "}" unexpected
Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Mon May 22 2023 Jiri Srain <jsrain@suse.com>
- Do not depend on dnf for SUSE ALP
* Tue May 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added appx-util as WSL requires for Fedora/RHEL
Make sure the kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl meta package
pulls in the required tools for Fedora/RHEL when building
WSL containers. This is a followup to #2286
* Tue May 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add cpio to core systemdeps requires list
* Thu May 11 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
- Find correct `shimx64.efi` binary for EL derivatives
Sort globbing result by length and look for `shim[a-z]*.efi` pattern
first before falling back to `shim.efi`. This allows us to match
correct shim binary for SecureBoot enabled systems.
The following example shows the content of recent shim package from
AlmaLinux 9:
$ ls -1 ~/Downloads/shim-almalinux-x64/boot/efi/EFI/almalinux
BOOTX64.CSV
mmx64.efi
shim.efi
shimx64-almalinux.efi
shimx64.efi
Sorted globbing result is:
shimx64.efi
shimx64-almalinux.efi
First match wins (here `shimx64.efi`) which is the correct binary to be
used as it is signed by M$.
Was tested with shim packages for CentOS (x64, ia32, aarch64), Fedora 36
(x64), AlmaLinux 9 (x64, aarch64).
* Sat May 06 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.59 → 9.24.60
* Thu May 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to create plain cpio archives
Allow to create plain cpio archives to serve the idea
of the mkosi initrd concept
* Fri Apr 28 2023 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Fix restoration of grub2-install (bsc#1210948)
It checked for grub2-install.orig in the host, not the buildroot. This
meant that it left /usr/sbin/grub2-install as a noop.
* Fri Apr 28 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use cross arch macros to interpret uint64_t
This commit adds inttypes.h to make use of PRIu64 style
macros in order to properly translate uint64_t across
different architectures. More specific this allows the
code to compile for ix86.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Apr 25 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
- Look for specific `shimx64.efi` binary first
In CentOS, `/boot/efi/EFI/*/shim*.efi` extends to
`/boot/efi/EFI/centos/shimx64-centos.efi` which is not signed by M$ but
CentOS itself. This in turn does not boot on SecureBoot enabled systems.
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete score card
Too flaky, broken most of the time and I'm not sure
how much value it adds to the project overall
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix score card action
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update TW build tests
plymouth-plugin-script must be explicitly added now
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Add zstd and xzio to grub image"
This reverts commit af8c702db0a60ed4abeba8686d4e8475c410c58d.
The grub modules does not exist in all grub installations.
A different implementation is required
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update TW integration tests
change theme from bgrt to breeze. TW has deleted bgrt
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed writing URIs including ASCII encoding
* Fri Apr 21 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Split container systemdeps in OCI and WSL
* Thu Apr 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update kiwi-systemdeps-containers requires list
Do not strictly require fb-util-for-appx. In order to create
WSL containers fb-util-for-appx is a requirement but usually
users create OCI containers and WSL containers are still a
niche case. Thus it's ok to reduce the requirement into a
recommends. This Fixes #2284
* Thu Apr 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Encode remote URLs
Special characters in a URL e.g the @ sign needs to be encoded
as part of a remote URL.
* Tue Apr 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix workflow run
* Tue Apr 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Fedora prebuild EFI binary lookup
When creating CentOS/Fedora live media, kiwi does not install the
right signed grub2 EFI binary. This was caused by kiwi not being
aware of the gcdx64.efi(x86_64), gcdaa64.efi(aarch64) binaries
for CD/ISO boot. This Fixes #2270
* Thu Apr 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.58 → 9.24.59
* Thu Apr 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add zstd and xzio to grub image
If kiwi builds its own grub image, make sure the compression
algorithms zstd and xz are supported
* Wed Apr 12 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding a comment to explain the s390 specific path
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Wed Apr 12 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use parted only in s390 arch
This commit ensures parted is only called in dracut-kiwi-lib for s390
arch. It also fixes the spec to only require parted for
s390 builds.
In addition parted requirement has been removed from dracut-kiwi-live
package since parted is not used in any other dracut module beyond
kiwi-lib.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Apr 04 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
- Add potential shim binary for Ubuntu
Looks like `shim*.efi` is gone in latest `shim-signed` package. The
package now contains `shimx64.efi.signed.latest` and
`shimx64.efi.signed.previous` binaries, let's take latest.
shim-signed_1.40.9+15.7-0ubuntu1_amd64/usr/lib/shim/:
total 4688
drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 209 Jan 31 12:57 .
drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 18 Jan 31 12:57 ..
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 108 Jan 31 12:57 BOOTX64.CSV
- rwxr-xr-x. 1 root root 1622 Jan 31 12:57 is-not-revoked
drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 25 Jan 31 12:57 mok
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 950891 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 962400 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.dualsigned
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 960472 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.latest
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.previous
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 88296 Jan 27 20:09 fbx64.efi
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 860824 Jan 27 20:09 mmx64.efi
shim-signed_1.40.7+15.4-0ubuntu9_amd64/usr/lib/shim/:
total 3728
drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 145 Aug 13 2021 .
drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 18 Aug 13 2021 ..
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 108 Aug 13 2021 BOOTX64.CSV
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 85672 Aug 13 2021 fbx64.efi
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 856232 Aug 13 2021 mmx64.efi
drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 25 Aug 13 2021 mok
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 947143 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 957576 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi.dualsigned
- rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi.signed
* Mon Apr 03 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Expand DASD partition table with parted
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Mar 30 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed evaluation of custom start sector
In case an alternative partition table start sector is
configured, the check to effectively apply it should be
based on the partition table type not on the firmware
name
* Thu Mar 30 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add parted dependency for s390
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.57 → 9.24.58
* Mon Mar 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Build leap btrfs test without root as snapshot
So far no btrfs integration test without root as snapshot existed
* Sat Mar 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support EFI boot from squashfs
grub supports reading from squashfs. If no extra bootloader
installation is required this allows to boot from a squashfs
rootfs without extra boot partition. The prebuilt grub images
usually does not contain the squash4 module which is the
reason why kiwi creates the EFI module itself if the system
is fully immutable. Please note; the grub configuration
must be provided manually as part of the image description
in this case because grub-mkconfig at the time it has to be
called has no write permissions anymore.
* Fri Mar 24 2023 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Fix /.snapshots mounting in the btrfs volume manager
The /@/.snapshots subvolume was not mounted as /.snapshots in the root
filesystem snapshot. This is now necessary for snapper to work.
While at it, create 1/snapshot as plain subvolume, it does not make sense
to snapshot @ itself.
* Thu Mar 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for config-host-overlay.sh script
* Thu Mar 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed build of dracut-kiwi-verity
The spec file was missing the package definition to actually
create the dracut-kiwi-verity package. In addition the fixed
setting to the C standard 17 caused build errors for me on
distributions that uses C standard 11/12.
* Wed Mar 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add selinux integration test for Leap
SUSE systems supports both, apparmor and selinux, whereas
apparmor is the default. As selinux requires to create security
labels during build time of an image, this integration test
checks if the labeling works for SUSE based OS'es.
This Fixes #2244
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow custom template evaluation for install ISO
So far only Live ISO images allowed for custom template usage
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix Arch Linux Live ISO integration test
Switch to grub for booting the ISO, for some reason isolinux
refused to work and there is no priority to dig into the issue.
This Fixes #2233
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix Arch Linux EFI install ISO integration test
kiwi has code in bootloader/template/grub2.py which uses
linuxefi/initrdefi commands according to the configured
grub_platform. These commands does not exist on Arch and
therefore the integration test provides its own ISO
template. This Fixes #2232
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add dracut-kiwi-verity dracut module package
When building an image with an embedded verity hash via the
embed_verity_metadata="true" type attribute it is required
to setup the device map at boot time accordingly. The dracut
module in this commit provides the needed tooling as a
POSIX C implementation which is able to read the kiwi embedded
verityhash from the offset of the partition. Kudos goes to
Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
Co-authored-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Mon Mar 13 2023 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
- (Re-)add support for 'anymarkup' < 0.5.0
Fall back to module 'anymarkup' if 'anymarkup_core' is not available.
* Sat Mar 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support UNIXNODE device names for overlayroot
When no other persistent naming schema can be used to
identify the device there should be the option to
specify the kernel unix device node name
* Fri Mar 10 2023 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
- Use module anymarkup-core instead of anymarkup
Use 'anymarkup-core' directly instead of wrapper 'anymarkup'.
* Thu Mar 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix permissions of live ISO system files
Make sure initrd and squashfs.img takes permissions o644
This Fixes #2246
* Wed Mar 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update TW test-image-rpi-overlay build test
It used rd.root.overlay.readonly but it meant rd.root.overlay.temporary
* Wed Mar 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed rd.root.overlay.readonly handling
Fix the option implementation to actually do what it is supposed
to do, boot the system in fll read-only mode. In addition a new
parameter named rd.root.overlay.temporary has been introduced
which allows to boot up in read-write mode but the write area
is a tmpfs. Thus persistency only during runtime. Updated the
documentation accordingly
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed tumbleweed build tests
opie no longer in TW
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed tumbleweed/test-image-azure
opie no longer in TW
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support PARTLABEL device names for overlayroot
When using GPT a partlabel exists that can also be used as a
device reference
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed kernel parameters for overlayroot setup
The device selection for the read-only and read-write devices
in an overlayroot setup was implicitly done in the kiwi-overlay
dracut module by reading the root= information. This is a
concept which barely works and should be refactored in a way
that the root= information always points to the root device
and that an eventually existing write location is explicitly
provided via the existing rd.root.overlay.write parameter
which is allowed to be overwritten for providing an alternative
write location. Making this information consistent and explicit
on the kernel commandline simplifies the dracut code to
consume this information correctly. This Fixes #2251
* Sun Mar 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed conditional options evaluation
The former condition caused the end result list to be empty
* Sat Feb 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for creating delta containers
Add new attribute delta_root="true|false" which in combination with
derived_from="OCI-base-image" allows to create a delta root tree
only containing the differences between the OCI-base-image and the
actions taken by the kiwi prepare step. Based on the delta root tree
the subsequent image creation process starts. Such an incomplete
root tree is only useful under certain circumstances which is also
the reason why the feature is only available to the oci and docker
image types.
* Fri Feb 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.56 → 9.24.57
* Sat Jan 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow squashfscompression for plain squashfs
The schematron rule to limit the squashfscompression attribute
to certain image types did not allow it for a plain squashfs
filesystem build. This commit fixes that limitation.
This Fixes #2241
* Wed Jan 18 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use rsync defaults to sync the initrd root-tree
This commits makes use of rsync default options to sync
the root-tree of the boot image for custom initrds.
Fixes bsc#1207128 where it was noted hardlinks
were not preserved inside the initrd.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jan 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed wrong test assertions
Former versions of pytest did ignore invalid assertions.
Now they are reported as an error and show the mistakes
of the past
* Tue Jan 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added 90-brd.conf for test-image-disk-ramdisk
By default the brd ramdisk module is no longer added to the
initrd. For ramdisk deployments this is required though.
This Fixes #2230
* Sun Jan 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete CentOS v7 build tests
CentOS v7 is EOL for kiwi image build tests
* Thu Jan 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to specify fixed size for the root partition
So far the last partition (typically root) in the partition table
takes all the rest space of the partition table in the image file.
At deployment/boot time users had several options to let that
partition grow to a custom size. However, during build time of the
image it was not possible to specify a specific fixed size for the
root partition as we don't wanted to produce gaps of unpartitioned
space in the image file. It has turned out that there is hardware
available which requires a partition to be an exact multiple of
some blocksize. As kiwi supports size constraints for all other
partitions but not for root this commit now allows for it. The
oem-systemsize element is now also taken into account at build
time of the image if the oem-resize which would do that at
deployment/boot time is switched off like the following example
shows:
```xml
<oemconfig>
<!-- set root partition to 2048MB -->
<oem-systemsize>2048</oem-systemsize>
<oem-resize>false</oem-resize>
</oemconfig>
```
This Fixes #2203
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete ppc:fedora from testing report
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Remove Fedora PPC build test from index
The integration test unfortunately never got tested anywhere
is outdated and I have no PPC hardware here to run any tests.
Let's add a real test if there is demand for it
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added kiwi-settings for Fedora arm build tests
* Mon Jan 02 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Pass along tmpdir to skopeo
When using the --temp-dir parameter, it was not passed to the
skopeo calls when building a container image with kiwi.
* Thu Dec 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow fat16/fat32 as filesystem in partitions
The partitions element allows to specify the filesystem for
the individual partition. In the schema fat16 and fat32 were
missing
* Thu Dec 22 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- Support new bootloadersettings section
Allow to specify an optional <bootloadersettings> element
inside of the <bootloader> section. The information is used to
specify custom arguments for the tools called in a bootloader
setup procedure, e.g shim-install, grub-install or grub-mkconfig.
kiwi does not judge on the given parameters and if the provided
data is effectively used depends on the individual bootloader
implementation. In this commit the data will be effectively
handled if bootloader="grub2" is configured. More precisely
the custom additions to support SUSE's TPM model with grub2
can be configured as follows:
<bootloadersettings>
<shimoption name="--suse-enable-tpm"/>
<installoption name="--suse-enable-tpm"/>
<configoption name="--set-trusted-boot"/>
</bootloadersettings>
This Fixes #2224
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Stick with tox v3.28.0 for unit testing
tox >= 3.0.15 together with virtualenv >= 20.17.1 raises
strange incompatibilities and prevents the unit test run
because tox calls virtualenv in a wrong way leading to
strange error messages like:
- --
usage: virtualenv ...
virtualenv: error: argument dest: destination '{check,devel,packagedoc,doc,doc_gh_pages,doc_suse,doc_man,scripts,}: /home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3\n/home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3.8' must not contain the path separator (:) as this would break the activation scripts
- --
All this doesn't make sense to me at all and worked
without any issues before.
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.55 → 9.24.56
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix gh-pages publish
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed systemd boot integration test for rawhide
systemd-boot was splitted in preparation for secure
boot. The unsigned version of the EFI binary is used
in the test so far
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added device mapper setting for s390 on TW
Use kpartx as partx fails
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added device mapper setting for s390
Use kpartx as partx fails
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.54 → 9.24.55
* Wed Dec 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to pass credentials as file reference
* Tue Dec 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed handling of container archive compression
In kiwi we support handling of the container archive compression
via a runtime configuration setting of the following form, eg
in /etc/kiwi.yml
```yaml
container:
[#] Specify compression for container images
[#] Possible values are true, false, xz or none.
- compress: true
```
However, this setting was only taken into account in the kiwi
bundler. Meaning if the user calls 'kiwi result bundle ...'
after the container image has been created the result bundler
will take the compression setting into account. From my perspective
this behavior is misleading and also prevents users from
creating compressed container archives without a subsequent
result bundler call. Therefore this commit moves the place to
handle the compression setting into the container classes.
The bundler code for containers will no longer operate on it
and just takes what it gets, which can be either compressed
or not. The default setting was "No compression" and this
was not changed. This Fixes #2217
* Tue Dec 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add type hints for OCI and APPX classes
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.53 → 9.24.54
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix publish to pypi
bind gh-action module to v1 release
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.52 → 9.24.53
* Sat Dec 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use ubuntu-20.04 as github hosted runner
It seems on ubuntu-latest no python 3.6 is available anymore
* Sat Dec 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow external commands in tox targets
* Fri Dec 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix unit test run for BLS spec base class
Do not really call blkid as used in get_boot_cmdline
* Fri Dec 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed typo in documentation
Capitalize at the start of a sentence.
This Fixes #2216
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix unit tests to run in parallel
Setting sys.argv and global variables impacts tests such that
they cannot run in parallel. The little footprint of excluding
the --config global args test from the coverage is beneficial
to allow parallel test runs
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't show secret parts of an URI
Using URIs of the form uri://user:pass@location should not be
logged or printed including its credential data
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't use split on potential None value
* Thu Dec 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to select partition mapper tool
The recent change from kpartx to partx caused some appliance
builds to break depending on their configuration. I spotted
issues when building disks with veritysetup or integritysetup
root devices. There are also issues with grub-install on other
architectures e.g s390. It seems partx cannot be used as a drop
in replacement and so I suggest to make this a runtime
configuration option with partx as the new default but also
allow for the old method
* Thu Dec 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.51 → 9.24.52
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix status indicator in helper/build_status.sh
colored output only worked for toplevel results
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Eliminate redundant partx calls for cleaning up loop devices
partx can clean up all partition loops associated with a loop device
when deleting the main loop device. Apparently, sometimes it goes and
does this even when only deleting the partition loop, so to avoid
this problem, we will just eliminate the redundant call.
Fixes: 8f2b8fda82a37d7a7ebbf8a6557870cc63b0ae91
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support repo URI's with credentials on cmdline
Specifying a repository as part of the image description
allows for credentials via the username and password attributes.
Howver, repositories can also be specified on the commandline
via the --set-repo / --add-repo options. The options on the
commandline did not allow to specify credentials so far.
This commit adds the commandline options --set-repo-credentials
and --add-repo-credentials to support them
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update test-image-vagrant
virtualbox-guest-x11 seems to be deleted from TW
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-custom-partitions
The test was done prior kiwi added the partitions element and
demonstrates how to influence the partition table via scripts.
These scripts uses kpartx and the device mapper. Due to the
recent change from kpartx to partx the scripts must be
adapted
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.50 → 9.24.51
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added code style batch to landing page
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status flag
Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status from the project
landing page. We do no longer use gitlab since they added
that quota thing for their CI system
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.49 → 9.24.50
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- Swap from DM kpartx to util-linux partx for creating loop devices
The device-mapper (DM) based loop devices that kiwi has historically
generated creates issues when trying to run kiwi in confined build
environments. The DM tools prefer to have a tighter coupling between
userspace and kernel interfaces, and we cannot necessarily guarantee
that in the variety of build environments that kiwi can be run in.
In particular, Koji uses either nspawn containers or chroots through
Mock to run kiwi and that is where this fails.
However, we do not need to use DM for this purpose when util-linux
provides a perfectly serviceable alternative. This commit changes
kiwi's loop device setup to use partx(8) from util-linux instead.
As long as the appliance image being created doesn't use a disk
scheme that requires DM, it becomes entirely possible to produce
an image without needing DM at runtime at all.
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added systemd_boot integration test for Rawhide
* Mon Nov 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase btrfs size of orthos integration test
* Mon Nov 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase scope of kernel lookup
So far kiwi was looking up kernels only on /boot. Including
other bootloaders it's no longer required that the kernel
packages of the distributions provides the kernel in /boot
Thus kiwi's lookup needs to be extended to other places
which is done by this commit.
* Sat Nov 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved if not set
If there is no GRUB_DEFAULT setting in etc/default/grub
we add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved as the default setting.
This Fixes #2198
* Sat Nov 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Disable gitlab CI pipeline
Unfortunately gitlab decided to allow only eligible
projects to use their CI pipeline. Being a member for
years seems not to count in this change process.
Therefore this commit disables the tests we run on
gitlab and I will come up with a simple github action
for the parts that we don't want to loose.
* Fri Nov 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration test for systemd_boot
The test build is based on the Tumbleweed distribution
and provides a simple non-secure-boot systemd-boot
virtual disk image
* Tue Nov 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- no_implicit_optional = False
* Thu Nov 03 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added --loglevel option
specify logging level as number. Details about the
available log levels can be found at:
https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.html#logging-levels
Setting a log level causes all message >= level to be
displayed.
* Wed Nov 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Consolidate and cleanup logging
Make sure all loggers; stream handlers, file and socket
handler uses the same logging format. Also make sure that
there is only one place for setLogLevel when kiwi is
used as application
* Sat Oct 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for --logsocket
Like with --logfile this commit adds support for using
an existing Unix Domain Socket for logging. It's required
that there is a listener on the given socket otherwise
kiwi exits with an appropriate error message from the
socket layer. A simple listener could look like the
following:
```python
sock_file = '/tmp/log_socket'
buffer = 1024
if os.path.exists(sock_file):
os.unlink(sock_file)
sock = socket.socket(socket.AF_UNIX, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
sock.bind(sock_file)
sock.listen(1)
while True:
connection, client_address = sock.accept()
try:
while True:
data = connection.recv(buffer)
if not data:
break
print(data.decode())
finally:
connection.close()
```
With the listener in place kiwi can be called as follows:
kiwi-ng --logsocket /tmp/log_socket ...
* Sat Oct 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.48 → 9.24.49
* Sat Oct 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-vagrant
virtualbox-guest-tools obsoletes virtualbox-guest-x11
* Fri Oct 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- ignore the type check on the Result class
With an update of mypy the bound TypeVar is no longer allowed.
In newer versions of python we could use the "Self" type or
import annotations from the future module. Unfortunately in
older python versions which we still support (3.6) there is
no non intrusive change which allows us to handle that type
annotation. Thus this commit ignores the return type spec
for Result.load() for the moment.
* Wed Oct 12 2022 Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
- Stop copying /dev files statically into the OCI container
In containers (nspawn) where part of the /dev filesystem is bind-mounted
from outside system, kiwi fails to do the rsync (in creation of the
nodes).
There is no reason to actually copy whole tree inside so let's just
not do it (as it does not seem to be needed at all).
* Tue Oct 11 2022 Dirk Müller <dirk@dmllr.de>
- List riscv64 as a valid architecture in the schemas
This is needed so that architecture filters on riscv64 specifics can
be defined.
* Wed Sep 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support DM integrity legacy options
Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_hmac="true|false" which
allows to use old flawed HMAC calculation (does not protect superblock).
Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_padding="true|false" which
allows to use inefficient legacy padding. Do not use these attributes
until compatibility with a specific old kernel is required!
* Wed Aug 31 2022 Jan Macku <jamacku@redhat.com>
- ci(lint): Add Shell linter - Differential Shellcheck
* Wed Aug 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Limit repo alias names to be a safe POSIX name
Characters like spaces or other symbols used in repo alias names
can cause the package manager to fail setting up the repo. Thus
this patch changes the schema to only allow for safe POSIX names
matching: {pattern = "[a-zA-Z0-9_\-\.]+"}. This Fixes #2170
* Thu Aug 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase space for test-image-embedded test
Add more space to test profile: SystemFeatures
* Thu Aug 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase efifatimage size for legacy build test
* Tue Aug 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.47 → 9.24.48
* Sun Aug 21 2022 Laszlo Gombos <laszlo.gombos@gmail.com>
- Return failure if overlay is not supported
* Wed Aug 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.46 → 9.24.47
* Wed Aug 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted"
Using fat32 causes failed boots on e.g AWS EC2 arm.
This must be solved differently with an attribute
to configure it.
This reverts commit b8641bdc6825423f8c65b55c8d0870b38874a566.
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.45 → 9.24.46
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support URIs with credentials in solver plugin
check if the URI string contains credentials and
extract/trim them from the uri object. The urlparse
class does not recognize this information as a valid
URI and throws an exception
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed kexec options setup in kiwi-dump-reboot
The dracut module 99kiwi-dump-reboot creates an options
list for kexec. Under certain conditions the options
list can contain multiple spaces which leads to an error
when calling kexec. This commit makes sure to trim
white spaces. This Fixes #2178
* Sun Aug 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy
Increase size of embedded EFI fat image needed for EFI
bootable install ISO. Due to the increased size of the
custom kiwi initrd the default size for the FAT image
is too small
* Sat Aug 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support custom size for embedded EFI FAT image
For ISO images (live and install) the EFI boot requires an embedded
FAT image. As of now a fixed size of 20M was used which leads to a
problem if the EFI image or the initrd or the kernel is bigger than
20M. With the new attribute:
efifatimagesize="nonNegativeInteger"
we can now set a different value for the FAT image. Please note the
value must be aligned to the also customizable efipartsize value
which allows to configure the size of the EFI partition
* Fri Aug 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed linter complaints after flake update
flake now complains about E275 missing whitespace
after keyword for the way 'del' is used. This commit
fixes it
* Thu Aug 04 2022 J Mixer <j.mixer135@gmail.com>
- Added a NOTE: section to explain the finer points of adding tools to a
dracut hook.
* Sat Jul 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup btrfs based legacy kiwi initrd test
* Thu Jul 21 2022 gmoro <gmoro@suse.com>
- Fix mocking of grub2-install (fix #2124)
/bin/true was being used from the host machine instead of
the chroot
* Thu Jul 21 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix race condition in runtime_config_test
This commit instead of setting the global variable of the runtime config
file patches it. This is relevant if running unit tests in parallel,
where global variables are shared if not patched.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted
Given the documentation from Microsoft the EFI partition
must be a fat32 format. fat16 is still supported but
unexpected. This Fixes #2141
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed typo in overview page
prevent word duplication. This Fixes #2016
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.44 → 9.24.45
* Thu Jul 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Umount device before cloning
In case a clone should be created from a partition we need
to make sure to umount the device after sync and prior cloning.
Otherwise the clone operation is not safe because the rsynced
data might still be in memory and not synced out to the block
device.
* Wed Jul 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed custom disk start sector setup
The attribute disk_start_sector allows to specify a custom
start sector for the first partition of the disk. On GPT
tables everything works nicely, on DOS tables the used tools
fdisk/sfdisk are not able to manage the start/end values of
subsequent partitions if the first partition doesn't start
with the tooling default. This patch allows to set the
start sector after the partition table has been created
* Sat Jul 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed CentOS-8 repo setup
* Fri Jun 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.43 → 9.24.44
* Thu Jun 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure to rebuild rpm database
For rpm based distributions make sure to call
rpm --rebuilddb unconditionally prior using rpm
with the chroot. This Fixes #2165
* Wed Jun 22 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
- github: Refresh issue template to cover more operating scenarios
KIWI is often used for cross-distribution image builds, so we
should ask for that information when appropriate.
Additionally, clarify "OBS" as "Open Build Service" to disambiguate.
Finally, add a line about Koji since Koji can run kiwi to build
images now.
* Wed Jun 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unit tests
* Tue Jun 21 2022 Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
- Forcefully disable versionlock plugin in DNF
[ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstalling system packages (chroot)
[ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Using package manager backend: dnf
[ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | --> package: linux-firmware
[ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstall system packages (chroot)
[ DEBUG ]: 09:39:08 | EXEC: [chroot /tmp/myimage8/build/image-root dnf --config /kiwi_v708wllp -y --releasever=8 autoremove linux-firmware]
[ INFO ]: Processing: [########################################] 100%
[ ERROR ]: 09:39:08 | KiwiPackagesDeletePhaseFailed: System package deletion failed: Package deletion failed: Error: Locklist not set
The versionlock plugin does not bring any benefit anyways as we
completely override plugin configs.
Also refactor configparser related stuff a bit.
Signed-off-by: Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
* Mon Jun 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support squashfs in custom partitions
When using squashfs in a custom partitions setup like the following:
<partitions>
<partition ... filesystem="squashfs"/>
</partitions>
The build fails because the filesystem needs to be created
using the create_on_file() API and not the create_on_device()
API. In addition the size estimation is bogus when using
squashfs and cannot be pre-calculated because we only know
how much space the filesystem really needs after mksquashfs
as worked on the data and the compression. Thus this commit
also relaxes the required size check in case of squashfs.
Last but not least a squashfs filesystem does not provide
label or UUID and can only be referenced by the PARTUUID
it gets dumped on or by the native unix device node. As
the unix node is a loop during build time of the image and
meaningless this commit also forces by-partuuid mapping in
fstab when mounting the squashfs based device.
* Thu Jun 16 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of CommandCapabilities
The class allows to check for data produced on stdout
and stderr. However, programs reporting data on stderr
usually fails with an exit code != 0. If the command
is not called with raise_on_error=False it will never
be possible to catch information from stderr. As we
don't know if programs returns a failed exit code
even on their e.g --usage message we should always
pass the no raise option to make this more useful
* Wed Jun 15 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix volume mount path and adapt unit tests
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Handle older versions of setfiles correctly
In older versions of setfiles we need a two pass setup
First set the policy, second apply the security context.
This commit checks in the usage message of setfiles which
invocation syntax is required
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.42 → 9.24.43
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed error handling for setfiles policy lookup
Errors from os.scandir were not catched. In addition the path
to run scandir was not properly created
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- Mount /sys also for disks.sh
/sys is needed to be able to run dracut in disks.sh
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- Fix btrfs volume mounting
If the second argument of os.path.join is an absolute directory, the
result would be that directory. The intention is to produce a
subdirectory of the mountpoint though. So pass a relative path.
Without the fix, kiwi would try to e.g mount the /var subvolume of
the image over the /var of the host, screwing everthing up of course
:-)
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prefer file based syscall in kexec when possible
Use file based syscall in kexec if available. This is needed to
support boot on an secure boot enabled system and is in general
more reliable to boot into the system on real hardware platforms
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.41 → 9.24.42
* Thu Jun 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.40 → 9.24.41
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix helper method to detect dracut outfile format
The method _get_boot_image_output_file_format_from_dracut_code
is used in kiwi to match parts of the dracut code for the used
output file format. Beginning with dracut-056 the code part
checked has changed syntactically such that the match did
no longer work. This commit increases the scope of the match
and replace pattern and Fixes #2149
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed handling of signing_keys in cmdline options
When passing signing_keys with the --add-repo|--set-repo
commandline options the delimiter to separate the single
key information is a colon(:). However, this is stupid when
kiwi expects the signing key to be references as an URI
format like file://... Therefore this patch changes the
delimiter from colon(:) to semicolon(;)
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Correct setfiles relabeling
This change was inspired by a change done on Fedora's livecd-tools
from here: livecd-tools/livecd-tools#236. The patch corrects issues
with the setfiles SELinux relabel command. The issues become apparent
when the host and guest policies differ. Thus it becomes required
to explicitly set the policy to decouple from eventual unwanted
host settings.
* Wed Jun 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.39 → 9.24.40
* Wed Jun 01 2022 Carlos Bederián <zzzoom@gmail.com>
- Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build (#2148)
Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build such that all image types benefit from it not only the disk (oem) type
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install all of QEMU to Ubuntu arm integration test
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- rename user to ubuntu for Ubuntu integration test
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.38 → 9.24.39
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move to sphinx>=5.0.0
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.37 → 9.24.38
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed sphinx extlinks rendering
In Sphinx v5 warning will be treated as errors. This results in the following
warning to be an error: extlinks: Sphinx-6.0 will require a caption string to
contain exactly one '%s' and all other '%' need to be escaped as '%%'.
This commit applies the required quoting
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.36 → 9.24.37
* Sat May 28 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added example aarch64 integration test for Ubuntu
Created a RaspberryPI image description for Ubuntu(jammy)
as integration test for building aarch64 images and added
it to the integration test matrix
* Mon May 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added --target-arch for image info
Allow cross arch dependency solving
* Fri May 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- update docs
* Fri May 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for group id in users setting
Allow to specify the group id in the groups list a user
should belong to. The group id can be placed as part of
the group name separated by a colon like in the following
example:
<users>
<user groups="kiwi,admin:42,users" password="..." name="kiwi"/>
</users>
Please note kiwi checks if the provided group already
exists and only creates a group if it is not already present in
the system. As default groups are usually provided by the OS
itself including its preferred group id, you will intentionally
not be able to overwrite group id for existing groups.
This Fixes #2064
* Thu May 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.35 → 9.24.36
* Tue May 17 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled (#2138)
Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled
This is a follow on change to bdba953. When the filesystem is encrypted the
resulting image should not be compressed. Also explain why we ignore the
compression seeting in the user configuration for encrypted images.
* Mon May 16 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for prebuilt bootstrap package for apt
When using the apt packagemanager kiwi required the use of
debootstrap to create the initial rootfs. This works as long
as there is always a main distribution repository available
which follows the structure of the official debian mirrors.
However if such a main distribution is not present or an
alternative layout like e.g OBS repos is used, debootstrap
will refuse to work. To allow for an alternative and without
the dependency to debootstrap kiwi supports using a prebuilt
bootstrap package providing the mini rootfs to serve as
the bootstrap result. As all other package managers properly
supports installation into an empty new root, this feature
was only added when using the apt packagemanager
* Sun May 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.34 → 9.24.35
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow more repo params to be set on the cmdline
The repository parameters for signing keys, the component
list the main distribution name for debian repositories and
also the repository_gpgcheck could not be set via the
commandline options --add-repo and/or --set-repo. This
commit adds support for them and also updates the manual
page accordingly
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update ubuntu integration tests
Build them against latest release (jammy).
This Fixes #2128
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.33 → 9.24.34
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix for isolinux-config
isolinux-config is called to update the search path inside
of the isolinux binary. isolinux/syslinux is exclusive to
the ix86 architecture and to BIOS firmware. Therefore the
condition to actually call it should reflect this.
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.32 → 9.24.33
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed runtime check
Fixed check_dracut_module_for_disk_overlay_in_package_list. The
check complains if the dracut-kiwi-overlay module is not installed
but overlay support was requested. This is correct but should only
be done if the selected initrd system is dracut.
* Wed May 04 2022 ozboss <32305849+ozboss@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add option to set LUKS type to luks1 (#2126)
Add option to set LUKS type to luks1
So far the LUKS type could be set to luks and luks2. However, what luks
version the value 'luks' evaluates to depends on how the distributor has
packaged luks. Thus it's possible that 'luks' is either luks1 or luks2. To
also have the opportunity to explicitly specify luks1 this commit adds
the opportunity in the schema.
* Wed May 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update devel packages helper
Added trang as needed when working on the schema
* Fri Apr 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for dm integrity with secret key
Allow to protect the opening of the integrity data map and
journal through a keyfile. For setting the key file two new
optional type attributes were added:
* integrity_keyfile
* integrity_metadata_key_description
The key file format must be correct according to the selected
integrity algorithm. As of now the kiwi default hmac-sha256
algorithm is used with the selected keyfile
The optional integrity_metadata_key_description attribute
allows to specify a custom description of an integrity key
as it is expected to be present in the kernel keyring. The
information is placed in the integrity metadata block. If
not specified kiwi creates a key argument string instead
which is based on the given integrity_keyfile filename.
The format of this key argument is:
:BASENAME_OF_integrity_keyfile_WITHOUT_FILE_EXTENSION
* Thu Apr 28 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update get_disksize_mbytes to support clones
When using partition clones the pre-calculation of the
disk size needs to take this into account.
* Wed Apr 27 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed UUID setup for XFS
Make sure the log got replayed prior generating a new UUID
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed scope of setup_isolinux_boot_path
There is a method called setup_isolinux_boot_path which is
encoded in the Iso class. The method allows to change the
boot path in the isolinux binary and makes sense when the
bootloader is selected to be isolinux. However, the method
was called in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs class which
responsibility is to create an ISO filesystem. The creation
of an ISO filesystem has no direct connection to a bootloader.
Thus calling this method in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs
implementation is wrong and can lead to unexpected side
effects. This commit moves the call of the method to the
places where isolinux as a bootloader can still be used.
This Fixes #2117
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Correct the URL to the dracut home page
This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2097
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Change the custom vagrant config file to 00-vagrant.conf
If it is called 99-vagrant.conf, then anything "before" that, like
50-redhat.conf takes precedence and overrides our custom settings.
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add Leap 15.4, SLE 15 SP4 & CentOS Stream 9 to the scripts tests
* Mon Apr 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.31 → 9.24.32
* Mon Apr 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for standalone dm integrity
There is support in kiwi to use dm_integrity in combination
with the LUKS header and dm_crypt. However there is also the
use case to setup dm_integrity in standalone mode. This commit
allows to create the dm_integrity layer outside of LUKS using
/etc/integritytab to activate the map through a systemd
generator if systemd is used.
Regarding systemd it's required to use a version of system which
provides: system-generators/systemd-integritysetup-generator.
If this generator does not exist in the distribution it will
also be missing in the dracut generated initrd and the boot
will not be able to succeed. It's mentioned here because even
newer distributions might be missing the generator
Along with the implementation there are two new optional
attributes in the <type> section:
standalone_integrity="true|false"
embed_integrity_metadata="true|false"
standalone_integrity activates/deactivates the dm_integrity map
on top of the root filesystem. Similar to the veritysetup support
there is the opportunity to create an embedded magic metadata
block at the end of the device containing the root
filesystem via embed_integrity_metadata
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update per codacy smell
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for part clones to the Disk interface
The Disk class provides methods to create partition(s)
and map names according to its scope and independent of
the actual partition tools. For example: create_root_partition().
This commit adds an additional optional clone parameter to
all methods for which we want to allow partition clones
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Be less strict in boot link to itself
As part of the grub setup a link named 'boot' inside of
/boot is created pointing to itself 'boot -> .'. The reason
is to allow the bootloader config to find its files referenced as
/boot/something independently if /boot is placed into an extra
partition. However if an extra boot partition is used and a
filesystem which does not support symlinks, e.g fat, that
symlink creation should not lead to an error in the image build
process as it is considered an optional safe link and not a
mandatory pre-requisite
* Thu Apr 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed TW arm rpi integration test
Explicitly add ruby to the package list
* Wed Apr 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.30 → 9.24.31
* Wed Apr 06 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- Fix LABEL detection (#2112)
When only "root=" is specified on the kernel command line the match is
located in the first group. Loop through the groups upon mtach to find
what we are looking for.
* Tue Apr 05 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- Preserve LABEL setting (#2108)
Preserve the LABEL= setting when the grub config file is re-generated.
the GRUB_ENABLE_LINUX_LABEL setting does not exists upstream and
not in any SUSE distribution. Set the grub setting such that LABEL
is preserved on SUSE distros. (bsc#1197616)
* Tue Apr 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix test_setup_default_grub_empty_kernelcmdline
The unit test exists to check that GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT
is not set depending on the provided cmdline. The test exists
for reasons explained in Issue #1650
* Fri Apr 01 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Don't compress .appx containers (#2106)
The container is actually inside and already compressed.
* Fri Apr 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new CloneDevice class
Added CloneDevice class to the storage interface.
The class allows to create clone(s) from a given source
block device into a list of target block devices.
The target block devices are clones of the source but
prevents device naming conflicts for unique identifiers
like the UUID. This is requires to still allow to boot
from images containing device clones and needs to be
handled by tools that might work on top of the cloned
devices.
* Thu Mar 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Improve readability of shell commands
The way the lsblk pipeline is constructed is improved
to become easier to read by this commit
* Thu Mar 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added set_uuid() method to FileSystem API
Allow to set a custom UUID not only at creation time of
a filesystem but also at a later point in time in an
already existing filesystem
* Tue Mar 29 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Ensure BootloaderConfig resources are cleaned first
This commit wraps the manual BootloaderConfig instance cleanup in
disk builder into a try/finally scope. This way if KIWI is aborted
or fails within this scope the BootloaderConfig is cleaned up first.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed overlay root dracut module
make sure there is always only one selection for the
readonly root partition
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update LUKS integration test for TW
Use cipher options to make cryptomount work again
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set LUKS(v1) for TW encryption integration test
In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default but the grub cryptomount
tool is not able to work with the v2 LUKS header. Thus the test
explicitly builds against the former luks version for now
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set LUKS2 for TW luks encryption integration test
In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default also for grub
and cryptomount, which requires to create a LUKS2 header
in the dm_crypt layer
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.29 → 9.24.30
* Mon Mar 28 2022 Tim Serong <tserong@suse.com>
- Add ensure_empty_tmpdirs option for OCI containers (bsc#1197783)
Since #1759 was merged, the contents of /run/ and /tmp/ are excluded from
built images. This causes problems for some containers, notably Ceph when
deployed in a Rook/k8s environment, which needs to have certain directories
present inside /run/. This commit adds the ability to return to the previous
behaviour and *not* empty those temporary directories, if you specify
<image><preferences><type [...] ensure_empty_tmpdirs="false">.
Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2093
Signed-off-by: Tim Serong <tserong@suse.com>
* Fri Mar 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed parsing of veritysetup output
veritysetup uses tabs to align values. The way kiwi parsed
the values did not strip out the tabs and later on keeps
them in the verification metadata block. The unit test
did not catch this because the mock output used for
veritysetup did not contain tabs. This commit fixes the
test to catch this condition and also fixes the code to
handle all space characters (tabs, space, newlines) in
a safe way
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update contents of store_credentials result file
The method added information about the PARTUUID as useful
information. However, PARTUUID's are not supported by all
partition tables. The Linux generated artificial values
from the disk identifier are not wanted in this scope.
As the information is not mandatory it's better to not
provide it at all and avoid confusion to users.
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make blkid call more robust
Do not raise of blkid is not able to read the requested ID.
It is expected that the methods of the BlockID class either
returns a value or none but do not raise and cause the
complete process to terminate
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added embed_verity_metadata attribute
Specifies to write a binary block at the end of the
partition serving the root filesystem, containing information
for dm_verity verification and to construct the device map
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added create_verification_metadata method
Along with creating a filesystem including device mapper features
like dm_verity (see verity_blocks) or dm_crypt/dm_integrity (see luks)
there is always the question where to store the metadata information
required to setup the device map. This can include information about
blocksizes, offset addresses and more. The create_verification_metadata()
method allows to write a signed custom data block of a documented
format at the end of the given block special which stores this type
of information such that tools at boot time gets the opportunity to
read this information. In this commit only information connected
to the dm_verity feature activated via the verity_blocks attribute
will be part of the verification block. With future changes other
data might be added
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added runtime check for by-partuuid use
Added check_partuuid_persistency_type_used_with_mbr(). Not
every partition table type supports UUIDs. We don't want to
make use of the artifical values created by Linux if the
partition table doesn't support it natively
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support partuuid and label mounts in dracut module
The 90kiwi-overlay dracut module was not able to parse the
device link if done with PARTUUID or LABEL
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration test for by-partuuid
The test hooks into the existing test-image-embedded integration
test for leap. As I plan to extend the tests specific to features
actually only useful for special embedded images, I thought this
would be the right place to start
* Mon Mar 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- validate luksformat options
validate options against the cryptsetup help info
in a runtime check
* Mon Mar 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Handle LUKS type in its own attribute
* Sun Mar 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed attribute description
The overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute description
contained outdated information
* Sat Mar 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for verity setup on standard rootfs
So far the verity support was only available with the
overlayroot layout and the read-only squashfs root. This
commit adds a new attribute: verity_blocks="number|all"
which allows to create the verity setup also on the
standard root partition
In addition to the change it was needed to extend the
Filesystem API with an additional optional paramter to
allow setup of the filesystem UUID. Having the opportunity
to set the UUID at filesystem creation is generally useful
and with regards to this particular change it became also
required
* Fri Mar 18 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Allow Btrfs and XFS as options for the boot partition filesystem
We already do this implicitly when we do not define this attribute
and request a boot partition, so let us explicitly offer these as
options too.
* Fri Mar 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix grub defaults for PARTUUID use
Make sure to set GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID to false
when using by-partuuid
* Thu Mar 17 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow luks format options
Added new luksformat element which allows to pass
along options to the luksFormat call. This allows users to
switch between LUKS and LUKS2 via e.g
<luksformat>
<option name="--type" value="luks2"/>
</luksformat>
It also allows to pass along a set of options only available
to LUKS2, e.g
<luksformat>
<option name="--type" value="luks2"/>
<option name="--cipher" value="aes-gcm-random"/>
<option name="--integrity" value="aead"/>
</luksformat>
In addition to the new attribute the existing luks attribute
can also be specified to read credentials from a keyfile by
using the file:// source locator, e.g
<type ... luks="file:///path/to/a/keyfile"/>
This Fixes #1898
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed funny build_status.sh bug
If the name of the repository starts with an 'F' like
in Fedora, the 'F' is turned into a red escape sequence
because it is assumed to be a failed status indicator :)
The path here is probably also dumb as it just assumes
there is a space after the status indicator. Well the
complete script is not really a good one, but still
helpful
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Fedora arm integration test
Move test to Fedora 34
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added container build test for Fedora
Fedora systems uses buildah to create containers. There is
no integration test for kiwi which tests building containers
with buildah. This commit adds a build test to cover this
path. Related to Issue #2020
* Fri Mar 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-docker-derived for leap
The test still used the additionaltags attribute with the
latest schema (v7.5) which fails to validate because the
attribute was moved to additionalnames
* Fri Mar 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.28 → 9.24.29
* Thu Mar 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't bind mount /run during build time
In commit #9512318 a new bind mount of /run into the root tree
during build time was introduced. The bind mount was done because
in my tests running podman from config.sh it did not work without
/run bind mounted. However, it turned out that I was wrong because
along with the provided methods to prepare cgroups and a custom
runtime configuration method; setupContainerRuntime() it is not
needed to have /run bind mounted. Thus this commit deletes the
bind mount of /run and therefore Fixes #2067
* Thu Mar 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix github action running obs service refresh
The curl command to send the POST request for running the
obs remote service uses the --fail-with-body option.
Unfortunately the ubuntu-latest container used to run the
action comes with a curl version that does not support the
option. Thus this commit removes the use of the option
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move scope of veritysetup
veritysetup was called as part of the disk builder. However,
the veritysetup should be a responsibility of the classes which
implements the sync_data method. This allows to use the creation
of a verity hash format right after sync as a feature to these
classes and in a broader scope. In addition to that change the
VeritySetup::format method now returns the metadata from the
format call and stores it as debug information to the log file.
A concept to persistently store the verification metadata as part
of the partition(s) will be a next step.
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
- Style changes in container docs
Reformulate the container building guide a bit
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for custom size in filesystem classes
Allow to create filesystems with an optional size parameter.
If no size is provided the filesystem gets as big as the device
which is the default and unchanged behavior. In addition a
size counting from the beginning (>0) as well as a size
counting from the end (<=0) can be provided.
* Wed Mar 09 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update schema docs
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Provide schema version v7.5 in spec
* Tue Mar 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update descriptions to schema v7.5
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support mount by PARTUUID
In addition to by-label and by-uuid also support mounting
by PARTUUID. Please note kiwi also makes sure that the grub
generated config file uses the root=PARTUUID= notation and it's
not clear if grub-mkconfig will persist making use of it.
Nevertheless there are also systems which uses different
methods to boot and it makes sense to support partuuid
mappings as well
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for partition cloning
Support creating block level clones of certain partitions
used in the image. Clones can be created from the root, boot
and any partition listed in the <partitions> element.
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update cron for security scorecard
Run weekly on Saturdays
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for extended layout to msdos table
This commit adds the following new type attribute
<type ... dosparttable_extended_layout="true|false"/>
If set it specifies to make use of logical partitions inside
of an extended one. Effective only on type configurations which
uses the msdos table type, it will cause the fourth partition
to be an extended partition and all following partitions will be
placed as logical partitions inside of that extended partition.
This setting is useful if more than 4 partitions needs to be
created in an msdos table.
In addition to the support for extended/logical partitions the
the attributes 'mountpoint' and 'filesystem' in the <partitions>
section becomes optional. This also allows to place partitions
as placeholders not mounted into the system
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added type hints for partitioner interface
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.27 → 9.24.28
* Thu Mar 03 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unconditional grub2 package requirement
The grub2 package does not exist on all distributions
as a name provider independent of the architecture.
On for example Debian and Ubuntu the packages are
handled differently and grub2 is only provided on
supported architectures. Thus the spec file should
set the grub2 requirement only if the distribution
provides it in any case
* Wed Mar 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.26 → 9.24.27
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute
Setting this attribute to a number or 'all' in an overlayroot
configuration will create a dm verity hash from the number of
given blocks (or all) placed at the end of the squashfs compressed
read-only root filesystem. For later verification of the device,
and without further image description settings, the credentials
information produced by veritysetup from the cryptsetup tools, is
created as a file in /boot/overlayroot.verity and is stored as
such into the image by default.
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed disk.sh caller environment
The documentation explains the disk.sh script to be called
from inside of the image root as it exists on the block layer.
The disk.sh script is therefore also called after the sync
of the unpacked image root tree to the block layer. The
implementation however, was only partially calling disk.sh
from such an environment. In fact the environment was only
the mountpoint of the root partition but this is not the
complete system regarding layouts that uses extra partitions
and/or volumes. This commit introduces the use of the new
class ImageSystem and calls disk.sh in the way it was
designed and documented.
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added ImageSystem class
The class responsibility is to provide access to the
image root system from the block layer of the image
scope
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent superfluous filesystem creation
In case of an overlayroot setup and the request for
no extra write partition, it is not needed to create
a filesystem for the write space which never gets
synced to the image
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.25 → 9.24.26
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed destructor test on oci_tools/buildah_test.py
Calling del() from teardown breaks when the method is
called through teardown_method
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.24 → 9.24.25
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support nose and xunit style tests
The modifications in this commit allows the unit tests
to run on both, pytest 6.x (nose test layout) and the new
pytest 7.x (xunit test layout). This Fixes #2072 in a
much nicer way. Thanks much to @smarlowucf
* Fri Feb 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update unit test to work in obs
Some unit tests fails if they run in an obs environment.
This is because the implementation checks the runtime
envoironment and behaves differently if the system is
an obs worker. The unit tests has to explicitly set this
condition right for the test
* Fri Feb 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Unit test adaptions to pytest v7"
This reverts commit 0dc2e803e0e8059c54a0ea23960245286675c86c.
The pytest interface from version v6 to v7 has received
changes which requires the tests to be adapted to work for
either the old or the new interface. As there are still many
distributions which uses v6 as the standard we decided to
revert back the adaptions done to support v7 and create
a version requirement to v6 in .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
This Fixes #2072
* Wed Feb 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added overlayroot_readonly_partsize attribute
Specifies the size in MB of the partition which stores the
squashfs compressed read-only root filesystem in an
overlayroot setup. This Fixes #2068
* Wed Feb 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update to scorecard CI 1.0.4
* Tue Feb 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added debootstrap log info to exception message
In case debootstrap fails there is more detailed information
in a logfile written by debootstrap itself. This commit changes
the exception information to contain this log information if
present. Related to Issue #1800
* Sun Feb 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.23 → 9.24.24
* Sun Feb 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added overlayroot_write_partition attribute
For the oem type only, allows to specify if the extra read-write
partition in an overlayroot setup should be created or not.
By default the partition is created and the kiwi-overlay dracut
module also expect it to be present. However, the overlayroot
feature can also be used without an initrd and under certain
circumstances it is handy to configure if the partition table
should contain the read-write partition or not.
* Sat Feb 19 2022 Matt Coleman <matt@datto.com>
- Use DEB822-formatted .sources files instead .list files for APT
* Tue Feb 15 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Support additional names for docker containers
Docker containers used to support the attribute `additionaltags` which
was used to provide multiple tags for the same image. Since only tags
were supported this commit renames the attribute to `additionalnames`
and now supports tags and names witht he following syntax:
* '<name>:<tag>' -> adds a full docker image reference including name
and tag
* ':<tag>' -> adds an additional tag while reusing the former name
* '<name>' -> adds an additional name while reusing the former tag
Fixes #2045
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Feb 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix on force deleting debs
Also remove eventual post scripting prior force removal
of deb packages. Similar inconsistencies as with the pre
scripts can occur on force removal. We want the operation
to be successful in force mode even if that means to
leave a dirty state.
* Sat Feb 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for pre_disk_sync.sh script
The optional pre_disk_sync.sh script is executed for the
disk image type oem only and runs right before the synchronisation
of the root tree into the disk image loop file. The script hook
can be used to change content of the root tree as a last action
before the sync to the disk image is performed. This is useful
for example to delete components from the system which were
needed before or cannot be modified afterwards when syncing
into a read-only filesystem.
* Thu Feb 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Create ci-scorecards-analysis.yml
Create security health metrics score card
* Tue Feb 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup inplace podman storage and container conf
Newer versions of podman requires runroot and graphroot
to be explicitly set in storage.conf.
Newer versions of podman no longer reads the engine.cgroups
setting on containers.conf and prints a 'Failed to decode the
keys [\"engine.cgroups\"]' warning message
This commit fixes storage.conf and containers.conf written
by kiwi if the setupContainerRuntime method is used in
scripts.
* Tue Feb 08 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make use of container name in OCI images
Fixes #2050
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.22 → 9.24.23
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed name of secret variable
The ci-update-build-tests action used a wrong variable
name which does not exist in the github secrets. This
commit fixes it and uses the correct variable name
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.21 → 9.24.22
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test""
This reverts commit 8c4464b8ff2af2642439ce92e1e2be497f2b0f4d.
snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share
now hopefully for the last time
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unit tests
The pytest interface setup() method call has changed
in a way that an additional parameter is passed to
the method which leads to a python error at invocation
time if the setup method does not define it.
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@centosproject.org>
- build-tests: Update CentOS 8 test appliance to CentOS Stream 8
CentOS Linux 8 is now EOL, so switch over to CentOS Stream 8.
* Sat Feb 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added API for BLS and systemd-boot support
Bootloaders implementing the Boot Loader Spec (BLS) are not
directly compatible with the original Bootloader Class design
in kiwi. Because of that an interface class which translates
the original API into calls following BLS was added. This allows
us to keep the implementations in the Builder classes and the
public BootLoader interface untouched. In addition to the BLS
API an implementation to support the systemd-boot loader is
part of this commit too.
An example type definition to use systemd-boot with an EFI
disk image type looks like the following:
<type image="oem" filesystem="xfs" firmware="efi" bootloader="systemd_boot" efipartsize="200"/>
The implementation uses bootctl and kernel-install tools
provided from systemd and expects a proper integration
of systemd-boot by the distribution maintainers
This Fixes #1935
* Fri Feb 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed handling of oem reboot settings
There are oem settings called oem-reboot, oem-reboot-interactive
as well as oem-shutdown and oem-shutdown-interactive. When used
the information is passed along to the profile but not evaluated
by any initrd code. I don't know where on the way we lost the
code that actually works with these settings but this commit
makes them effective. This Fixes #2056
* Thu Feb 03 2022 Dirk Müller <dirk@dmllr.de>
- treat armv8l as armv7hl
openSUSE switched from armv7hl buildworkers to aarch64 in 32bit mode
which identifies itself as "armv8l" in uname -m.
* Tue Feb 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.20 → 9.24.21
* Mon Jan 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed UUID used in grub early boot script
In case the system is luks encrypted the UUID of the root
partition was used in the grub early boot script. However,
this condition is only correct if in addition to the luks
encryption the boot area is on crypto too. If boot is not
on crypto the UUID must be the boot partition and not root.
Only if root AND boot is on crypto the kiwi created early
boot script includes the grub cryptomount calls.
* Sat Jan 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.19 → 9.24.20
* Sat Jan 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for force deleting debian packages
The force uninstall deletes pre scripts prior removal
because if they fail the package will not be removed.
For a force uninstall we consider this ok. However,
the deletion of the scripts did not happen in the
image root. This patch fixes it
* Wed Jan 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for force deleting debian packages
Pass --force-depends to allow uninstall even if the
dependency checker complains
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix use of xattrs for container sync
when syncing data for containers only a subset of xattr
attributes can be applied. This Fixes #2009
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.18 → 9.24.19
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Ensure SELinux labels are set based on the policy
When running kiwi from a filesystem tree that has custom labels applied
(such as when using kiwi from within a container on an SELinux-enabled
host), the filesystem labeling doesn't correctly apply on some files
and folders with a warning about the location being customized by
the administrator. This causes all kinds of strange results with
the built images and makes them unbootable.
To resolve this, tell setfiles to forcibly set files and folders
with the default context from the installed policy.
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Extend and update documentation about /etc/machine-id setup
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Fix ordered list in shell_scripts.rst
Ordered lists must be indented by three spaces, otherwise the numbering breaks.
* Mon Jan 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.17 → 9.24.18
* Mon Jan 24 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix ramdisk deployments from PXE
This commit fixes PXE deployments on ramdisk. In such cases the
former fix from df4e62a4 is not sufficient as there is no `root=`
parameter within the kernel cmd line and hence this logic is never
executed.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Jan 21 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update outdated PKGBUILD for Arch Linux
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unit test race condition
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub loader/entries setup
If called in non standard environments like an OBS worker
the grub tooling does not work correctly and produces invalid
results. For these cases kiwi provides a collection of fix_
methods to change the produced results. This commit covers
the invalid path in loader/entries/*.conf files pointing to
the kernel and the initrd as they exist in the image-root
directory. This results for example in settings like:
linux /usr/src/packages/KIWI-oem/build/image-root/boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64
when it should be:
linux /boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64
This Fixes #2038
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Set /.snapshots subvolume to mode 0700 (bsc#1194992)
Avoid that users other than root can enter or even change the content.
This is what snapper does as well.
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed build_status helper output issue
Starting with CentOS stream 9 integration tests a new
layer in the project that builds it was added. This changed
the osc results output and messed up the build_status
helper output a bit. This commit fixes it
* Thu Jan 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix the uninstall(force) on Debian based dists
Packages marked for uninstall via <package name="delete|uninstall"/>
failed to become removed for several reasons. The way this was done
in kiwi did not work because dpkg needs to be called differently
and with some nasty pre-processing in order to allow for force
deletion. In force mode we also allow to remove packages marked as
essential. In gracefull uninstall mode this commit makes sure the
environment is prepared and does not fail for false-positive
reasons.
* Wed Jan 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added mail map
Added information about my private e-mail being the
successor for the work done when I was an employee
of SUSE
* Tue Jan 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow calling podman within chroot
Added helper functions and env preparation code
to allow calling podman from within a chroot. This
allows to run podman from e.g config.sh and also
inside of OBS workers
* Tue Jan 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix requirements for kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems
Extend btrfs condition applying for EL8 to apply for EL9 too
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.16 → 9.24.17
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed image builds without kernel
If an image is build without a kernel kiwi fails due to
some code paths expecting the presence of kernel modules
and or kernel binaries. This commit fixes this and allows
creating an image without installing a kernel.
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added CentOS Stream 9 integration tests
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Allow "uninitialized" as content of /etc/machine-id
According to machine-id(5), an empty file does not signal that this is the
first boot of the system. Instead, the file needs to be missing or contain
the string "uninitialized". A missing file does not work if the filesystem
is initially mounted read-only, so allow "uninitialized" as well, instead
of truncating it.
Improve the documentation of the method, e.g. dracut is not involved.
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Fix booting GRUB submenu entries with hybrid images (linux/linuxefi)
Variables assigned with "set" are not visible in submenus for some reason.
Export $linux and $initrd, so that they also work in submenu entries.
Fixes bsc#1192523
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Don't copy GRUB modules for EFI with secure boot enabled
When booting grub.efi with secure boot enabled, modules can't be loaded
and thus the grub.efi image needs to be complete. Save some space in live
images by not copying them into the ISO filesystem.
Fixes part of #1750
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
- Don't include the ESP in the ISO9660 partition as well (#1750)
Previously the image for the ESP was created inside the source directory
for the ISO9660 filesystem, so it ended up there as well as a separate
partition. Fix that by creating it as a temporary file instead.
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Automate build-tests OBS service refresh
This commit provides a new github action which sends
API requests to the OBS api to refresh the source
services for the integration tests on the OBS server
side. This Fixes #1980
* Wed Jan 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added docker integration test for Ubuntu
* Wed Jan 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update ubuntu integration test to Hirsute(21.04)
* Tue Jan 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.15 → 9.24.16
* Sun Jan 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed regression in compression detection
The change from 282529de8f612dee32d54ee868c2365dcd829220
Introduced a bad regression. The assumption was made that the
xz tool could be used to detect if a file is compressed or not.
However, this requires the file to be locally present. In the
scope of the method call is_compressed() and within a remote
deployment e.g PXE this is not the case. Therefore the former
way to "detect" the compression according to the .xz postfix
of the source filename was restored. In addition the function
name was changed to is_xz_compressed() because that's what the
method can do and not more. This Fixes #2015
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added debug option --debug-run-scripts-in-screen
Instead of running scripts in screen if the --debug switch is
set, we allow to explicitly switch on this behavior via
a new option. This Fixes #2010
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change packages target for bootincludes
Packages marked with bootinclude="true" will be added to the
referenced kiwi boot image description if the initrd_system
is set to "kiwi" instead of "dracut". The package marked was
primarily added to the type="image" section and got only
added to the type="bootstrap" section if no image type section
existed. However, it has turned out that this approach has
the disadvantage that packages which must be installed as
part of the bootstraping (e.g certificates) cannot be handled.
This commit changes the behavior of the bootinclude to include
the package always to the type="bootstrap" section.
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add GitHub workflow badges
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Codacy Badge
* Sun Jan 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow firmware="custom" setting
The firmware attribute in kiwi is used to indicate for
which boot firmware the image should be build. Specifying
the target firmware is helpful to create for example the
correct disk layout. If no firmware is specified KIWI
decides for a default according to the image architecture.
This selection is not 100% accurate and as we don't know
the later target system. Especially for embedded devices
the correct disk layout and other settings can be
board specific and KIWI's default settings regarding the
firmware could be invalid. For compatibility reasons we
cannot switch off the default selection case and therefore
a new attribute value "custom" is introduced with this
commit. If set KIWI does not select any firmware and
consequently all settings caused by a firmware setup will
be skipped. On the other hand this means all needed
settings for the target to boot and not done by KIWI
needs to be specified explicitly and as needed.
* Sun Jan 02 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Add util-linux dep for -systemdeps-disk-images subpackage
Without this dependency, kiwi fails to work properly in minimal image
build environments, like in a mock chroot where util-linux is not installed.
* Fri Dec 17 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
- index.rst: fix headline
* third try: apply diff by schaefi
* Fri Dec 17 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
- index.rst: fix headline
* removed lonely bracket
* added more lines to fix syntax
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
- index.rst: Change title (bsc#1189294#c2)
* 'KIWI NG 9: KIWI NG Documentation' -> 'Building Linux System Appliances with KIWI Next Generation (KIWI NG <VERSION>)
* suggested in bsc#1189294#c2 for more clarity
* change has been discussed with and approved by main author (Marcus S.)
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Rüdiger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
- support compressed modules in other formats
when cleaning up the firmware directory for unused files
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.14 → 9.24.15
* Wed Dec 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Rework troubleshooting chapter and add an article
about app security subsystems like selinux and their
potential influence on building images. Also update
the quickstart with a reference to the troublshooting
chapter. This Fixes #1891
* Wed Dec 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for collection modules
In CentOS Stream 8 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8, there are
Application Streams that are offered in the form of modules
(using Fedora Modularity technology). To build images that use
this content KIWI needs to support to enable/disable various
modules. This commit allows to configure collection modules
in a new element as shown below
<packages type="bootstrap">
<collectionModule name="module" stream="stream" enable="true|false"/>
</packages>
This Fixes Issue #1999
* Mon Dec 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.13 → 9.24.14
* Sun Dec 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Disable intersphinx
intersphinx is a doc extension which links to the documentation of
objects in other projects whenever Sphinx encounters a cross-reference
that has no matching target in the current documentation set, it
looks for targets in the documentation sets configured in the
intersphinx_mapping. However, the kiwi docs do not use this feature
thus it can be disabled.
* Tue Nov 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Compress container images in builder class
This commit changes the stage at which container images are compressed
to match the criteria applied to other image types. Instead of
compressing the image in OCI devoted classes now it is happening
in builder class by setting Result instance properties.
Fixes #1996
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test"
This reverts commit 52c38f9ec22aef484efaf0a570dc78eea529deec.
The TW people moved to an older version of libsnapper, no
idea what these guys are doing
* Mon Nov 29 2021 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
- kiwi-repart: Fix spelling error in source code comment
* Mon Nov 29 2021 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
- Fix multiple minor spelling errors in documentation
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for setting up release version
Currently the release version is not set or set to '0'
for package managers which requires a value to operate.
However, in order to support leveraging the same description
across different releases it is important to have the
opportunity to specify a setting for the release version.
This commit adds a new optional attribute to the preferences
section which allows to specify a custom value which
serves as the release version:
<preferences>
<release-version>TEXT</release-version>
</preferences>
If not specified the default setting as before applies.
Please note the release version information is currently
used in dnf and microdnf package managers only. It might
happen that it gets applied to the other package manager
backends as well. This will happen on demand though.
Related to Issue #1918. This Fixes #1927
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.12 → 9.24.13
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add global --kiwi-file option
When building with kiwi a search on the kiwi main config
file is made inside of the given --description directory.
The search looks up for the file config.xml or *.kiwi.
So far there was no opportunity to specify another name.
This commit adds an option in the global area named:
- -kiwi-file name
which will make kiwi to lookup this file inside of the
given --description directory and fail if it does not
exist. This Fixes #1973
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added type hints for CliTask class
* Fri Nov 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.11 → 9.24.12
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use realpath to resolve this:// location
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support this:// resource locator for includes
Allow include references like the following example:
<include from="this://include.xml"/>
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow repo path relative to the image description
This commit adds a new URI type called this://... The
this:// part will be resolved into the absolute path to
the image description. A source path like the following:
<source path="this://my_repo"/>
is resolved to
<source path="dir:///path/to/image/description/my_repo"/>
This change provides the requested opportunity to reference
repos provided as part of the image description and
Fixes #1964
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Care for different snapper template locations
snapper recently changed their config template location
from etc/ to usr/. This commit handles the two locations
and Fixes bsc#1192940
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent warning message on resize exception
On systems which are configured to run the oem resize at
every boot (default case) kiwi checks how much space is free
and if that fits the constraints configured as part of the
image description. If the constraints are not met a warning
message is displayed and the boot continuous without any
resize action happening.
This warning message however, always appears after the first
boot when the resize had happened and no rest space on disk
is present unless the disk geometry would have changed.
The situation of the reboot of the system without any disk
geometry change is the standard case and happens way more
often than the reboot with a disk geometry change.
Therefore the warning message displayed is not actually
a real warning and most often considered as an issue
when there is none. To relax this situation, this commit
only shows the warning message if the detected free space
on disk is greater than 2M, which is the condition under
which we assume an intentional (user made) disk geometry
change.
This Fixes #1958
* Wed Nov 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.10 → 9.24.11
* Wed Nov 24 2021 Justin <47017732+TheMisanthropicHumanist@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list (#1982)
Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list
The original check doesn't always work because PARTITIONS get labels, NOT disks. If you install with
a Flash Drive and deploy to a machine with an NVMe drive, the Flash Drive is listed first because SCSIs
are shown first by lsblk (At least they were in our scenario). When we run
blkid "[Install Flash Drive Disk]" -s LABEL -o value
in this scenario, we get nothing returned so this conditional evaluates incorrectly. We should get the
${kiwi_install_volid} Partition Block Name, and search for whether ${disk_device} is contained within it as
the Disk Device that corresponds to the Install Partition.
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Do not force dracut into a compression setting
So far we called dracut with --xz which forces the initrd
to be xz compressed. There are other compression formats
used by the distributions and they might differe from xz.
The selection for a compression tool is done by a dist
configuration in dracut.conf.d which is provided by the
distributions as they see fit. For us this means not
forcing dracut into a specific compression setting allows
to make use of the distro provided setting and also
allows to change/override this setting by an overlay
file. This Fixes bsc#1192975
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.9 → 9.24.10
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added documentation about sharing backends
The kiwi boxbuild plugin supports several sharing
backends. Details about them and eventual pre-setup
steps prior use are mentioned in this document
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed MicroOS build test
snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.8 → 9.24.9
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.7 → 9.24.8
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for reading metalink in info module
For resolver operations through libsolv the 'kiwi image info'
module exists. So far it could not read the repos from
metalink repo definitions. This Fixes #1890
* Fri Nov 19 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Force key attribute from signing element to be treated as a URI
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Nov 18 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Pass signing keys from the XML to the repositories
This commits makes sure signing keys are passed to
repositories setup in build task.
Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Nov 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move static sle15 integration test to git
* Tue Nov 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.6 → 9.24.7
* Mon Nov 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed raid integration test using extra boot part
Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
/boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Mon Nov 15 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Make sure fedora-release is installed on Rawhide
Follow up to #1957 and #1962:
The Fedora build tests were using the generic release package and not
fedora-release. This issue has been partially fixed in #1962, but we forgot to
port the fix to the rawhide images as well. This commit adds the missing package
to the Rawhide images as well.
* Sat Nov 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.5 → 9.24.6
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for debootstrap called only once
A recent change skipped calling debootstrap if the allow-existing-root
flag was passed in combination with apt as the package manager.
However this is not enough. If you say allow-existing-root but
the existing root is empty or not valid to continue with chroot
and apt the debootstrap phase should not be skipped. This commit
checks if apt works in the chroot such that we can assume
debootstrap has done its job and can be skipped
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to set sign keyfile in repository elements
This commit adds a new and optional child element <signing>
to the repository/source element as shown in the following
example:
<repository>
<source path="...">
<signing key="keyfile"/>
</source>
</repository>
The collection of all keyfiles from all repositories will be
added to the keyring as used by the selected package manager.
Signing keys specified on the commandline and signing keys
specified in the image description will be combined.
This Fixes #1883
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.4 → 9.24.5
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed include processing
This commit fixes several issue connected with the use of
the <include> directive:
First and foremost the XSLT chain was broken in a way that
the include XSLT in combination with the PrettyPrinter XSLT
were called not in the chain of stylesheets but together.
This results in XML descriptions which duplicated the content
and went invalid
Another change is, when the include XSLT is called in the chain.
This commit moves it to become the very first processing
instruction such that the included data is part of all subsequent
XSLT stylesheets. This also allows to use older schema versions
in included XML data and they get automatically converted through
the chain of XSLT stylesheets.
Last change is the evaluation of the from= attribute value. This
value is now interpreted as an URI. Currently only local URIs are
supported. The reason to do this is because XSLT when processing
a document resolves relative paths according to the file path
of the master document. As kiwi does not change the original
content that path with will be a /var/tmp location if one of
the XSLT stylesheets were used. The documentation for this change
was updated as well
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.3 → 9.24.4
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added type hints and annotations for iso_tools
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop support for cdrtools
Tools like mkisofs, genisoimage and friends are all unmaintained
and have found their substitute in xorriso for quite some time.
This commit deletes the code from kiwi which supported creation
of ISO images using the obsolete cdrtools collection. In addition
all hack code associated with these tools like mbr insertion via
isohybrid and things like that got dropped as well.
This Fixes #1908
* Thu Nov 11 2021 kyr <kshtsk@users.noreply.github.com>
- Drop usage of `factor` from coreutils
utils/checksum: drop factor calls
For portability we don't need to call linux coreutils' factor,
instead we use pure python prime number generation implementation.
Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Matt Coleman <matt@datto.com>
- Add support for custom GRUB templates
This allows the user to specify a template file to customize
the bootloader menu. This only applies to oem and iso image
types: other image types use the grub mkconfig toolchain.
This resolves Issue #1970
Co-authored-by: Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Only trigger functions workflow on certain paths
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Re-enable functions integration tests once again
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
- config/functions: make baseQuoteFile use extended regex
It is more universal to use extended regex, because they can
be used on wider range of platforms, for example, same
regex works equally on bsd sed and linux distributions.
Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Mon Nov 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added python 3.9, 3.10 to test workflow
* Mon Nov 08 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@suse.com>
- utils/temporary: rename dir parameter to path
To avoid conflicts with python standard `dir` function
and for better matching purpose, the Temporary class
constructor parameter it is the best to rename from dir
to path.
Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Mon Nov 08 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
- utils/temporary: the --temp-dir does not work
Using of --temp-dir argument does not make an effect,
because optional 'dir' parameter defaults to the
global TEMP_DIR value before it's changed.
This patch address this issue.
Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.2 → 9.24.3
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed s390 SLE15 integration test
added blog package to solve packages added by
file provides which are not resolved by obs
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed s390 integration test using extra boot part
Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
/boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added partition sizes to disk size math
Make sure partition sizes are used for the calculation
of the entire disk size to fit the size constraints of
the image disk
* Tue Nov 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Cleanup xattr requirement"
This reverts commit 6754b3f9e270a6cb710355605c46b0bade4de29c.
It has turned out that SLE15 still uses the other xattr
module :/
* Tue Nov 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration test
Test the combination of custom partitions and volumes
* Fri Oct 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure fedora-release is installed
Fedora based integration tests should install the fedora-release
package. If no release package is specified the generic-release
package is choosen which is unexpected. This Fixes #1957
* Wed Oct 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure debootstrap is called only once
When building debian based images the bootstrap phase
is done by calling debootstrap. If kiwi is called on
an already existing root tree via --allow-existing-root
this will make debootstrap to fail in any case. This
is because for debootstrap it's an error condition if
there is already data in the root. However, for kiwi
and the explicitly requested re-use of the root tree
this is not an error. Thus this commit skips the
bootstrap by debootstrap and directly continues with
the image phase.
* Wed Oct 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup xattr requirement
There is no version of suse we support that provides
the old xattr module. Thus the requirement can be set
in a clean way to pyxattr and the setup.py trickery
can be deleted
* Mon Oct 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Disable config functions testing
It happens too often that the failure on running the
container causes failed results which are not actually
failures. I have hope that #1944 stabilize this
* Fri Oct 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.1 → 9.24.2
* Fri Oct 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed nasty bug in ramdisk generator
The ramdisk unit generator reads the config.bootoptions
file and extracts the root_uuid from it. This is done
with a very simple shell read using a space as separator.
However the last element is never read by that code.
As long as there was yet another kernel cmdline option
after the root= option this bug was not an issue. But
as soon as the root= option is last in the list it will
not be read and the generator exits prior creating the
sysroot.mount target. This commit fixes it in a way
that it makes sure there is always a space at the end
of the config.bootoptions file
* Thu Oct 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support custom partitions
In addition to the volume volume management settings also
allow to setup low level table entries like in the following
example:
<partitions>
<partition name="var" size="100" mountpoint="/var" filesystem="ext3"/>
</partitions>
* Thu Oct 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration build test for bundle_format
* Wed Oct 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added lsof to kiwi-systemdeps-core
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for custom result bundle naming
Allow to specify a bundle_format per <type> which is used
at the time of the result bundle creation to create image
output names matching the provided pattern.
This Fixes #1943
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added missing python-simplejson to pkgbuild
Added missing python-simplejson requirement to the
archlinux pkgbuild package template
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Raise exception on umount issue
Up to now kiwi tried to umount a resource it has mounted for some
time and if it was not possible due to a busy state the process
continued. In any of these situations it was not possible to free
up the nested resources and it could also happen that the image
build result got corrupted because there is still data that can
be consumed but shouldn't be there anymore. The change here makes
kiwi to stop the process and raise with an error also including
the information that there are now resources still active but
busy on the host and a manual cleanup is unfortunately needed.
This Fixes #1914
* Mon Oct 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added SystemOverlayRoot profile
Test kiwi's overlayroot mode without initrd
* Mon Oct 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update test for image without initrd and loader
The systemd-remount-fs.service expects devices to be present
in their UUID representation. When booting without an initrd
there is no udev and the root= device must be provided with
the kernel exposed unix device name. In addition there is no
UUID device representation for virtio devices which are used
together with the small kvmsmall kernel of this example.
Since booting of this appliance is done via:
$ kvm --kernel (kernel-kvmsmall) \
- drive file=kiwi-test-image-embedded.raw,if=virtio \
- append "root=/dev/vda1 console=ttyS0 rw"
The kernel rootfs is mounted in rw mode anyway. Thus the systemd
remount service is not useful in this case and switched off
* Fri Oct 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.24.0 → 9.24.1
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure embedded test exposes the kernel
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of LUKS encrypted images with empty pass
For initial provisioning of LUKS encrypted disk images an
empty passphrase key is handy to avoid interaction in the
deployment process. However, the dracut kiwi modules were
lacking the information that the luks keyfile could be an
empty passphrase key which must not be opened with the
potential risk to get prompted for input. This commit
introduces a new profile environment variable evaluated
by the dracut kiwi lib code to open the LUKS pool and
allows to distinguish the situation on key files with
or without a passphrase
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed type annotations for LuksDevice class
* Wed Oct 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed repo setup for test-image-embedded
Use obsrepositories
* Wed Oct 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added a build test for no-initrd / no-bootloader
It's allowed to configure an image building without an
initrd and/or bootloader setup. These are settings mostly
used in the embedded world and this build test makes sure
images of that kind can be build
* Wed Oct 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for portable result data (#1949)
In addition to the serialized Result instance kiwi.result
file this commit also creates a portable version of this
information in kiwi.result.json. Only the information that
can be expressed as json document is part of the portable
version. This is related to Issue #1918
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added documentation for kiwi stackbuild plugin
Restructure the documentation to put all plugin documentation
under its own category. Add a chapter about the stackbuild
plugin, it's concepts and use cases. This Fixes #1907
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.63 → 9.24.0
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for toplevel include directive(s)
On the toplevel of an image description you can now
specify include directive(s) like in the following
example
<image ...>
...
<include from="filename_a.xml"/>
...
<include from="filename_b.xml"/>
</image>
At the place of their occurrence the include statement
will be replaced with the contents of the given filename.
The implementation is based on a XSLT stylesheet and
applies very early in the process. The stylesheet reads
the contents of the given file as XML document().
Thus only valid XML documents gets accepted by this
include concept. This Fixes #1929 and is related to
Issue #1918
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Switch to pytest_container instead of custom conftest
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.62 → 9.23.63
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed error reporting for stateful description
Errors due to missing or no type definitions were reported
provding the internal object reference of the XML parse
result. This is useless information for users and needs
to be done better. This commit fixes the error message to
avoid showing object references and includes information
about the applied profiles used for this XML state.
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed legacy PXE documentation
The documentation for building a legacy pxe image was not
using the profiles (Flat or Compressed) as the actual image
description for this example requires it. This Fixes #1923
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added mdadm to requires for systemdeps
When building raid based images the buildhost needs mdadm.
In addition rework the place to require disk based tools.
Most of them were added to the filesystem systemdeps but
belong to the disk systemdeps
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed creation of loopback config
If an extra boot partition is in use the creation of the config
file for the loopback boot feature was using the wrong path.
This commit fixes it and also introduces integration checks
which builds in this condition
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT setup regression
The value for GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT should only be
changed if custom kernelcmdline values are provided. In
case there are none kiwi should not change this value.
The test to check for this condition is based on the
result cmdline reduced by the root setting. However the
default cmdline setting in kiwi appends 'rw' in addition
to the root device information. This means the default
kernelcmdline is never empty and therefore the grub
setting GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="rw" is always set.
This commit fixes the conditional change by making sure
the default cmdline only consists out of the root
device information. This Fixes #1650
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow logfile option to log on stdout
The option setting '--logfile stdout' is now a special form
and logs the messages usually written to a file to stdout
instead. This is handy if all messages of the build are
requested but the --debug switch is not because it does more
than that, e.g calling scripts through debug'able screen
sessions
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow test-image-luks to be build locally too
In suse there are many programs replaced by the busybox
alternative and also preferred by the package manager.
However there are also packages like the kernel in suse
which wants gawk and not busybox-gawk. In kiwi to build
images there are two installation phases, the bootstrap
phase which installs mandatory packages to allow chroot
operations and the image phase which installs the rest
of the requested packages as chroot operation. In this
two pass step the package manager is called twice to
resolve dependencies and that causes the issue with the
preferred busybox packages which gets pulled in in the
first phase. To prevent this there are only two options:
1. Explicitly list the non busybox packages in the
bootstrap phase
2. Prevent the image phase and put all packages to
the bootstrap phase such there is only one package
manager call for dependency resolution
This commit implementes option 1. because having all
packages in the bootstrap phase means that the host
packagemanager resolves and if the host packagemanager
is somehow not compatible with the image target this
leads to other weird issues which are not obvious and
hard to debug.
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.61 → 9.23.62
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed script calls when running in obs
kiwi is called with --debug in obs which triggers the scripts
to be called through screen. However the obs caller is not
associated with a terminal thus it fails. This commit creates
an exception for debug mode when running in obs
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.60 → 9.23.61
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Luis González Fernández <luisgf@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix secure boot for ubuntu based images
This patch fixes #1911 and makes secure boot images to work again in Ubuntu 20.04
Co-authored-by: Luis Ladislao Gonzalez Fernandez <luislgf@inditex.com>
* Wed Sep 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Run scripts via a screen session in debug mode
When creating a custom script it usually takes some iterations of
try and testing until a final stable state is reached. To support
developers with this task kiwi calls scripts associated with a
screen session. The connection to screen is only done if kiwi
is called with the --debug option.
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete obsolete release stage from gitlab
Now done as github action
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.59 → 9.23.60
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed pypi tox release target
Only needs the creation of the sdist tarball
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.58 → 9.23.59
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moved pages and pypi publish to github actions
Moved gh-pages doc update and pypi upload from gitlab
to github actions
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed RNC schema definition
From the compact form of the schema the RNG schema
is created. The latest changes to support the target_dir
attribute in the <archive> section were added wrong
to the compact form of the schema
* Fri Sep 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Tumbleweed integration tests
Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
/boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.57 → 9.23.58
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed MANIFEST
Make sure all test data is included into the source tarball not only
a recursive inclusion of a portion of it. This is needed to run
tests at build time from the pypi provided source tarball
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.56 → 9.23.57
* Tue Sep 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed python manifest
Deleted no longer existing doc source from manifest and
add the full set of documentation sources
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.55 → 9.23.56
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Only wipe bundle dir when required
The given result bundle dir must only be wiped if the
request to turn the result files into an rpm was given.
Only in this case the given bundle dir must start empty
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed uninstall handling via dnf, microdnf, zypper
The above package managers supports uninstall instructions
like 'iwl*'. In kiwi there was code checking via rpm if
the packages given to uninstall actually exists. That code
does not work if the given package to uninstall is an
instruction that matches a pattern. Therefore if we use
the uninstall section in the kiwi image description, just
pass the provided information to the package manager and
don't try to be clever in kiwi itself.
* Thu Sep 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to set --logfile for result namespace
Setting a logfile for e.g 'kiwi-ng result bundle ...'
is useful and should be possible
* Thu Sep 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.54 → 9.23.55
* Wed Sep 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for building rpm package from bundle
With the new option --package-as-rpm it is possible to
call the kiwi result bundler such that the image build
results gets packaged into an rpm. I think this is a
handy feature to transport image builds via repositories
* Wed Sep 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed MicroOS integration test
With ignition/combustion in place it's not allowed
to use tmp as a subvolume
* Tue Sep 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.53 → 9.23.54
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed condition for GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID="true"
The grub config parameter GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID must only
be set if the device persistence setting is not UUID. However,
in kiwi UUID device names are the default and doesn't have to
be expressed explicitly. Therefore the condition to check
for different than 'by-uuid' is wrong for the default case were
no device persistence setting exists. This results in a wrong
grub option to be set. This commit fixes it in a way to disable
UUID device names in grub if the only other device persistency
setting in kiwi named: 'by-label' is explicitly configured.
This Fixes #1842
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added force_trailing_slash argument to sync_data
A speciality of the rsync tool is that it behaves differently
if the given source_dir ends with a '/' or not. If it ends
with a slash the data structure below will be synced to the
target_dir. If it does not end with a slash the source_dir
and its contents are synced to the target_dir. For example:
source
└── some_data
1. $ rsync -a source target
target
└── source
└── some_data
2. $ rsync -a source/ target
target
└── some_data
The parameter force_trailing_slash in the DataSync::sync_data
method can be used to make sure rsync behaves like shown in
the second case. This Fixes #1786
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added type hints for DataSync class
* Fri Sep 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.52 → 9.23.53
* Thu Sep 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add missing bootloader tests
Merging #1850 exposed the missing bootloader tests.
This reminds me to move the gitlab driven unit tests
to github actions because for forked repos the gitlab
tests does not run but github actions tests would run
* Tue Aug 31 2021 Robert Schneider <48757730+data-intelligence-robot@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix logging of ISO publisher
* Tue Aug 31 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Improving text formatting
* Tue Aug 31 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Added documentation for grub2 loopback ISO images
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.51 → 9.23.52
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed pep E711 code smell
comparison to None should be 'if cond is not None:'
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.50 → 9.23.51
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- No compression with encryption
When an image is setup to use encryption the resulting image appears
as a random stream of bytes and cannot be compressed. Simply skip
the compression in this case.
* Thu Aug 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix typo in schema documentation
ciper -> cipher. Fix originally done by Robert Schweikert
and moved to the right place, see Issue #1906 for details
* Thu Aug 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Allow target dir for archive
- Add the option to specify a target directory
to unpack the archive
- Update doc for target dir attribute
This Fixes #1794
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Log deprecation errors to stderr
Make sure information about deprecated shell methods
logs their information to stderr. This will cause the
error message to be exposed to the user and not only
in the log file
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed TW build test
Explicitly added packages that causes conflicts due
to the busybox alternatives
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.49 → 9.23.50
* Thu Aug 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for repo customization script
repo files allows for several customization options
which could not be set by kiwi through the current
repository schema. As the options used do not follow
any standard and are not compatible between package
managers and distributions the only generic way to
handle this is through a script which is invoked
with the repo file as parameter for each file created
to describe a repo for the selected package manager.
This allows users to update/change the repo file content
on their individual needs. In the kiwi description the
path to the custom script can be specified as follows
<repository ... customize="/path/to/custom_script">
<source path="..."/>
</repository>
This Fixes #1896
* Fri Jul 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.48 → 9.23.49
* Thu Jul 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed fstab entry for swap on LVM
If an LVM setup is used together with a swapspace the
swap is created as a volume in the volume group. The
required fstab entry to activate swap was not using
the LVM exposed device but the UUID of the low level
block layer. This low level device is not created
by udev because LVM takes over precedence in this
case.
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.47 → 9.23.48
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed LVM get_volumes
Due to the change on the temporary directory yet another
error in the volume manager classes for LVM got exposed.
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.46 → 9.23.47
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed LVM/btrfs volume based image builds
Due to the change on the temporary directory an error
in the volume manager classes for LVM and btrfs was
exposed. There was code which uses a sub-part of the
volume mount point directory which is a tempdir based
directory name. The sub-part was choosen by an index
based path split which worked for /tmp but no longer for
/var/tmp. With tempdir now being also a commandline
option this code has to become more robust.
* Fri Jul 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.45 → 9.23.46
* Thu Jul 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Do not expose the delete feature in Temporary
We do not want to expose the ability to create temporary
data that doesn't get auto deleted at the end of its
scope
* Thu Jul 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor recovery archive creation
The creation of the recovery archive was based on a tempfile
which then gets moved to the final target file. This is bad
because if causes the tempfile cleanup to raise an exception
unless you specify delete=False. Creating a tempfile with
delete=False however, negates the reason for creating self
managed temporary data. Thus this code was refactored to
create the recovery archive file at its final destination
from the beginning on
* Wed Jul 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moving temp data handling to its own namespace
Moving use of mkdtemp, NamedTemporaryFile and TemporaryDirectory
into its own class called Temporary: By default all temporary
data is created below /var/tmp but can be changed via the
global commandline option --temp-dir. This Fixes #1870
* Wed Jul 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.44 → 9.23.45
* Tue Jul 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Handle UnicodeDecode errors more gracefully
If the Codec.decode() method cannot encode the given data to utf-8
an Encoding exception is raised which causes kiwi to raise a
KiwiDecodingError. That way to handle the error causes an image
build to fail. However, this sort of error for example happens if
the .changes file of a package contains invalid characters. From
a user perspective this cannot be fixed and you cannot build the
image because of a stupid character error in a .changes file
outside your control. Because of this reason this commit handles
the decode error case differently and applies the 'replace'
strategy on error. The characters in questions gets replaced and
the rest of the data which can be decoded is returned.
* Mon Jul 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Install mypy library stubs for mock
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added documentation for oem-skip-verify element
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase size of efi fat image
For ISO images an embedded efi fat image is needed to boot.
As consequence of adding the mok manager it can happen that
the size of the efi fat image is too small. With this commit
the size is increased to prevent an out of space issue
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.43 → 9.23.44
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add tests for baseVagrantSetup
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Set the directory permissions of /home/vagrant/.ssh to 0700 in baseVagrantSetup
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Don't modify main sshd_config file via baseVagrantSetup
In Tumbleweed we switched from shipping sshd's config file in /etc to /usr/etc,
but baseVagrantSetup was not respecting that.
So instead of modifying the main config file, we instead create a custom file in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ with our custom setting which is much more robust
accross distributions. However, if /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ does not exist, then
we fall back to adding our settings to /etc/ssh/sshd_config.
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed LUKS keyfile permission bits
LUKS keyfile should use 0600 file permission flags
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed secure boot fallback setup
Make sure MokManager gets copied. The name and location of
the mok manager is distribution specific in the same way as
the shim loader. Thus we need to apply a similar concept
for looking it up. This Fixes bsc#1187515
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Improve live image integration test
Build one live image for Standard EFI+BIOS boot and
another variant that support SecureBoot+BIOS boot
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub cmdline setup with custom root
If the kiwi kernelcmdline attribute contains root=... information
it is extracted from being written to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT.
However, the regexp to extract the root=... information was broken
and deleted more elements of the cmdline information than just
the root device information. This commit fixes the regexp to only
delete the root=... information taking into account that every
kernel parameter is delimited by '\s'
This Fixes #1875
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.42 → 9.23.43
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Re-add suseImportBuildKey
suseImportBuildKey is not required during the image build as kiwi imports the
correct keys by itself. However, the created images lack the repository signing
keys and any `zypper` commands will thus fail.
This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1876
* Fri Jul 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.41 → 9.23.42
* Thu Jul 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed fedora integration test builds
Maintain the repos in the obs prj config which prevents
the weird "nothing provides kernel-obs-build" error
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.40 → 9.23.41
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Remove util-linux-systemd & util-linux Requires from dracut-kiwi-overlay
These dependencies are pulled in via dracut-kiwi-lib.
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add missing util-linux-systemd Requires to dracut-kiwi-[live,libs]
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-orthos integration test
The test was missing btrfs_root_is_snapshot which is required
when using btrfs on tumbleweed.
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy integration test
The test did not set a device filter for ramdisk devices but
activates unattended mode. In this mode the first device in
the list is taken and this is a ramdisk device which is
by default too small to be used for the installation. Thus
the install usually fails. This commit sets the device filter
for ramdisk devices such that only associated disk devices
can be used for the install process, which is the purpose
of this test. This is related to Issue OSInside/kiwi-functional-tests#8
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.39 → 9.23.40
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Mount dev and proc filesystems prior dracut
In newer versions of dracut /dev and /proc must be mounted
for dracut to work correctly. If not present the resulting
initrd is incomplete. This Fixes #1867
* Mon Jun 28 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Use namespaced files in /var/tmp for large temporary files
Previously, kiwi created staging image files as plain temporary files
in /tmp, which causes issues on operating systems where /tmp is tmpfs.
Notably, image builds would fail with "no space left on the device"
because the tmpfs was not big enough for everything to exist there.
To fix this, we change to use /var/tmp, and additionally add a prefix
for our temporary files so that the user knows which ones kiwi created.
Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1866
* Fri Jun 25 2021 Tom Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Use latest stylesheet in STYLEROOT
Use "suse2021-ns" instead of "suse2013-ns" due to new
branding.
* Wed Jun 23 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add missing util-linux-systemd dependency to dracut-kiwi-overlay
The script kiwi-overlay-root.sh requires lsblk which is provided by
util-linux-systemd. If that package is missing in the final image, then booting
an overlayroot image hangs with:
dracut-pre-mount[480]: //lib/dracut/hooks/pre-mount/30-kiwi-overlay-root.sh: line 46: lsblk: command not found
* Tue Jun 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Start moving CI test from gitlab to actions
Moving the linter and unit tests to github workflows and
out of the gitlab CI system has the advantage that pull
request from forked repos will run the tests. In the long
run I think we should move away completely from gitlab CI
and use github actions as this will reduce the number of
external services used in the kiwi project. This commit
starts with the most simple parts: unit and type tests,
doc rendering and code style
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure chat link points to Element not Riot
Riot has changed to Element. The index page on kiwi still
uses the old location. This updates the information how to
use the Matrix channel and the kiwi room name.
This Fixes #1854
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.38 → 9.23.39
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
- Functions integration tests (#1851)
Add integration tests for functions.sh
Implement a container based test system to run shell code for testing.
The concept utilizes pytest-testinfra and runs a container per test.
The nested container in a container feature is supported by the github
actions workflow. Thus the integration of this testing concept runs in
the github actions CI rather than on gitlab
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't shell out for calling dnf
refactor the dnf call to install packages and groups in
one call. This allows to prevent calling dnf through a
shell. For installing of a package group the group ID
name is expected. This Fixes #1856
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- - Improve the error message if the config file cannot be parsed.
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Do not shell out for calling microdnf.
In fact it can be counter productive if the shell
evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction
patterns. This is related to Issue #1856
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent calling pacman through a shell
There is no reason to shell out for calling pacman.
In fact it can be counter productive if the shell
evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction
patterns. This is related to Issue #1856
* Sat Jun 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure mypy stubs will be installed
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Update grub2.py
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Code improvement
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Code improvement
* Wed Jun 16 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
- Allow the ISO to be booted from grub directly
* Wed Jun 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow creation of LUKS system with empty key
To support cloud platforms better we should allow the
creation of an initial(insecure) LUKS encrypted image
with an empty passphrase/keyfile. This Fixes
bsc#1187461 and bsc#1187460
* Fri Jun 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.37 → 9.23.38
* Thu Jun 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed cleanup of temporary directory
In the custom kiwi initrd build process a temporary directory
holding a copy of the initrd root tree is created. That data
got never cleaned up. This commit uses a TemporaryDirectory
object from the tempfile module to make sure it gets deleted
once the execution scope is done. This Fixes #1837
* Mon Jun 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.36 → 9.23.37
* Mon Jun 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete deprecated shell functions from docs
suseActivateDefaultServices
suseSetupProductInformation
suseImportBuildKey
suseConfig
baseCleanMount
baseSetupUserPermissions
baseGetPackagesForDeletion
baseGetProfilesUsed
baseStripMans
baseStripDocs
baseStripInfos
Rpm
* Sun Jun 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed creating grub bios module
If no prebuilt grub bios module was found, kiwi creates one.
In this case kiwi searches for the grub modules and runs
the grub mkimage tool. The search for the modules for the
bios module used the host system (/) grub and that fails if
the host has packaged grub differently than the image target.
This fix moves the lookup into the image root directory
which is the correct place to lookup the grub data
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.35 → 9.23.36
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed building with custom kiwi initrd setup
The change from allowing to build with initrd_system="none"
broke the build for initrd_system="kiwi". This commit fixes
the regression
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use zypper --gpg-auto-import-keys option
When building an image against self managed repos the
auto import of the repo gpg key makes sense to me
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods
Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods
Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.34 → 9.23.35
* Fri Jun 04 2021 gnuninu <dimarnicola@gmail.com>
- Corrected preferences timezone code tag
* Tue Jun 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor config functions code
Reorganize the code into more readable areas like methods
present as helpers, methods for customers, methods which are
distribution specific and also methods that are deprecated
and give a good reason why they are deprecated when they
get called. This is related to Issue #1828
* Tue Jun 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33"
This reverts commit f80549474c4baa120e6e228bacc7b4a075265753.
* Tue Jun 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33
* Fri May 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed codacy code smells
* Fri May 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
kiwi/boot/image/base.py
kiwi/boot/image/builtin_kiwi.py
kiwi/boot/image/dracut.py
This references issue #1644
* Thu May 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for skipping initrd creation
Embedded systems and other customer use cases sometimes
doesn't require an initrd. So far the initrd creation was
a mandatory step in the process. With this commit it's
possible to configure <type ... initrd_system="none"/>
and therefore skip the creation and setup of an initrd.
Using this feature comes with a price. Without an initrd
the task of mounting the specified root=DEVICE_SPEC now
becomes a task of the kernel. If the kernel doesn't have
the required filesystem driver compiled in or the mount
process of the device is not just a simple mount
action, the boot of such an appliance will fail
* Thu May 27 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Remove grep and find from suseSetupProduct
* Thu May 27 2021 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
- config/functions.sh: Avoid non-zero exit status
In baseStripDocs and baseStripFirmware avoid non-zero exit status of grep.
This allows the functions to be used in a script that sets the exit-on-error
flag.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.33 → 9.23.34
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure we use sphinx >= 4.0.2
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Revert "Fix installation of man pages""
This reverts commit db7410f3c5b7b101ec0974cc24de0400c491f065.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball"
This reverts commit 3bf80506c4bbe381b66febdd38df93e65103ffb6.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.32 → 9.23.33
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball
Due to the move of man pages in sphinx the MANIFEST.in
has to be updated to provide the man pages in the
sdist tarball
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Revert "Fix installation of man pages"
This reverts commit 286b26b5b6598285bf6eb26a1f5c9200c925b529.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed missing shebang in config.sh
The ubuntu integration test config.sh script was missing
the shebang to let the script code run through bash
* Fri May 21 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Fix installation of man pages
The generated source archive on PyPI has the man page files
in ./doc/build/man instead of ./doc/build/man/8.
Adjust the Makefile to use the correct path to install the
man pages.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.31 → 9.23.32
* Thu May 20 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not return default stdout if it is no raising on failure
This commit prevents the use of a default stdout and stderr in case
return code reports errors and it is not raising an exception.
If we are not raising an exception there is no specific need to
artificially append some stdout and stderr default message, we just
behave as if there was no error.
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Ubuntu integration test for system settings
In Debian based distributions the kiwi built in way
to setup locale, keyboard and timezone via systemd tools
does not work because not(yet) provided by the distribution.
This commit adds a reference implementation in the Ubuntu
integration test to demonstrate how the settings given in
the kiwi image description needs to be handled to make
them effective in the later image. This Fixes #1787
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add log information on grub search
There is a method in kiwi which searches for grub files.
As grub is packaged differently within the distributions
a dynamic lookup is needed. However, the result and where
kiwi looked it up was not part of the log file. In terms
of issues like the one from Issue #1754 it would be very
handy to know about this information. Thus this commit
adds debug information to the log file regarding what
grub files are searched and where and if found
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed coday complains
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make dracut version check more robust
The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi() runtime
check calls the package manager from the host and reads the
package database from the image root. Doing this requires
the package database in the image to be compatible with the
package manager on the host. However this cannot be guarenteed
and it is more robust to chroot into the image root and call
the package manager from there. However, this change also comes
with the cost that it's required to have a package manager
available in the image root tree. Therefore along with the
chroot based call, eventual exceptions from the call are now
catched and leads to a debug message in the log file but will
not lead the runtime check to fail. I consider the cases
without a package database inside of the image to be less
critical than the incompatibility issue between the host
tooling and the package database in the image.
This Fixes bsc#1185937
* Tue May 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.30 → 9.23.31
* Tue May 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Stop plymouth also for progress dialogs
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent explicit man page compression
The manual pages are compressed by the packager tooling.
There is no need to do this ourselves
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.29 → 9.23.30
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase integration tests boot timeout
Increase integration tests timeout from 2sec to 10sec
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update integration tests to be non interactive
Some integration tests allows for interactive dialogs on the
bootloader menu or in the installation process. As we plan to
use these tests for automated functional testing there should
be no interaction whenever possible. This Fixes #1811
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update kiwi installation documentation
The installation chapter contained information about the manual
install of package keys. That information is suspect to be always
outdated because these keys changes. Instead of describing the
manual install of the package key the docs moved to use the
auto-import feature of the package manager. As the instructions
were also rpm specific but we also support install via other
package mangers the complete chapter was a bit reworked and
should be more straight forward now. This Fixes #1799
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation qemu calls
We use the kiwi integration tests as base for the documentation
example images now. The integration tests are all configured
to set the console to serial. Thus the docs should explain
the qemu call for test runs using the -serial stdio option
to make sure the console information is displayed to the
user
* Sun May 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update and fix documentation
The documentation had a broken link to the buildservice
tests for suse. Since we changed this into leap and tumbleweed
the subproject link to :suse became invalid. In addition to
the fix the macro setup and build instructions were moved
to use the kiwi integration tests as example appliance
descriptions. The user experience in building the integration
test images should be better because we only release kiwi
if those appliances build successfully. This Fixes #1812
* Sun May 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed package build
The new version of sphinx puts manual pages into doc/build/man/8
when it was doc/build/man before. This breaks the Makefile target
to install the documentation. This commit updates the Makefile
to follow the change.
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix dnf arch setting
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update shim path lookup
Distributions like Fedora has changed the EFI binaries location
to be shim<efiarch>.efi in /boot/efi/EFI/<vendor> in order to
support multiarch setup for UEFI. This change requires the
lookup in KIWI to be more global matching. This Fixes #1806
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move integration test for Fedora to v34
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed live network setup to be generic
In dracut the network setup comes with different models
providing a different set of functions. The ifup method as
used in the live iso dracut module is only available with the
network-legacy mode and fails with network-wicked. This commit
uses a dracut conf file in /etc/cmdline.d which uses the dracut
network interface parameters instead of calling module specific
methods. This Fixes #1802
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed setup of repository architecture
Unfortunately the architecture reported by uname is not
necessarily the same name as used in the repository metadata.
Therefore it was not a good idea to set the architecture
and manage the name via a mapping table. It also has turned
out that repo arch names are distro specific which causes
more complexity on an eventual mapping table. In the end
this commit changes the way how the repository architecture
is setup in a way that we only set the architecture if
a name was explicitly specified such that the user keeps
full control over it without any mapping magic included
This Fixes bsc#1185287
* Fri May 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.28 → 9.23.29
* Mon May 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.27 → 9.23.28
* Fri Apr 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Upgrade tests accoring to #1805
This commit is a follow up of #1805 which missed to update the related
unit test.
* Fri Apr 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make installation media unattended
This commit configures install media of several tests to run unattended
installation. This is done to facilitate the logic of functional tests.
* Wed Apr 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed unit tests for parallel invocation
With the change to allow the platform architecture to be
set application global, the unit tests might fail if tests
run in parallel and using different mock architectures
for the test. Thus test that runs depending on a platform
name needs to set the name in the test
* Wed Apr 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Debian integration test for UEFI testing
Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI
secure boot feature.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Jeff Kowalczyk <jkowalczyk@suse.com>
- Fix WSL appx filemap relative paths not preserved
During WSL appx image type creation step the file hierarchy under metadata_path
is written to a temporary file for eventual use as argument to utility appx.
The file hierarchy information is dropped resulting in all filemap entries
appearing to be at the metadata_path root. The resulting image will side load
and run but without icon and other resources. Stricter checks at Windows Store
submission will fail due to mismatch between image manifest and contents.
Fix by preserving relative path of filemap entries relative to metadata_path.
Add log output showing both input absolute path and output relative path.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Ubuntu integration test for UEFI testing
Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI
secure boot feature.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for UEFI on Debian based distros
The Debian/Ubuntu folks have a different system to support
EFI secure boot. In order to make use of it kiwi needs some
adaptions done in this pull request. This Fixes #1743
* Tue Apr 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.26 → 9.23.27
* Mon Apr 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file on Debian tool settings
debootstrap should always come with dpkg because we don't
want to handle the architecture names used on Debian when
dpkg knows them better than we do. since debootstrap itself
considers the possibility of being called without dpkg on
the system we generate the dependency by a spec change
here. This Fixes #1778
* Mon Apr 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change zypper download mode to in-advance
In relation to upcoming zypper changes e.g to make use of librpm on
single transaction operations there is the possibility that file
triggers start being used. To ensure zypper behaves consistently
DownloadInAdvance mode should be used, this way the transaction
happens as a whole and with the upcoming zypper changes zypper
will still be capable to handle the file triggers.
This Fixes #1789
* Sun Apr 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added shadow package to pxe integration test
Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow
* Sun Apr 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added shadow package to integration test
Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow
* Fri Apr 16 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix appx manifest for WSL containers
This commit prevents KIWI from setting Identity Name attribute and
DisplayName and PublisherDisplayName elements.
Fixes #1780
* Fri Apr 16 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not apply default subcommand for derivate containers
This commit does not apply the default subcommand for derivate
containers.
Fixes bsc#1184823
* Fri Apr 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed integration tests requesting grub
For some reason two integration tests requests the "grub" and
the "grub2" package. On TW there is now no longer a provider of
grub and thus the image build became unresolvable. There is
only grub2 for quite some time, so I deleted this package
setting from the tests in question
* Fri Apr 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.25 → 9.23.26
* Thu Apr 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed platform setup for vagrant unit tests
* Thu Apr 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for a custom exclude file
The new optional metadata file image/exclude_files.yaml can
be placed inside of the local image root tree. At creation time of
the image binary the file contents are used to extend the default
exclude list with additional information. The structure of the
file must be as follows:
```yaml
exclude:
- exclude-name-used-in-rsync
```
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.24 → 9.23.25
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update zypp.conf architecture setting
Make sure the architecture is set as parameter in the
zypp.conf file used for building the image. This is needed
to allow differentiation between host arch and image arch
for cross image build environments
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added option to set the image target architecture
The option --target-arch allows to set the architecture
used to build the image. By default this is the host
architecture. Please note, if the specified architecture
name does not match the host architecture and is therefore
requesting a cross architecture image build, it's important
to understand that for this process to work a preparatory
step to support the image architecture and binary format
on the building host is required and is not considered a
responsibility of kiwi. There will be a followup effort
on providing a plugin for kiwi which should be used to
manage the needed binfmt settings for cross arch image
builds
* Tue Apr 13 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor disk and install builders and dracut boot image
This commit mainly refactors the DiskBuilder class. Then install builder
and dracut boot image refactors are mostly to drop no longer needed
code. The refactors tries to make the build simpler and easier to read and
also prevent the reuse of the BootImage instance used for the main image
when creating the installation media (this aplies only for
dracut based images).
Fixes #873
* Tue Apr 13 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor create_disk method
This commit refactor create_disk method and related utility methods
to ensure runtime objects are not stored as attributes of the object.
This is done to ensure proper clearing and destruction of those objects
once create_disk method is done.
Related to #873
* Mon Apr 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added openssl to the core requires
openssl is used in kiwi to construct a password hash
if the plaintext password feature for user settings
is used. This Fixes bsc#1184128
* Sun Apr 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.23 → 9.23.24
* Fri Apr 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Decommission obsolete code reaching EOL
Use the @decommissioned decorator to raise for API methods
that a over the obsoletion period
* Fri Apr 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added mypy call to tox target
For the tox unit_pyX targets, mypy static type checking
is now called prior tests. This references Issue 1644
* Tue Apr 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Complete strong typing for API methods
Added required code changes to let mypy pass when running
from the toplevel kiwi namespace. This now finally
Fixes #1644
* Mon Apr 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.22 → 9.23.23
* Wed Mar 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added optional post_bootstrap.sh script hook
After the bootstrap phase a script post_bootstrap.sh is executed
in a chroot process which allows to add/modify system settings
prior the completion of the system installation. This helps
users for example with custom package manager settings and
Fixes #1763 as well as Fixes #1782
* Tue Mar 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Add information about new volume filesystem_check attribute
* Tue Mar 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to enable volumes for filesystem check
The new attribute <volume ... filesystem_check="true|false"/>
allows to change the default value for the fs_passno field in
the generated fstab file. By default kiwi sets "0" in this
field and leaves it up to the user to customize this as
appropriate via script code. Coding changes to the fstab file
via scripts are not very user friendly and with respect that
systemd takes over control and generates checkers depending on
the value of fs_passno it would be good if there is a way to
explicitly specify if checks to the filesystem are wanted or
not. Therefore the new attribute now exists. If set to: true
this results in a value of "2" for the fs_passno field. Please
note the root/boot and efi entries are excluded from this
setup. This Fixes #1728
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.21 → 9.23.22
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor building of root cmdline setting
Creating the root= cmdline parameter was based on methods
that deals with the uuid. However, it's also possible to
use a label information for the root= cmdline. To support
this kiwi issued a 'blkid --uuid' command but that requires
udev device names to be present on the host. The open
buildservice workers do not run udev and fails apart the
standard. This commit refactors the root cmdline setup
to work with the device node as it exists during build
time such that the blkid call runs against that device
node.
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.20 → 9.23.21
* Fri Mar 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete yum from packagemanager in schema
Auto convert yum to dnf if set as packagemanager. This allows
to delete the yum handling from code parts in kiwi where this
was still present. In addition this fixes the inclusion of yum
into the packagelist. This Fixes #1768
* Tue Mar 16 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
- Add Strong Typing to builder APIs
* Tue Mar 16 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
- This PR add APIs Strong Typing to the repository APIs
Strong Typing has been added to the following files:
repository/base.py
repository/pacman.py
repository/apt.py
repository/dnf.py
repository/template/apt.py
repository/zypper.py
* Tue Mar 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop by-path devicepersistency setting
The dev/disk/by-path device representation is a host specific
PCI location. For image building which happens disconnected from
the later target device this setting is useless.
This Fixes #1747
* Tue Mar 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed LVM root volume inclusion in fstab
The root(/) volume in a LVM setup was included as UUID device
path. This is inconsistent compared to the non root volumes
which are included by their LVM representation:
/dev/VGROUP_NAME/VOLUME_NAME
This commit makes sure the root volume is included by its
persistent LVM device representation too. This is related
to Issue #1747
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update unit- integration tests to schema v74
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added XSLT transformation schema v73 -> v74
Update schema version and change to package manager 'apt'
if 'apt-get' was set
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change packagemanager setting from apt-get to apt
In kiwi we use the name of the section as package name to install this
package manager capability. However on Debian based distros there is
no package named apt-get. There is only a package named apt which
provides a tool named apt-get. To avoid inconsistencies like we had it
in Issue #1735 and to bring this setting in line with all other
packagemanager settings the setting was moved to just apt.
This Fixes #1738
* Thu Mar 11 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
- Public API Strong Typing for kiwi package_manager
* Thu Mar 11 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Require qemu-img in any filesystem based image
This commit moves the qemu-img requirement into the
`kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems` to ensure ISO, OEM and PXE images include
it in the build service. Also this is required for images that are
simple root-trees in a filesystem (image=ext4).
* Thu Mar 11 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add a requirement for kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media on disk images
This commit adds a requirement for `kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media` in
`kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images`. This is to ensure that installing
`kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images` is enough to build OEM images including
install media.
* Tue Mar 09 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Exclude /run and /tmp to be synched into the image
This commit makes sure the contents of /run and /tmp are ignored when
synchronizing the generated root tree into the image.
Fixes #1744
* Tue Mar 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix use of by-label device persistency in grub
If devicepersistency="by-label" is set in the KIWI description
it will correctly operate on the fstab values but still uses
the UUID based setting for root= in the grub config. This commit
allows to set root=LABEL=... in the grub config in case the
devicepersistency requested it. In order for this to work this
commit also had to increase the scope of the grub helper
method _fix_grub_root_device_reference which is now called in
any case. This Fixes #1757
* Mon Mar 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.19 → 9.23.20
* Sat Mar 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed API vs. CLI inconsistency
when using kiwi as API the program fails with a usage message
from the Cli class. The kiwi.cli module should not be imported
except for kiwi comandline tasks. It has turned out that the
RuntimeConfig class which is used in several places in different
API classes imports Cli and creates an instance of it to check
for a global option. This causes major issues for all programs
which uses the kiwi API but not the command line interface because
the docopt call in Cli() expects a valid docstring which only
exists in kiwi's cli.py. This commit fixes the inconsistency
and allows people to use the kiwi API independent of any
command line interface. Fixes #1755
* Fri Mar 05 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add Rawhide and Tumbleweed tests for secure boot on aarch64
* Fri Mar 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure man pages are part of sdist tarball
The current tarball when uploaded to pypi via gitlab does
not contain the manual pages because the doc target to build
them is not called. This commit adds a doc_man tox target
which is called prior pypi release. This Fixes #1746
* Wed Mar 03 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor grub2 installation
This commit refactors grub2 installation method to split it in two
parts. Former grub2.install method was meant to run the grub2-install
tool, however, in addition it was also running the secure boot
installation shim-install. The install method in KIWI is skipped for
those architectures and firmware combinations for which bios support
doesn't exist. This was leading to skip the secure boot installation.
The current approach strips the secure boot installation logic from the
grub2.install method, so skipping the install method does not
automatically result in skipping the secure boot installation.
Fixes bsc#1182211
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.18 → 9.23.19
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed admin path for dpkg-query
Fixed admin path in check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi
runtime check.
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Fergal Mc Carthy <rahn.tamalin@gmail.com>
- Fail non-XML descriptions if anymarkup not available (#1742)
Co-authored-by: Fergal Mc Carthy <fergal.mc.carthy@suse.com>
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.17 → 9.23.18
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make runtime check more robust
Fixed check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi to work
with systems that have no dracut installed.
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed call time runtime check in build command
The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi runtime
check was called too early in the build process. It has to
be called at the end of the prepare stage when the image
root tree has been created
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added missing runtime check to default config file
Added check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi as
comment block to the default config file
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.16 → 9.23.17
* Sun Feb 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed docstring for SolverRepositoryDeb class
The doc string incorrectly pointed to the rpm-md repo type
when it should be apt-deb
* Thu Feb 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed code smells reported from codacy
In addition cleanup unused instance variable self.custom_args
from DiskFormatBase class
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add kiwi dracut mod vs. kiwi compatibility check
Add a runtime check to be called in the create stage
which reads the version(s) of the installed kiwi dracut
modules from the package database and compare them with
a min_version setting maintained in the KIWI builder
code. If the installed dracut module is not compatible
with the used kiwi builder version the build stops
at this point with a descriptive error message
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
kiwi/storage/raid_device
kiwi/storage/setup
kiwi/storage/subformat/base
kiwi/storage/subformat/gce
kiwi/storage/subformat/ova
kiwi/storage/subformat/qcow2
This references issue #1644
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added strong typing for the following API methods
* storage/subformat/vagrant_base.py
* storage/subformat/vagrant_libvirt.py
* storage/subformat/vagrant_virtualbox.py
* storage/subformat/vdi.py
* storage/subformat/vhd.py
* storage/subformat/vhdfixed.py
* storage/subformat/vhdx.py
* storage/subformat/vmdk.py
This references Issue #1644
* Mon Feb 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted legacy kiwi chapter from the docs
The information there is almost obsolete since kiwi(perl)
does no longer exist in any modern distribution. It's
only maintained on SLE12 which itself is EOL and the kiwi
there has its own documentation which we don't need to
reference anymore in the upstream project
* Mon Feb 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new Troubleshooting chapter to the docs
Added a new chapter to handle issues which depends on several
environment conditions and for which not only one possible
solution exists. This Fixes #1691
* Fri Feb 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Document use of SUSE media
Add chapter to describe how to use the SUSE product media
in a kiwi build process. This Fixes #1678
* Fri Feb 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete support for generic iso:// source type
The generic iso:// media type mounts the given iso file and expect
its root to provide a repository that can be used 1:1 with a package
manager. This concept is broken since some time and it can't be fixed
in a generic way. All distribution media comes with a certain layout
and basically needs extra handling to become fully usable as
repository. The current implementation of the iso type which simply
mounts the iso and expects its root to be a known repo is not useful.
Therefore the support for it will be decommissioned. Instead we
will provide a documentation chapter that documents how to incorporate
distro ISO media for building images.
* Thu Feb 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added deb support to sat solver module
Add support to create SAT solvables from Debian repos via
deb2solv tool from libsolv. This allows image info --resolve-package-list
to work with Debian/Ubuntu image descriptions. Please note
by default libsolv is not compiled with support for Debian.
Therefore the following compile flags must be set on libsolv
* -DENABLE_DEBIAN=1
* -DMULTI_SEMANTICS=1
If libsolv does not provide the needed capabilities kiwi will
fail on either the repository solvable creation due to missing
deb2solv or on call of setdisttype() due to missing MULTI_SEMANTICS
feature in libsolv
* Thu Feb 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update contributing chapter
Add an example to show that using the kiwi description
format is an option when using kiwi as an API in other
python programs
* Tue Feb 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Change donation message
There are more people working on kiwi and the message is
from times with only me as contributor. It would be unfair
to keep the current message and I will share any donation
with the team.
* Tue Feb 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.15 → 9.23.16
* Mon Feb 15 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix lsblk flags to get sorted output
This commit modifies the lsblk command flags to get a sorted output
according to the disk layout.
This is related to 176c7eab commita and it fixes bsc#1182264
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems requires
The filesystems requires list also contains low level
tools to manage partitions, loops and subsystems. The tools
to manage LUKS(cryptsetup) are missing and imho belongs there
along with the LVM tools which are listed
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added documentation for kiwi-systemdeps concept
Added information about the kiwi-systemdeps sub packages
and its purpose. This Fixes #1686
* Mon Feb 15 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for filesystem classes
This commit strong typing for FileSystem* classes.
Part of #1644
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
The runtime config file can also be specified on the
commandline
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added ca-certificates-mozilla to build tests
ca-certificates-mozilla provides the issuer CERT to allow
for https repo connections. The standard ca-certificates is
not enough on suse/leap/sles based integration tests
* Sat Feb 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed packaging metadata for pypi
Include the README as long description in the metadata
for pypi. The change causes the description on pypi.org
to show the ReST rendered README instead of a message
that the author of the module hasn't provided a description
* Sat Feb 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete legacy oem build test from leap
The legacy custom kiwi boot test will only continue
to exist on tumbleweed without any warranty
* Fri Feb 12 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include a note about rpm's curl requirement to import remote keys
This commits add a note in the KIWI installation page to warn users rpm
requires curl utility in order to import remote keys from a URI.
Fixes #1680
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.14 → 9.23.15
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Mention the cross arch build capability of the boxbuild
command. Also update the example box used in the self
container build chapter
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to specify OBS credentials in runtime config
In preparation to the new obs kiwi plugin this commit adds
an opportunity to store obs credentials such that the plugin
could also be used in a non-interactive way
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
kiwi/storage/device_provider
kiwi/storage/disk
kiwi/storage/loop_device
kiwi/storage/luks_device
kiwi/storage/mapped_device
This references issue #1644
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update build_status helper for box plugin
The suse box has been renamed to tumbleweed
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Fixed link list to integration tests
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added rawhide test status to build_status helper
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added Fedora Rawhide integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix for RuntimeConfig refactor
The refactor of the RuntimeConfig made sure the runtime config
file is read in only once. But if the file exists and is empty
after yaml.safe_load like in the kiwi package provided
/etc/kiwi.yml which contains all config options as comments,
the code still reads in the file with every new instance of
RuntimeConfig. This commit fixes this condition
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-vagrant for Leap
Use the correct release package
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-docker-derived for Leap
Use the right derived from location
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-docker for Leap
Nothing provides grub
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete test-image-pxe from leap tests
We don't continue development of netboot code. Thus there is
only one test for the old netboot system on TW. People are
advised to move to oem remote deployment or the kis type
using custom(non kiwi) dracut extensions
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- test-image-MicroOS does not build for leap
Looks like this concept is not available on Leap
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration tests for Leap
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Location for integration tests has changed
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted x86/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moving x86/suse -> x86/tumbleweed
This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for x86/suse
to x86/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
x86/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted s390/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moving s390/suse -> s390/tumbleweed
This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for s390/suse
to s390/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
s390/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete ppc/suse from build_status helper
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted ppc/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moving ppc/suse -> ppc/tumbleweed
This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for ppc/suse
to ppc/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
ppc/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Debian integration test
The test was not using the Staging kiwi to build
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted arm/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moving arm/suse -> arm/tumbleweed
This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for arm/suse
to arm/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
arm/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Update tuples to enforce type hints
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of BIOS grub image on ISO media
Not all systems (e.g Debian) creates the boot/grub|grub2 directory.
In kiwi when we need to create a custom grub image because we did
not find the distro provided one, an earlyboot.cfg file is created
and embedded into the grub image. The locaton to store that file
is below boot/grub|grub2. However if the directory does not exist
the build will fail as with the current Debian Live integration
test.
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added debian integration tests to build_status
The debian build tests were not taken into account by
the build_status helper
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moved ARM fedora integration test to latest stable
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update suse build tests
Deleted old and obsolete configuration setup. Use generic
description information as much as possible
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move fedora integration tests to stable release
Instead of building against the rolling release (rawhide)
we build the integration tests for non suse tests against
the stable release of distributions. The reason is except
for suse we don't have influence and resources on the
distribution development and sometimes facing the problem
that we can only sit and pray for a self healing of the
rolling distro releases. From a kiwi release perspective
this blocks us too often
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed tbz integration test
It seems /bin/sh has been moved into a file provides that
cannot be solved by the obs solver. Therefore a package
providing it needs to be added explicitly.
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.13 → 9.23.14
* Wed Feb 10 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove files or folders that conflict with debootstrap
This commit makes use of Path.wipe method instead of os.unlink. This way
we are certain the path is removed regardless being a directory or a
file.
fixes #1718
* Wed Feb 10 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Clean some copy and paste leftover from doc strings
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed ramdisk deployment from install ISO
The dracut mount hook is only called if NO root= information
is provided from the cmdline. In a PXE deployment this is the
case but in an install ISO deployment not. This commit re-adds
the sysroot mount generator approach but only applies on the
condition rd.kiwi.ramdisk is set and root= is specified. Only
in this case we know config.bootoptions is present in the
initrd and will not be provided from an outside service
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Christian Goll <Christian.Goll@gmail.com>
- Added dolly support
Allow dolly as alternative download protocol
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.12 → 9.23.13
* Sun Feb 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor RuntimeConfig class
The former implementation read the runtime config file every
time a new RuntimeConfig instance was created. The runtime
config is however static during the runtime of an image build
process and not supposed to change. Therefore the file should
be read in once and any new instance of RuntimConfig should
just use what has been read in at the first invocation. This
commit refactors the RuntimeConfig class to hold an application
global RUNTIME_CONFIG variable and allows to reread the
config on explicit request.
* Sat Feb 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added option to setup OBS API server in config
Allow to specify the open build service API server
in the kiwi runtime configuration file
* Sat Feb 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to specify config file on the command line
The optional kiwi runtime config file (kiwi.yml) could
only be read from ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml or /etc/kiwi.yml
This commits adds the global option --config which allows
to specify a custom runtime configuration as well.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed detection for pacman repo type
grep the directory listing for a .db.sig metadata file
to identify a pacman repo
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup CliTask doc strings and code duplication
Introduce a tuple method to handle arguments with [n]
comma separated elements. Also fix method docstrings
with wrong type information.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed typing for add_repository in XMLState class
mypy reported further issues on XMLState class which
are fixed by this commit
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed type annotations and docs for Uri class
The constructor used a wrong type for the repo_type variable
and the doc string for the class was invalid
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added get_repo_type method to SolverRepository
In preparation of a plugin to handle external service
repositories a method to check for the repository type
was added. The detection is based on a search for a
specific metadata file which is an indicator for the
type of a repository.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update manual pages
The system build and prepare commands have received options
which were not mentioned in the manual pages. This commit
updates the pages to be in line with the code
* Mon Feb 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.11 → 9.23.12
* Mon Feb 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed debootstrap device node conflict
debootstrap creates its own device node tree and fails
if a node it creates itself already exists. This commit
introduces a list of conflicting device nodes and deletes
them prior kiwi calling debootstrap. This Fixes #1675
* Sun Jan 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added aaa_base to s390 TW build tests
On s390 TW aaa_base is not pulled in by a dependency in obs.
It looks like the package is pulled in by a file provides which
is not resolved by obs. Thus the package needs to be added
explicitly
* Fri Jan 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.10 → 9.23.11
* Fri Jan 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix, creating custom grub EFI images
Make sure custom EFI grub image is copied to the media
directory if this is different from the root directory
e.g on creation of live images
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.9 → 9.23.10
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix, creating custom grub images
Moving the grub mkimage call as chroot operation also broke
the creation of image builds that uses the legacy custom kiwi
boot image feature instead of dracut. This commit fixes it
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added leap box to be shown by build_status helper
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added decorators to help with API management
The lifetime of API methods could be limited due to
the development of kiwi. To allow for a deprecation
process the following helper methods has been added
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.8 → 9.23.9
* Wed Jan 27 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update MicroOS build test
This commit alignes the MicroOS tests with the MicroOS images build
for kvm and xen. In addition it adds the installation media request and
custom initrd modules configuration for the installation media.
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed creation of custom bios grub image
The last commit moved the grub mkimage call into the chroot.
As a side effect and when creating install media the earlyboot
script could no longer be found. This commit fixes it
* Wed Jan 27 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include installmedia documentation
* Tue Jan 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.7 → 9.23.8
* Mon Jan 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed creation of custom grub image
If kiwi can't find the distribution provided grub image(s) it
creates them using the respective grub[X]-mkimage tool. However
the tool was called on the build host which could cause an
inconsistency on the used module path. Grub is not packaged
consistently across the distributions and also the provided
modules comes in different versions and patch sets. Therefore
it's required that kiwi calls the grub mkimage tool as chrooted
operation inside of the tree that provides the target image.
As consequence of the change it's required that the image root
tree provides the grub mkimage tool. In addition to the change
we now also log the output from the grub mkimage call in the
kiwi build logfile. This Fixes #1254
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
* kiwi/system/kernel.py
* kiwi/system/result.py
* kiwi/system/shell.py
This references issue #1644
* Thu Jan 21 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add the schematron rules for installinitrd
This commit adds an schematron rule to limit the presence of
installinitrd element to disk builds including installation media.
* Thu Jan 21 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add the installinitrd element
This commit adds the `<installinitrd>` element in kiwi schema to
facilitate the dracut modules configuration for the installation initrds
on OEM images. Within installinitrd element is possible list the dracut
modules to append, to omit or to just set an static list of dracut
modules to include.
Fixes #1676
Fixes #1683
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
* system/root_bind.py
* system/root_init.py
* system/identifier.py
This references issue #1644
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.6 → 9.23.7
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't call super() from logging.Formatter
It's not needed to run the base class constructor.
The interface for the logging facility is also different
between python 3.6 and python 3.8 such that calling
the base constructor would be bad idea anyway.
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Add strong typing for the following API methods
* kiwi/system/size.py
* kiwi/system/uri.py
* kiwi/system/users.py
Update the test path for users_test.py
This references #1644
* Wed Jan 20 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include missing qemu-tools dependency for iso images
This commit includes a missing qemu-tools dependency for iso
image type.
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added strong typing for the following API methods
* kiwi/system/prepare.py
* kiwi/system/profile.py
* kiwi/system/setup.py
The changes here also lead to a small refactoring for the handling
of the package manager. In my opinion it doesn't make sense to allow
a None type package manager from the stateful XML instance. As without
any package manager nothing can be done. As it also turns into an
issue for the PackageManager API which does not allow for an empty
value here I thought it's better to come up with a default package
manager (set to dnf) if no one is explicitly specified
This references Issue #1644
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Explicitly set lvm device source
Set external_device_info_source=none for lvm calls.
This is related to Issue #1665
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of encoding in open calls
The use of encodings.ascii in open calls was wrong. Open expects
an encoding string but encodings.ascii returns a module reference
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.5 → 9.23.6
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Handle checksum files in ascii encoding
Follow up fix for #1673. Handle reading/writing of all
supported checksum variants in ascii encoding
* Mon Jan 18 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Mark Micro DNF as a RPM based package manager
Without doing this, KIWI won't generate the correct output files
for verification of image content.
* Mon Jan 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT with content
Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT in the grub defaults
file if there are custom options set via the kernelcmdline
attribute. This Fixes #1650
* Sat Jan 16 2021 Petr Pavlu <petr.pavlu@suse.com>
- Move logic to sync system data into a separate method
Reduce cyclomatic complexity of DiskBuilder.create_disk() by moving the
logic to sync system data into a separate method.
* Fri Jan 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed missing systemdisk provides
kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems did not provide kiwi-filesystem:ext2
* Fri Jan 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.4 → 9.23.5
* Wed Jan 13 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Refactor default shared cache location
Defaults shared cache location does not depend on CLI parameters
Add set method for custom cache location in Defaults
CLI default value for shared cache dir depends on Defaults if not set
Update default if CLI shared cache dir set
Fixes #1671
* Tue Jan 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
- Update contributing link in README
* Mon Jan 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete obsolete ddb.adapterType patching
When building a vmdk image with pvscsi as adapter type, kiwi
implicitly changed the adapter_type from pvscsi to lsilogic
because qemu only knows lsilogic. At the end kiwi patched
the adapter type in the descriptor of the vmdk header back
to pvscsi. That patching seems to be wrong according to
information from users and VMware support. This commit
deletes the descriptor patching and only leaves the pvscsi
setting in the guest configuration(vmx).
This Fixes bsc#1180539 and Fixes #1847
* Mon Jan 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.3 → 9.23.4
* Sun Dec 27 2020 Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
- force ascii encoding on checksum files
Python open function can fail when a file is not found encoded in
utf-8, depending on the execution environment. In particular on
Debian 10 an error message regarding utf8 was encountered.
Since checksum files always use only ascii characters, force it.
* Wed Dec 23 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixes the rpmdb bootstrap management for DNF on SUSE
This commit makes sure that the compatibility symlink for
/var/lib/rpm is created when the host rpmdb path is set to something
different. This fixes a mismatch on bootstrapping SUSE using DNF.
Fixes #1669
* Tue Dec 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.2 → 9.23.3
* Mon Dec 21 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Modify lsblk flags for a consistent output across distros
This commit modifies the lsblk flags to make use of the list format
instead of raw output. `--list` flag seams to keep the geometry order
and produces a consistent output in several distros.
* Fri Dec 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.1 → 9.23.2
* Fri Dec 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation
Make python anymarkup to be only recommended. The package
does not exist on all distributions, e.g suse does not
provide it and for kiwi it's an optional plugin
* Fri Dec 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed missing provides tag
When building WSL images the image type is set to appx.
Therefore obs is looking for what provides kiwi-image:appx
This provides tag was missing
* Fri Dec 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't install obsolete requires packages
The derived docker build test installs obsolete kiwi requires
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.23.0 → 9.23.1
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update spec file
Complete and cleanup spec for drop in replacement of new
systemdeps sub-packages
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.22.4 → 9.23.0
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set min version python requirement
The use of new features like type hinting and annotations
requires a python version >= 3.6
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.22.3 → 9.22.4
* Thu Dec 17 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use the generic Dict type
This commit makes use of the Dict type in the container factory classes
so these type hints aligned with the other dict related type hints in
KIWI code. This commit improves the refactor done in 99be52ba.
* Thu Dec 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update preferences documentation
The last commit added the optional arch attribute to the
preferences section but the documentation did not expose
this information. This is related to Issue #1640
* Wed Dec 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed no-self-use issue from codacy report
The Logger.progress method is actually a static method
and should be used as such
* Wed Dec 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added strong typing for the following API methods
* logger
* logger_color_formatter
* logger_filter
* xml_description
* xml_state
* markup/any
* markup/base
* markup/xml
This references Issue #1644
* Wed Dec 16 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add 'arch' attribute to preferences
This commits adds the attribute 'arch' to preferences. It works
as any other 'arch' attribute within the schema. Preferences defined
with architectures that do not match the host are ignored. If no 'arch'
is provided it matches all any host architecture.
Fixes #1640
* Wed Dec 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed color json output
kiwi supports output of yaml/json markup in color mode using
pjson. The writing of this data required to be encoded prior
output.
* Tue Dec 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix vagrant documentation
The previous pull request adding a baseVagrantSetup method
and documentation broke the build of the docs due to invalid
indentation. The test pipeline has failed but the PR was
merged so this followup commit is needed to fix the docs
* Tue Dec 15 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor iso_tools factory class
This commit refactors the IsoTools class and turns it into a
proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate
it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Tue Dec 15 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor container factory classes
This commit refactors the container related classes to turn them into
proper factory classes and also includes type hints to facilitate
it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Tue Dec 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete traces of travis integration
Rename and clarify code that was still using the name travis.
Delete all references to the travis CI system from kiwi
* Tue Dec 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.22.2 → 9.22.3
* Tue Dec 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed SUSE doc update in gitlab pipeline
There is a dependency set to build_suse_doc in the push_suse_doc
target. But the build_suse_doc target has set except "master"
when the push_suse_doc has set only "master". Obviously this
doesn't fit together
* Tue Dec 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.22.1 → 9.22.2
* Mon Dec 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed source rpm check in gitlab
Fedora30 is EOL, thus there is no provider for
mock/fedora-30-x86_64.cfg anymore
* Mon Dec 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete travis setup
* Mon Dec 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added gitlab pipeline to deploy kiwi documentation
Use a github token and a bit of script code to deploy
the kiwi online documentation to the gh-pages branch
* Mon Dec 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move CI system to gitlab
Travis made questionable changes to their open statement
and I'm not following this anymore.
* Fri Dec 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added check_swap_name_used_with_lvm runtime check
The optional oem-swapname is only effective if used together
with the LVM volume manager. A name for the swap space can
only be set if it is created as a LVM volume. In any other
case the name does not apply to the system. This condition
should be checked to avoid useless settings in the image
description.
* Fri Dec 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to customize swap volume name
Added a new element <oem-swapname> below the <oemconfig>
section which allows to specify a name for the swap volume
in case the LVM volume manager is used. The default if
not specified continuous to stay at: LVSwap. This
Fixes #1638
* Fri Dec 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed base setup links
Do not create a link /var/run pointing to /run. This is unexpected
and looks like a left over from kiwi legacy which supported older
distributions who might have needed this. This Fixes #1643
* Wed Dec 09 2020 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- [doc] Clarify that suse* functions are also for openSUSE
* Wed Dec 09 2020 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add baseVagrantSetup helper function
This function is used to setup a vagrant box, so that each vagrant box creator
needn't implement it themselves.
* Wed Dec 09 2020 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Use DEBUG=0 by default in function Debug
This avoids script failures when invoked with `set -u`.
* Wed Dec 09 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make debootstrap repository explicit
This commit introduces the use_for_debootstrap attribute for
repositories of type apt-deb. This is a boolean attribute to specify
the repository that will be used for bootstrapping in apt-deb based
images. Only one can be selected and if none is specified KIWI just
makes use of the last one in the list.
Fixes #1593
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Refactor packaging to split out system dependencies into subpackages
The eventual goal is to eliminate the requirement to use magic in
build systems (e.g, OBS) to compose the necessary dependencies for
image builds, while making it easier for local users to discover
what they need to build appliances.
Fixes #1503
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Drop useless chkconfig dependency
We originally had chkconfig as a dependency because alternatives(8)
is part of chkconfig in RH/Fedora systems. Since we don't use that
anymore, we don't need this dependency.
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Require gnupg on Debian/Ubuntu
Without this, it's not possible to do GPG verification of Debian/Ubuntu
repositories.
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Petr Pavlu <petr.pavlu@suse.com>
- Fix disk build with <bootloader name="custom"/>
* Fix DiskBuilder.create_disk() to not call the BootLoaderConfig
factory when bootloader=custom. The factory does not recognize the
"custom" bootloader name and raises the following exception:
KiwiBootLoaderConfigSetupError: Support for custom bootloader config not implemented
* Update DiskBuilder._install_bootloader() to not invoke any
bootloader_config methods when bootloader=custom since no config
instance is created in such a case.
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.22.0 → 9.22.1
* Tue Dec 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed validation of bool value in dracut module
The oem-multipath-scan setup results in a bool variable inside
of the initrd code. The variable kiwi_oemmultipath_scan is
therefore either set to "true" or "false". A check in code
of the form [ -n ... ] is stupid since the variable always
contains text. This commit fixes the validation to make use
of the bool() method provided for these type of variables
* Fri Dec 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added SLE15 s390 FBA integration test
Build image for FBA disk
* Thu Dec 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.26 → 9.22.0
* Thu Dec 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Omit multipath module by default
The plain installation of the multipath toolkit activates the
dracut multipath code. The setup if the target image runs in a
multipath environment or not should however be decided explicitly
in the image description via <oem-multipath-scan> and not
implicitly by the presence of tools
* Wed Dec 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed multipath disk device assignment in kiwi lib
The former lookup of the multipath mapped disk device contained
a race condition. If the lookup of the device mapper files happened
before multipathd has finished the initialization, kiwi continues
with the unix node name and fails when the device mapper keeps
a busy state on it. This commit changes the code such that in case
of an explicit request to use multipath the lookup of the mapped
device becomes a mandatory process that runs until the
DEVICE_TIMEOUT is reached. Default timeout is set to 60 sec.
This references Issue SUSE-Enceladus/azure-li-services#255
* Wed Nov 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed PackageManager decorator in unit test
Implement patch decorators for factories consistently
* Wed Nov 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor Repository
This commit refactors the Repository class and turns it into a
proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate
it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Tue Nov 24 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Add DNF as a proper dependency for openSUSE
This is required so that OBS can build openSUSE containers and appliances
using DNF as the package manager.
* Tue Nov 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file microdnf requirement
SUSE/SLES doesn't provide microdnf within the official channels yet
* Tue Nov 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor Partitioner
This commit refactors the Partitioner class and turns it into a
proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate
it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Tue Nov 24 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Avoid using generators in pre-mount hooks
This commit deletes the generator that was creating the sysroot.mount
unit for ramdisk deployments. Generators, specially the sysroot.mount is
expected to be created on very early stages of the boot procedure as
this has impact on relevant targets such as initrd-root-fs.target, which
does not depend on sysroot.mount if the unit is not there.
In ramdisk deployments some data is known on pre-mount stage as
as it is downloaded from the PXE server. At this stage it is not safe to
generate a sysroot.mount unit that depends on initrd-root-fs.target as
the target is close to finalize or even finalized already and could
potentially skip sysroot.mount exection.
Instead we include a mount hook which is only executed on ramdisk
deployments that simply runs the mount command to mount /sysroot.
This fixes bsc#1178670
* Mon Nov 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor PackageManager
This commit refactors the PackageManager class and turns it into
a proper factory class which also include type hints to facilitate
it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Mon Nov 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor Markup
This commit refactors the Markup class and turns it into a proper
factory class which also include type hints to facilitate it's
use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Fri Nov 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.25 → 9.21.26
* Thu Nov 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed dnf plugin config setup
Only create a dnf plugin config if the plugin config directory
to store that file exists in the system
* Thu Nov 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set --releasever=0 for microdnf
To allow microdnf to work from an empty root directory
we need to set the release version to zero
* Wed Nov 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use custom varsdir for dnf builds
* Wed Nov 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Partially revert dcounter.c flaw report
I could not find a problem with this read call
it does check on the buffer boundaries and it
only writes the bytes that read returns until
read returns <= 0
* Wed Nov 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed dcounter.c flaw report
Check buffer boundaries if used in a loop
* Wed Nov 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed dcounter.c flaw report
Variable scope can be reduced and useless value assignment.
* Wed Nov 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed microdnf support
The installroot argument must be used together with --config
and additionally with --noplugins, as well as --setopt for
cachedir, reposdir and varsdir. Related to #1625
* Tue Nov 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move tools README to ReST
* Tue Nov 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Incorrect list-item indent
* Tue Nov 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed Incorrect list-item indent
Use two spaces between bullet and content
* Tue Nov 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update codacy configuration file
Exclude .github helper scripts from the analysis
* Tue Nov 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update codacy configuration file
Exclude doc sources and helper scripts from the analysis
* Mon Nov 16 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Fix setopt argument for install_weak_deps for microdnf
Micro DNF does not support "True"/"False", only "1"/"0"...
* Mon Nov 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Better error reporting if jing is missing
On validation error we use jing to report detailed error
messages. However if jing is not present no validation
errors are displayed. There is a error_log variable as
part of the relaxNG object which holds the library error
log. This information is not as good as the jing report
but better than nothing
* Mon Nov 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added microdnf support in XML schema
The XML schema did not allow to specify microdnf as
supported package manager
* Mon Nov 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added microdnf integration test
* Mon Nov 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.24 → 9.21.25
* Fri Nov 13 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Use --config instead of -c for DNF and Micro DNF
The -c option is not supported in Micro DNF, but --config is, and
it is supported with DNF as well.
* Fri Nov 13 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Drop 'microdnf makecache' call for microdnf package manager
This subcommand does not exist and is not needed. Instead, we
need to use '--refresh' where this is needed.
* Fri Nov 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.23 → 9.21.24
* Fri Nov 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- No bootpartition for XFS by default
Selecting the xfs filesystem made kiwi to create an extra
boot partition. This is from times when grub was not able
to read from XFS. As grub doesn't have this limitation since
quite some time the bootpartition default in kiwi for XFS
should be changed. This is realted to #1611
* Fri Nov 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Create relative boot link for extra boot partition
If an extra boot partition is used the grub toolchain
still references files from that partition as /boot/...
which fails because they are now at the toplevel. To
avoid this and keep any /boot/some-file reference still
valid we create a symlink 'boot -> .' This Fixes #1611
* Thu Nov 12 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix documentation to be consistent with the XML KIWI scheme
This commit fixes the user section documentation to properly reflect
XML KIWI scheme constraints. 'home' attribute is optional and 'password'
attribute is mandatory.
Fixes #1599
* Thu Nov 12 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Add support for the Micro DNF package manager
Micro DNF is a minimal C implementation of DNF that is usable for
minimal appliances and containers. While it is not at parity with
DNF, it implements enough functionality that it is mostly usable
for building appliance images.
* Wed Nov 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added remote overlay boot documentation
Added a new chapter below: working with images, which describes
the options to remote boot via kiwi-overlay from an NBD or AOE
exported root filesystem image.
* Wed Nov 11 2020 Frank Schreiner <schreiner@suse.de>
- use BuildRequires for distros which use fdupes
* Tue Nov 10 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for nbd and aoe root overlay
The kiwi-overlay dracut module can also be used as standalone
module that is not connected to a disk image. In this case
it's needed to specify the location for the root filesystem
and optionally the device to write data (default is ram space).
This commit adds the opportunity to specify a nbd/aoe location
for the root filesystem on the kernel cmdline like in the
following examples:
root=overlay:nbd=nbd0:192.168.100.42:exportname
root=overlay:aoe=e0.1
An optional write space, if it should not be ram space, can be
provided through the rd.root.overlay.write option on the kernel
cmdline. This Fixes: OSInside/kiwi-descriptions#78
* Mon Nov 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase allowed complexity level
Increase overall allowed flake8 complexity level and delete
the extra exceptions from code as much as possible
* Mon Nov 09 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add editbootinstall script for Arch Linux tests
This commit adds the editbootinstall script to Arch Linux OEM
integration tests. The provided script removes the use of linuxefi and
initrdefi commands on grub configuration since Arch does not support
linuxefi module.
Fixes #1559
* Mon Nov 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update tox and travis setup for python 3_8
Move latest python test target to 3.8 and also change
the deploy travis target to use python 3.8
* Mon Nov 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow console login for the integration tests
The integration tests for the cloud targets had the console
login for root disabled. This is correct if the image would
be really used in the cloud. The integration test however
will be functional tested within openQA and that requires
serial console and root console login to be allowed.
* Sun Nov 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added universal box to build status helper
* Thu Nov 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.22 → 9.21.23
* Wed Nov 04 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Move usrmerge package out of the bootstrap section
Currently bootstrap phase on APT package manager makes use of the
debootstrap tool. However debootstrap is limited to execute the
bootstrap using a single repository. This is causes several limitations
in OBS builds, such as the impossibility of using update repositories or
the inclusion of any package that is not part of the standard OBS
repository.
Usrmerge package is part of the universe repository in OBS which is not
te one used by debootstrap, so it can't be installed on bootstrap phase.
* Wed Nov 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.21 → 9.21.22
* Wed Nov 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed package manager api inconsistency
The method post_process_install_requests_bootstrap in the
zypper package manager was missing an argument
* Wed Nov 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.20 → 9.21.21
* Wed Nov 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed regexp for grub rootdev substitution
The regular expression to match the grub root device
used a lazy glob match ".*?". This however matches a
too long part depending on the rest of the content.
This commit fixes the expression to be strict on
the allowed characters and makes sure the anchor
characters are not part of the matching character
class. This Fixes #1607
* Wed Nov 04 2020 Quang Tran <quang.tran@suse.com>
- Fix quick start guide build command
The kiwi-descriptions were reorganized in profiles (See OSInside/kiwi-descriptions@788b919ea2500b9d495622c8140e618938634306).
However the build command in the quick start guide was not updated appropriately and therefore the build fails.
This commit will update the build command.
* Tue Nov 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed install of bash completion
The kiwi completion was installed as kiwi-ng.sh below
/usr/share/bash-completion/completions. This is wrong
because the completion does not pick up files with
a suffix like .sh. This commit changes the completion
file to be installed as kiwi-ng without the suffix
and Fixes #1603
* Tue Nov 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update integration tests console setup
Update all integration tests to use a serial tty console setup
and also to use a serial bootloader setup. This Fixes #1518
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor VolumeManager
This commit refactors VolumeManager to turn it into a proper
factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's
use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Mon Nov 02 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not exclude filesystem folders in OCI images
This commit does not exclude filesystem folders during the rsync call
in OCI images. It has been noted that including an empty /dev folder does
not hurt and it can eventually help to work around some limitations of
container related tools such as buildah.
Fixes bsc#1176129
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor RootImport
This commit refactors RootImport to turn it into a proper
factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's
use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set displayname in simple disk test
Use the simple disk integration test to test the setup
of the displayname attribute. It is expected that this
image has the configured displayname set in the grub
menu. The verification of this setting should be done
in a functional test at openQA which we are currently
working on
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor DiskFormat
This commit refactors DiskFormat to turn it into a proper
factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's
use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor SolverRepository
This commit refactors SolverRepository to turn it into a proper
factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's
use from an API POV. Related to #1498
* Mon Nov 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR if requested via displayname
If the image description explicitly specifies a displayname
it is expected that the bootloader shows this in the menu.
Therefore in case displayname is set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR will
be set if grub2 is in use. This partially reverts #1420
and Fixes #1575
* Wed Oct 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.19 → 9.21.20
* Thu Oct 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted yast from test-image-qcow-openstack
yast is not part of the testing queue in kiwi integration tests
* Wed Oct 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Obsolete config functions baseMount/baseCleanMount
The above methods are obsolete since kiwi handles these
mount/umount processes as part of the core builder code.
This Fixes #1536
* Wed Oct 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.18 → 9.21.19
* Tue Oct 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow custom root volume name setup
In addition to the custom size of the root volume it's now
also possible to setup the name of the root volume as follows:
<volume name="@root=rootlv"/>
If no name for the root volume is specified the default
name: LVRoot applies as before. This Fixes #1530
* Tue Oct 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Rename image build tests
To use the image builds in openQA they have to have a unique
name such that it cannot happen that a cached version of an
image in openQA is used. The current names matched openQA
cached images e.g openSUSE-Tumbleweed and in addition different
image build tests used the same name. This commit uses the
name of the image as it is organized in its directory structure
prepending "kiwi-" to be unique in openQA when it fetches
the image. This is realted to Issue #1555
* Mon Oct 19 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Better integrate debootstrap in KIWI process
This commit integrates debootstrap process in KIWI in a more transparent
way. This refactor makes debootstrap to operate directly over the image
target root tree. This way KIWI can show and parse debootstrap stdout
and also avoids having to copy the created root tree from one temporary
folder to the actual target root tree path.
Related to #1587
* Mon Oct 19 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include boostrap packages list into deboostrap call
This commit includes the packages listed in boostrap section to the
debootstrap call instead chrooting into the new root tree and call
apt.
Fixes #1587
* Fri Oct 16 2020 Quang Tran <quang.tran@suse.com>
- Update outdated OBS User Guide Links
* Thu Oct 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed device_array structure in get_selected_disk
In reference to Issue #880 a bug was introduced that broke
the contents of the device_array which causes issues on
installations with two or more attached disks. The change
in the mentioned PR reduced the tuple for each disk
from 3 elements to 2 elements. Therefore the loop that
iterates over the disk tuples via modulo 3 was broken.
This commit fixes the modulo operation to correctly
parse the disk_list. Fixes #1588
* Tue Oct 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for s390 CDL DASD disks
On s390 and in CDL mode (4k DASD) the call of grub2-install
does not work because grub2-install is not able to identify
a 4k fdasd partitioned loop device as a grub supported device
and fails. As grub2-install is only used to invoke
grub2-zipl-setup and has no other job to do we can
circumvent this problem by directly calling grub2-zipl-setup
instead. Also delete LDL mode support, IBM no longer supports
this
* Tue Oct 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed strncopy in dcounter helper
The max size of the copy operation was always set to zero
because the strlen of an empty buffer is zero. Bad mistake
from my side :( This Fixes #1579
* Mon Oct 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.17 → 9.21.18
* Sun Oct 11 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix profile docs
This commit fixes the profiles documentation. The example KIWI-NG
command was using wrong flags order. This commit fixes the `--profile`
flag order in documentation.
* Thu Oct 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Enhance scope of _fix_grub_root_device_reference
In addition to the wrong root=/dev/mapper/loop... reference
fixing, written by grub2-mkconfig when used in obs there is
also the case that grub2-mkconfig writes root=PARTUUID which
is also unwanted and needs fixing. To solve this properly
and also with respect to more unexpected grub2-mkconfig
data, the code changes to use a regular expression for the
root= replacement. The expression matches all root= cases which
we want to fixup:
1. If the local used root device appears in the grub config file.
2. If a linux by-id setting is used in the grub config file.
The replacement happens for overlayroot disk images where we
know grub2-mkconfig cannot handle the layout as well as if kiwi
runs in obs where we know grub2-mkconfig fails due to the absence
of udev.
* Wed Oct 07 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for rd.root.overlay.readonly
Allow to use an overlayroot system with read-only feature.
If kernelcmdline="rd.root.overlay.readonly" is set in combination
with overlayroot="true" the overlayfs uses a tmpfs to store
new data temporary as long as the system runs. On reboot the
newly written data is lost and the system is back to its
factory state.
* Mon Oct 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use custom tmpfs for managing overlays
Provide a method to manage the base mount point for overlay and
iso mount points and set the base directory to it because /run
has a RAM space limitation which is unfortunate to handle live
systems. This Fixes #1558
* Mon Oct 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.16 → 9.21.17
* Mon Oct 05 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make dependencies to dracut-kiwi-lib release specific
This commit adds a dracut-kiwi-lib dependency to dracut-kiwi-oem-dump and
darcut-kiwi-oem-repart to match up to the release level. This way the
dependency ensures the pulled binaries they are all part of the same build.
* Mon Oct 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.15 → 9.21.16
* Mon Oct 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete length limitation of image id attribute
For legacy reasons the <image id="..."/> attributes was
limited to 10digits. The contents of /etc/ImageID are now
free format and no longer strictly evaluated. Thus the
limitations on the id attribute can be deleted
* Fri Oct 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.14 → 9.21.15
* Fri Oct 02 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Align dracut-kiwi-lib version with packages requiring it
This commit enforces dracut-kiwi-oem-repart and
dracut-kiwi-oem-dump to require dracut-kiwi-lib of the same exact
version. This prevents dracut-kiwi-lib and the packages
dependent on it being installed on a image with inconsistent versions.
Fixes #1529
* Fri Oct 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to configure .changes creation and bundling
Provide config option has_package_changes in the runtime config
file and set a useful default. For building outside obs the
default for the .changes creation is switched on, for building
in obs it's switched off because obs creates its own info file
* Tue Sep 29 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix compat link for rpmdb location
This commit fixes the symlink creation for `/var/lib/rpm`. More specific
for derived container images in which the base root tree already
included the `/var/lib/rpm` the link, the `ln` command was creating a
symlink inside the `/var/lib/rpm` folder givent that it was following
the already existing symlink. Adding the `--no-target-directory` force
`ln` command to treat `/var/lib/rpm` path as the fully qualified symlink name.
Fixes bsc#1176977
* Tue Sep 29 2020 Jim Klimov <jimklimov@gmail.com>
- Report download URL on failed request
In case a network request to a given URL failed the report message should include the URL
This Fixes #1572
* Tue Sep 29 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use pragma: no cover to skip non reachable code
Instead of placing the file into .coveragerc use the
no cover pragma to skip code paths that can never be
reached from being counted in the coverage report.
This affects the abstract constructors in the Factory
classes
* Mon Sep 28 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor BootLoaderInstall
This commit refactors BootLoaderInstall class to make it a proper
factory class. In addition type hints are added for the constructor
method.
Related to #1498
* Fri Sep 25 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor BootLoaderConfig
This commit refactors BootLoaderConfig to turn it into a proper factory
class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's use from an API
POV.
Related to #1498
* Fri Sep 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix/Refactor s390 support
This changes the s390 support on several stages:
1) On s390 the boot process is based on zipl which boots into an
initrd from which a userspace grub process is started to support
the grub capabilities. The implementation of this concept is
provided via the grub2-s390x-emu package. Once installed the
setup of the bootloader is done via the grub2-mkconfig and
grub2-install commands and therefore from a caller perspective
the same as with any other grub2 setup process. For kiwi this
means no extra zipl bootloader target code is needed. Therefore
this commit deletes the zipl setup from kiwi and puts on
the standard grub2 process. This Fixes bsc#1170863
2) To support different targettypes the grub2-s390x-emu provided
zipl template must be adapted. Parts of the former zipl bootloader
setup therefore now applies to an update of the zipl2grub
template file
3) Support for CDL/LDL DASD targets has been disabled in the schema
When testing 4k devices and a respective zipl2grub template
setup for CDL/LDL targettype it has turned out that grub2-install
is not able to run on such a device. My assumption is that
the device code in grub2-install does not work for 4k devices
with an fdasd created partition table. As this needs further
investigations and most probably adaptions on the grub toolchain
for s390, we disabled the setup of these modes for now.
emulated DASD (FBA) and SCSI targets stays supported.
* Wed Sep 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for package changelog info
In addition to the .packages file which shows details about
the installed packages in terms of version, license, etc...
we now also create a .changes file which contains the changelog
information of the installed packages. The file can be used
to compare the package changelogs between image builds.
* Wed Sep 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor BootImage Factory
This commit refactors the BootImage factory to be a real
factory and to add type hints such that its use from an api
perspective is clear and enforced. Related to Issue #1498
* Wed Sep 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.13 → 9.21.14
* Wed Sep 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed s390/sle15 Virtual disk integration test
The integration test used FBA mode as target. As the target
is expected to be KVM this is the wrong setting. SCSI should
be used instead. This Fixes bsc#1170863
* Wed Sep 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Followup fix to handle one disk type better
The vmx type is auto converted into an oem type with rootfs
resize disabled such that all disk images can be handled
under one disk type. However people who run kiwi on the
commandline and have selected --type vmx before now end
with an error message saying that there is no vmx type
because it was converted into an oem type. To handle this
more gracefully this commit changes the commandline
option --type vmx into --type oem if provided and prints
a warning message.
* Tue Sep 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor ImageBuilder Factory
This commit refactors the ImageBuilder factory to be a real
factory and to add type hints such that its use from an api
perspective is clear and enforced. Related to Issue #1498
* Tue Sep 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.12 → 9.21.13
* Tue Sep 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup grub adaptions code
The grub setup code has some after grub-mkconfig code that
fixes the written grub.cfg file on certain conditions. For
a better understanding and readability those conditions
and reasons are now put into private _fix* methods that
explains why we need to patch the written grub config file.
We all hope that those methods can go away when grub gets
fixed properly. This Fixes #1527
* Mon Sep 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cosmetic update for build status helper
Show disabled integration test builds with a clear indicator
* Mon Sep 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.11 → 9.21.12
* Mon Sep 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added consistency runtime check for the type setup
multiple type sections within one preferences section is allowed
in a kiwi image description. However, if multiple type sections
for the same image attribute are configured only the last type
configuration will be ever reachable. The proposed runtime check
in this commit detects this situation and raises an exception
showing the conflicting types including a solution suggestion
which needs to be based on profiles to distinguish between
types of the same image type name.
* Mon Sep 21 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Get default maintainer and author from image description
This commit sets the maintainer and author metadata from the description
section of the image in they are not explicitly specified in
container-config section.
In addition it sets the default container name to `system-container`
instead of `systemContainer` as uppercase letters are not valid for
docker container references.
Fixes #1419
* Fri Sep 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.10 → 9.21.11
* Fri Sep 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update build test directory names
Name the build test directory to follow the changes done
in Issue #1425. There is only one disk image type now, thus
the tests for testing disk images should indicate that
better. Also the tests that build live iso images should
indicate a live iso not only an iso as it could be mixed
up with an install iso
* Thu Sep 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Consolidate build test names and description
Update build test image names to be more generic and not
bound to a specific version of a distribution. As the tests
are usually based on rolling releases of distros the name
of the test image should be generic. Also adapted the
specification of the test images to describe the focus
of the test if not generic.
* Wed Sep 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.9 → 9.21.10
* Wed Sep 16 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix the early boot grub.cfg file
This commit makes sure that the early boot configuration files
for grub make use of the proper boot path and omiting the `/boot`
prefix if there is a dedicated boot partition.
Fixes #1553
* Tue Sep 15 2020 Vincent Moutoussamy <3873925+vmoutoussamy@users.noreply.github.com>
- Change Appliance names to drop the name LimeJeOS
The name LimeJeOS was an invention of the SUSE Studio project.
Since the project does no longer exist, users have no idea
what the name means. Therefore the integration tests as well
as the documentation now changes the image names to provide
more clarity. This Fixes #1544
* Mon Sep 14 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include loadenv as a default module for grub images
This commit includes the 'loadenv' module to the list of basic grub
modules. This makes sure the module is included in any grub-mkimage
that KIWI does.
Fixes #1547
* Sun Sep 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make oem be a superset of vmx
A vmx image is the same disk as an oem just without the dracut
repart/resize feature. This difference is better handled with
an oemconfig parameter <oem-resize> which allows to switch resize
on or off. The extra image type vmx will be dropped and an XSLT
stylesheet automatically transforms a vmx description to be a
oem image with the resize feature switched off.
This Fixes #1425
* Fri Sep 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make oem image use dracut by default
Before this commit an oem image still had the kiwi initrd_system
set as default. As we are decommission the custom kiwi initrd
concept the default should be changed. It is still possible to
use a custom kiwi initrd but it needs to be explicitly requested
via the initrd_system="kiwi" attribute. In addition to the
changed default a runtime check was introduced that checks
the presence of the boot= attribute which only makes sense
in combination with the kiwi initrd_system. If boot= is
set but initrd_system="kiwi" is not, a message is raised that
explains the situation and either requests setting initrd_system
properly or deleting the boot attribute. The change only
affects people who still use oem with a boot="oemboot/..."
setting and no explicit selection of kiwi as the initrd_system.
As these image type configurations should not be in use anyway
because this is all legacy and announced to go away, we
need to make the next step and enforce a new default in
code. This is related to Issue #1299
* Wed Sep 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.8 → 9.21.9
* Tue Sep 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support dynamic linux/linuxefi in any case
Instead of restricting the dynamic linux vs. linuxefi setup
to a specific grub version, support this setup for any version
of grub. This Fixes bsc#1175729 and bsc#1176134
* Tue Sep 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Explicitly set start sector for msdos repartition
When using the sfdisk(>=2.26) tool the start and end of partitions
aligns to block-device I/O limits. This means it's hardware specific
what values sfdisk picks. In a repart operation this is however
dangerous for the start sector which must be the same to prevent
corruption of the data in the partition when kiwi resizes it.
Therefore this commit uses the sfdisk dump command to read the
start sector for deleted partitions and uses that start sector
if the same partition gets recreated such that only the end of
the partition changes and gets aligned properly.
This Fixes #1543
* Mon Sep 07 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Complete documentation of type attributes
Some type attributes e.g efipartsize and others were not
documented properly. This Fixes #1532
* Mon Sep 07 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Strip package and archive names
This commit strips the package and archive names string to trim any
trailing or heading space included into the XML.
Fixes #1494
* Sun Sep 06 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.7 → 9.21.8
* Thu Aug 27 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make use of POSIX locale in Arch Linux integration tests
Current Arch Linux (August 2020) has no other locale than POSIX or
C enabled on the system by default. In fact, to enable further locales
in Arch it is required to uncomment the desired ones in `/etc/locale.gen`
and then execute the tool `locale-gen`, after that the selected locales
are eligible for the common system adminstration tools such as
`localectl`.
In KIWI the locale setting happens before running `config.sh` so there
aren't changes to generate any custom locale before applying the value
configured in the description XML file.
* Thu Aug 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed legacy custom kiwi initrd based image builds
This patch is two fold:
* Image builds that uses the kiwi initrd system did not apply
the grub config file fixes because the root= parameter is
an optional information when using a kiwi initrd. However
this information is required to apply the grub config file
fixes. Therefore this patch simplifies the kernel commandline
processing such that it is the same for dracut and custom
kiwi initrd based systems. This means root= is passed in
any case.
* The other part of the patch disables the method that strips
unused libraries from the custom kiwi initrd. It has turned
out that is safes us almost nothing but could causes corrupted
initrds missing important libraries e.g libpam which is linked
against udev and other tools. Therefore libpam is also added
to the protected strip list
* Thu Aug 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed legacy oem test build
install gawk package in bootstrap to avoid conflict in
tumbleweed between gawk and busybox-gawk
* Wed Aug 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added s390 SLE15 integration tests
* Tue Aug 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added suse integration test built with dnf
Use dnf to build a suse image
* Thu Aug 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Include box plugin images to build_status
Also show some colors for failed and unresolvable builds
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.6 → 9.21.7
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed archlinux integration test build
The setup of the locale via systemd-firstboot --locale=en_US.UTF-8
failed on archlinux with the error message Locale en_US.UTF-8 is not
installed. This commit sets the locale explicitly
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed GCE integration test build
nothing provides google-compute-engine-init
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed bootloader grub copy SameFileError exception
Only copy the file if the given source and destination are
not the same file
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Simplify build_status helper
Instead of a static list with all integration test build names
only maintain a list of integration test build project names
* Tue Aug 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.5 → 9.21.6
* Mon Aug 10 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed doc structure for image types
The documentation did not differentiate correctly between
the explanation of the image types, their results and the
build host constraints compared to the documentation that
actually describes how to build an image for those types.
This Fixes #1520
* Fri Jul 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Skip filesystem check for XFS prior xfs_grow
running xfs_repair check isn't strictly necessary before resizing,
and in some cases it may even prevent resizing by giving an error
that would be cleared through mounting the fs (e.g. when the fs
wasn't cleanly umounted, and thus letting xfs recover and replay
its journal). Given that xfs can only grow online (while being mounted),
this is sufficient to ensure that the fs is in a state where it
can be resized. This is related to bsc#1174009
* Fri Jul 24 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove tuned daemon from CentOS integration test
tuned daemon causes issues at install time with grub configuration.
The build host configuration affects BLS entries generation if tuned
deamon is around. This is likely to cause issues in general and it
actually cause issues in OBS builds (because of a non standard highly
customized build environment).
* Fri Jul 24 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add Fedora RawHide test
This commit upgrades the Fedora 30 test to a Fedora RawHide integration
test in OBS. Note that an archive needs to be added at bootstrap phase
to include `/etc/kernek/cmdline` configuration file to ensure the BLS
entries are properly generated under OBS worker hosts.
* Fri Jul 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed code logic in resize_filesystem method
resize_filesystem runs fs-check on the filesytem prior to
resize. This check however should not be done if the filesystem
got deployed on a ramdisk. For that purpose the _is_ramdisk_device
method exists. The logic in the method as well as the call
were wrong. This in the end lead to a correct logic but is
completely confusing. This commit fixes and simplifies the
_is_ramdisk_device method and corrects the caller logic
* Wed Jul 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make sure kernel options are respected by grub
Set options variable in grub loader/entries to match the
kiwi image description setup. This adaption currently
happens only when building in OBS because in this env
the options setup done by grub is a complete mess.
* Wed Jul 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed root replace for grub menu entries
The root device spec in the grub boot/loader/entries/*.conf
files when building in OBS is not matching the loop mapped
image root device but matches the root device of the OBS worker.
Very strange behavior and of course wrong. Because of that
the expression to replace the wrong device with the correct
one must be a regular expression and cannot be based on the
loop mapped image root device.
* Wed Jul 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed path to search for grub menu entries
* Wed Jul 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed scope of remove_hierarchy
The remove_hierarchy method walked through the entire path
it was given. That included the root path which is beyond
its scope. This Fixes #1515
* Wed Jul 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed corrections in BootLoaderSpec grub config
Distributions like Fedora RawHide or CentOS8 applies to the
grub BootLoaderSpec as described here:
https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
Part of the spec is that menu entries are handled in extra files
below /boot/loader/entries. Unfortunately the grub2-mkconfig code
has still no clue how to find the correct root device in special
environments like obs workers or in overlay systems. To fixup the
result of grub2-mkconfig there is code in kiwi which needs to be
adapted because the file that contains the wrong information is
now no longer grub.cfg but some /boot/loader/entries/*.conf file.
This commit solves the issue.
* Thu Jul 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub setup in EFI/BOOT directory
kiwi copied the same grub.cfg file as it exists in boot/grub2
to the efi path. This is wrong as the setup in the efi boot
directory is used to enable normal grub loading and not providing
the user grub configuration. In addition the changes here makes
sure that the early grub boot code is placed into the system
in any EFI case except for secure boot when shim-install is
present. If shim-install is present it also creates the early
grub boot setup such that kiwi doesn't have to do it.
This Fixes #1491 and Fixes bsc#1172908
* Wed Jul 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use rsync in inplace transfer mode
Using the --inplace option in rsync helps to save space on
syncing the rootfs data and prevents e.g OBS workers from
running out of VM space when transfering root filesystem
data. Also using --inplace allows to keep hardlinks intact.
This is related to bsc#1096738
* Wed Jul 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Don't keep copy of grub2-install in the system
To prevent shim-install from calling grub2-install in uefi mode
kiwi temporary replaces the tool by a noop. This acts as a
workaround for an issue in shim-install. However the workaround
left a file copy of grub2-install in the system which should
not happen. This commit Fixes bsc#1173226 and Fixes #1490
* Tue Jul 14 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rename CentOS 7 test and add CentOS 8 test
This commit renames the CentOS 7 test and adds a new CentOS 8 test
Related to #1468
* Tue Jul 14 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update Ubuntu and Debian image tests
This commit updates Ubuntu test to Focal distribution and adds an
additional Debian Buster image test.
Related to #1468
* Mon Jul 13 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include CentOS vendor in grub2 configuration
This commit ensures the vendor files for grubenv consider CentOS
vendoring.
* Wed Jul 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed documentation for OEM swap partition
A swap partition in an OEM deployment is only created if
that is explicitly requested via the oem-swap element
* Wed Jul 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.4 → 9.21.5
* Wed Jul 08 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not create a md5 checksum output file for archive images
This commit removes the creation of the md5 file that includes a
checksum of the image binary for the `tbz` image type. Removing it
as this is the only image type that includes it as part of the result
and because the bundle procedure already creates a sha256 file out of
the results, so there is still the chance to produce validation
checksums.
* Fri Jul 03 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Document output files KIWI produces
This commits adds a chapter to describe the ouput files that are part
of any image build.
* Fri Jul 03 2020 Christian Schneemann <schneemann@b1-systems.de>
- Fixed oem recovery tar parameter order
Reorder tar parameters
When building an oem-image with oem-recovery set to true a tar error appears saying:
"The following options were used after any non-optional arguments in archive create or
update mode". This commit fixes the order of arguments to tar to avoid the error condition.
Fixes #1501
* Thu Jul 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed tox min version
* Thu Jul 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup setup.py
The way kiwi uses setup.py assumes that pip runs this script
like a spec file in rpm is processed. However this is not the
case given that pip implicitly creates a static zip file called
wheel which looses all the code logic done in setup.py. Therefore
setup.py should not contain code that needs to run at install
time. Of course this change comes with an effect which is that
the following files will not be available when installing kiwi
from pip:
* man pages: /usr/share/man/man8/...
* command completion: /etc/bash_completion.d/kiwi-ng.sh
* kiwi default config file: /etc/kiwi.yml
* package docs: /usr/share/doc/packages/kiwi-ng/...
(kiwi.pdf, LICENSE, README)
kiwi stays fully functional without this information. It is
expected that the installation of kiwi as a service will
be done by a package and its package manager. When using kiwi
from pip it is designed to provide a python module but not
a complete user application. The way pip and wheels interact
with each other seems to demonstrate that pip is not a
package manager but more a python module manager.
This Fixes #1415
* Thu Jul 02 2020 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Describe targets in tox.ini
* Make use of description to show them with "tox -av"
* Use comments as "description" lines
* Define minimal tox version (3.5.0)
* Wed Jul 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.3 → 9.21.4
* Fri Jun 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor FileSystem Factory
With regards to Issue #1486 a discussion came up that the
way factories are implemented are questionable when thinking
about strong typing for the public kiwi interface. This
commit refactors the FileSystem factory to be a real factory
and to add type hints such that its use from an api perspective
is clear and enforced.
* Thu Jun 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.2 → 9.21.3
* Thu Jun 25 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixes live ISOs
This commit fixes iso images. Due to a change introduced in c7ed1cf
live ISOs were no longer booting as the rootfs.img filesystem was
copied to the squashfs container while being still mounted. Because of
that, at boot time, it refused to mount.
This commit adds umount method for the filesystem base class, so it
can be umounted before deleting the instance.
Fixes #1489 and bsc#1173356
* Fri Jun 19 2020 Bo Maryniuk <bogdan.maryniuk@elektrobit.com>
- Global variables (#1485)
* Fix according to PEP8
* Refactor global variables pythonic way
* Remove unused import
* Thu Jun 18 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add locale configuration hints in docs
* Wed Jun 17 2020 Bo Maryniuk <bogdan.maryniuk@elektrobit.com>
- Add missing decorator for static methods
* Tue Jun 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation in content and structure
This commit adds a documentation for the KIWI XML description.
In contrast to the former auto generated code from the XML
schema this document can now finally be used as a reference.
Along with that new chapter all auto generated and static
html content as been deleted. Also all helper scripts around
the proprietary oxygen tool and our schema doc generator
has been deleted. Auto generating this information does not
lead to a reference guide people can really work with.
As a consequence to these changes this commit also includes
some changes of the structure such that no information written
by other people in the past gets lost. This Fixes #1421
and Fixes #1474
* Mon Jun 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.1 → 9.21.2
* Fri Jun 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed check for root device in grub config
There is a code path that fixes the grub2-mkconfig used root device
when building in an environment that does not allow to resolve the
by-X path names, e.g an obs build worker without udev. For images
that explicitly defines a root=... value in the kernelcmdline
attribute the root device check was not called because the
_get_root_cmdline_parameter method returns None. This commit fixes
the method to return the expected root device in any case such that
the grub2-mkconfig root device check has a chance to fix what
grub2-mkconfig has created. This fixes bsc#1172928
* Fri Jun 12 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove /etc/sysconfig/language support
As of SLE15 and onwards /etc/sysconfig/language is considered to be
obsolete and just kept for compatibility purposes. Thus there is no
need to manage the file anymore.
Fixes #1471
* Fri Jun 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.21.0 → 9.21.1
* Fri Jun 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed test-image-qcow-openstack
Nothing provides libyui-ncurses-pkg11, yast2-trans-en_US in
TW anymore
* Fri Jun 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moved sle12 ppc integration test to internal bs
In agreement with IBM the sle12 integration test has been moved
into the internal buildservice. The reason for this change is
a python 3.4 compatibility problem. This version of python is
used in sle12 but would require patching of upstream kiwi in
terms of type hints and annotations to continue to work.
We don't want to cary this patch upstream but in the sle12_kiwi
repository which contains the kiwi used in sle12. Therefore
also the integration test needs to move into the internal
sle12 space.
* Thu Jun 11 2020 Bo Maryniuk <bogdan.maryniuk@elektrobit.com>
- Ignore MyPy cache
* Thu Jun 11 2020 Bo Maryniuk <bogdan.maryniuk@elektrobit.com>
- Ignore VSCode cache
* Wed Jun 10 2020 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Remove sed calls to fix /etc/vimrc
An update of vim in Tumbleweed will move /etc/vimrc to /usr/share/vim as part of
the /usr - /etc split. This makes the sed call fail because /etc/vimrc no longer
exists.
However, the fix is not required anymore then, as the vim package dropped the
"syntax on" line from the default vimrc.
* Tue Jun 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed permissions of custom boot image root dir
When building a custom kiwi initrd the root directory
has the permissions of the mkdtemp created directory
but should have the permissions of a linux root dir
which is 0755. This Fixes #1394
* Sat Jun 06 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.19 → 9.21.0
* Thu Jun 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed size of msgbox dialog
The width of the dialog was set to a small value which
causes the message to be choped. I found this when testing
pxe deployments. The error messages on "Failed to fetch..."
were missing the interesting part
* Wed Jun 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update orthos test image
Simplify image for use in a pxe test deployment
* Wed Jun 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new post disk sync script hook
Allow to put a disk.sh script as part of the image description
which is called for the disk image types `vmx` and `oem`
only and runs after the synchronisation of the root tree into the
disk image loop file. At call time of the script the device name
of the currently mapped root device is passed as a parameter.
The chroot environment for the call is the mounted disk itself
which makes this different from the config.sh/images.sh caller
environment. This Fixes #1464
* Wed Jun 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update user defined scripts documentation
Added information about new disk.sh script and reworked
the entire chapter
* Tue Jun 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed VolumeManager cleanup
instances of VolumeManager creates temporary directories but
only stores the latest one. The cleanup leaves former directories
behind which is fixed by this commit
* Fri May 29 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow to access disk root after sync_data
In preparation to allow a chroot operation into the loop
mounted disk this commit refactors the process when filesystems
gets umounted and also fixes the canonical order for calling
the destructors. Related to Issue #1464
* Wed May 27 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add EFI firmware on OEM and ISO ubuntu tests
This commits adds efi firmware for Ubuntu integration tests
* Wed May 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.18 → 9.20.19
* Wed May 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added test-image-custom-partitions to build_status
* Tue May 26 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix the boot path for initrd detection
This commit fixes the path to check the initrd naming convetion from an
already existing initrd file in /boot
* Tue May 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.17 → 9.20.18
* Tue May 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added custom partition image integration test
There are still people who like many extra static inflexible
entries in a partition table instead of using LVM or filesystem
volume capabilities for sometimes good but often questionable
reasons. In kiwi we intentionally support partition table
entries on a restricted basis but that does not mean you can't
create an image with a highly customized partition table.
However it includes some bits of custom code as part of the
image description and that's what this reference implementation
of an image with custom partitions demonstrates. The image
described here adds three extra partitions, var, var/log and
var/audit. The concept to create custom partitions is based on
specifying a spare partition which is by default created before
the root partition. The spare space can now be sliced into as
many partitions as needed and that needs to be implemented by
the author of the image description. Of course the partition
table itself comes with limitations which has to be respected
depending on the partition table type.
* Tue May 26 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix the patch applied on grub.cfg
This commit fixes the patch applied on grub.cfg when EFI mode is
selected and grub < 2.04. There are some distros that make use of the
`linux16` command instead of `linux` in grub configuration, this commit
extends the regex to also consider `linux16` command.
* Tue May 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed apt and pacman repository unit tests
The way the post_init method was used to test custom arguments
leads to a broken I/O wrapper. As consequence the test failed
when called with "pytest -s" and also leaves files around from
other test I/O redirections.
* Tue May 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file on bare word comparison
on e.g Fedora Rawhide rpm complains about bare word comparison
error: bare words are no longer supported, please use "..."
This patch fixes the spec template to respect this
* Mon May 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.16 → 9.20.17
* Mon May 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed dracut output file format detection
The current way to detect the dracut output file format was
based on a lookup of the format used in the dracut tool itself.
However there are distributions like Ubuntu which calls dracut
and passes the name of the initrd file as options to the call.
This invalidates the checking done by kiwi. The only chance
for kiwi to do the same than the distributions does is by
looking for an initrd file pre-created by the package
installations and use the same format. Only if no such initrd
file exists the former format detection code applies. The
additional code expects any initrd file to match the glob
pattern 'init*'. This Fixes #1450
* Mon May 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed line ending of sha256 bundler file
The .sha256 file does not end with a newline. This Fixes #1449
* Mon May 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix scope for linuxefi grub config adaption
In kiwi we support a one time patch for the grub config file
that changes the static use of linuxefi to be dynamic. In
grub2 >= 2.04 all this has already been fixed but for grub2
version older than this version we applied the patch. The
patch however was only applied based on the presence of a
grub setting named GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI. It has turned out that
this variable is a custom extension not part of grub upstream
which makes the test functional only on distributions that
supports this setting. The use of linuxefi however is code
that belongs to grub upstream. Therefore this patch changes
the scope of the one time patch to be only based on the
version of grub no matter if GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI is supported
by the distro or not. This Fixes #1453
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed root device setup in vendor grubenv
In addition to the root device setup in grub.cfg we also
need to patch the vendor grubenv file which contains an
invalid kernelopts value written by grub2-mkconfig under
the conditions explained in Issue #1287. This Fixes
Issue #1454
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.15 → 9.20.16
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed schematron rule for bootloader targettype
The targettype attribute must be allowed for the grub2_s390x_emu
bootloader name
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.14 → 9.20.15
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed parse result description reference
The object that holds the parse result also contains an
information about description_dir and derived_description_dir.
The change on the markup processing impacted the value for
description_dir to be no longer the origin (user provided)
directory. That broke any reference of files that belongs
to the description directory like custom scripts config.sh,
images.sh and so on.
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed sdist MANIFEST
kiwi.markup was not part of the source tarball
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.13 → 9.20.14
* Fri May 22 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remmove any Recommends for CentOS7
This commit fixes the package spec for CentOS 7. In CentOS 7 there is no
support for weak dependencies. In 9792cea1 a recommended dependency on
gpg tools was included for all builds and this caused a failure for
CentOS 7. With this commit, the recommended dependency, is omitted for
any pre CentOS 8 distro.
* Fri May 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.12 → 9.20.13
* Wed May 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor dracut disk re-partition library
The kiwi repartition code for msdos and gpt tables was based
on the parted tool. However parted requires to give start and
end addresses to describe a space in the partition table. The
numbers were calculated in kiwi based on cylinders. The mapping
into cylinders is a virtual number that plays no role under
Linux and vanished completely with newer storage technologies.
Tools like sgdisk and sfdisk are better prepared to handle
disk partitioning and also makes this a more straight forward
code in kiwi. Thus this commit refactors the re-partition code
to drop parted and use a dedicated tool depending on the
partition table type. This Fixes #1406
* Wed May 20 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix default repositories for APT
This commit fixes the default repositories configuration for APT.
Fixes #1439
* Mon May 18 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include recommend for gpg tool
* Fri May 15 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix signing keys management for APT
This commit fixes the management of the trusted keyring for apt
repositories. It creates a `trusted.gpg` keyring with the provided
signing keys so APT can check against that the configured repositories.
Fixes #1440
* Thu May 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file
This patch is two fold. First the py2 version of kiwi was
dropped since py2 is EOL. To indicate that correctly on the
package level python3-kiwi has to obsolete python2-kiwi.
The other part of the change is a file conflict of the
files:
etc/bash_completion.d/kiwi-ng.sh
/usr/share/doc/packages/python-kiwi/README
which were provided by the kiwi-man-pages sub-package but
were moved to be provided by the main python3-kiwi package
now. On update of the package with an older version of
kiwi that maintains this files to belong to kiwi-man-pages
a file conflict at install time appears. To solve this
python3-kiwi now conflicts with kiwi-man-pages < %{version}
This Fixes #1413 and Fixes bsc#1168973 and bsc#1156677
* Wed May 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup use of machine platform name
in kiwi we handle 32bit x86 architecture names as ix86. This is
done by checking i586 and i686 32bit arch names. However those
checks are spread over the entire kiwi code base and should be
consolidated into one method. The cleanup of those arch name
usage fixes an inconsistency between the arch name used in the
disk builder and the arch name used in the subformat image
formats. This Fixes #1438
* Wed May 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed zypper error code validation
The error code 127 - command not found, was not treated as
an error. This commit adds 127 to be an error condition
along with the other 1xx error codes from zypper that are
handled as errors. This Fixes #1430
* Wed May 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added archlinux to build_status helper
Show the archlinux build results in the build_status
helper script
* Wed May 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added sidebar link to ArchLinux build tests
* Tue May 12 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix string formatting
After a flake8 upgrade to v3.8.0 these changes were required to pass
the `tox -e check` validation.
* Tue May 12 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add Arch Linux integration tests for x86_64
* Mon May 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support multiple markup formats
Allow to read multiple markup formats. Supported are XML
and YAML. The parsing and transformation is based on the
anymarkup module. The use of anymarkup is optional and
implemented as an on demand loading module. If a user
uses a yaml config file or a request to convert into
yaml is made without an installed anymarkup module an
exception is thrown
* Mon May 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed boxbuild documentation
The command doesn't have to be called as root. Therefore
the example should not be used with sudo prefix
* Mon May 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow setup of serial line in bootloader
So far kiwi used a static serial line setup of the console
type was configured to use a serial console. However if
different parameters are needed there was no way to change
the static setup. This commit adds a new bootloader attribute
called serial_line which allows to specify the serial line
parameters for the grub bootloader e.g
serial_line="serial --speed=9600 --unit=0 --word=8 --parity=no --stop=1"
Please note serial_line takes the value as it is given and
adds this as a line to the grub configuration or as content
to the variable GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND. No further validation
of the information takes place by kiwi. This Fixes #1401
* Mon May 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support grub timeout_style parameter
Grub supports a style setting that influences the display of
the menu depending on the configured timeout value. With this
patch kiwi allows to specify the style via a new bootloader
parameter named timeout_style="hidden|countdown". If not set
the grub default applies which shows the menu in any case.
This Fixes bsc#1165730 and Fixes #1404
* Fri May 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.11 → 9.20.12
* Fri May 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update build tests to match new schema v7.2
* Thu May 07 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor setup of bootloader parameters
The bootloader settings are handled through attributes in the
type element. Over the years some attributes were added and
there are requests for more settings. Therefore the bootloader
setup deservers its own section. With this commit the schema
changes from v7.1 to v7.2 and moves bootloader, bootloader_console
boottimeout and zipl_targettype into a new bootloader subsection
below type. The commit also adds an auto transformation template
such that customers don't have to change their image descriptions.
This is related to Issue #1401
* Tue May 05 2020 Patrik Jakobsson <patrik.r.jakobsson@gmail.com>
- Fix support for multiple dracut modules
Passing the dmsquash flag adds dmsquash-live and livenet modules to
dracut. This broke when adding a check to only add modules that dracut
reports as available. Use a list instead of a string to represent the
modules to add.
Fixes: 07ea23a4
* Mon May 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Rewrite chapter about self-contained builds
Document the new boxed build plugin. The former solution
with dice will be deprecated in favor of the kiwi plugin.
This is related to Issue #1409
* Mon May 04 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Clean AnonymousUniqueId
This is a follow up commit for 469f71144. There is not need to remove
the `/var/lib/zypp/AnonymousUniqueId` file from the clean up method
since this has been already integrated inside the python code base
and this is not needed anymore as a helper function.
* Fri May 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.10 → 9.20.11
* Fri May 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Oxygen schema documentation
* Fri May 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed headline for schema docs chapter
Use the same headline for the schema chapter in the
schema_docs generator as in the default source file
* Fri May 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.9 → 9.20.10
* Thu Apr 30 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Clean AnonymousUniqueId from the image
This commit is two fold.
For one side does a small refactor to move the deletion of custom RPM
macros to package manager level inside a cleaning method. This way only
RPM based package managers run RPM specific code and each package manager
can apply its own specific logic.
On the other hand for the zypper package manager the deletion of
/var/lib/zypp/AnonymousUniqueId file has been added as part of the
new cleaning method.
Fixes #1396
* Thu Apr 30 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added kis type to image attribute
* Wed Apr 29 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use auto video mode as default for grub
An explicit video mode 800x600 was used for grub if no
video mode setup exists in the XML description. For grub
this should better result in the auto mode. Related to
bsc#1165730
* Tue Apr 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Do not set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR
grub mkconfig creates a proper string based on /etc/os-release
if GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR is not set. We assume this to be true
for all distributions. This Fixes #1416
* Tue Apr 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file header information
Fixed copyright date/company and url path to project
* Tue Apr 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed ovf Machine section setup for virtualbox
Required attributes/sections name, ostype, uuid and StorageControllers
were missing according to IVirtualBox::createMachine documentation
from here:
https://www.virtualbox.org/sdkref/interface_i_virtual_box.html
This Fixes #1322
* Mon Apr 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new build type kis
KIS is an abbreviation for Kernel, Initrd, System and defines a
highly customizable image consisting out of these components.
This commit performs the changes documented in #1414 and
introduces the new kis type. From an image build perspective
kis is currently the same as pxe with restrictions for kis
on the schema level. A kis build uses dracut and does not allow
to use the legacy netboot initrd. The pxe type will therefore be
exclusively used to built for the legacy netboot infrastructure
and is on its way to deprecation in the future.
This Fixes #1262
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added KIS chapter
A new chapter to document KIS images. KIS is an abbreviation
for Kernel, Initrd, System and defines a highly customizable
image consisting out of these components. This Fixes #1346
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move the self-contained chapter to the toplevel
This chapter will be rewritten when the new kiwi box
plugin is available and deserves a space on the toplevel
page
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Moved chapters from building to working
Chapters build_in_buildservice and build_with_profiles
belongs more to working with images
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor netboot chapters
All information about network boot that references the legacy
netboot code has been moved into one chapter at working_with_images
named legacy_netboot_root_filesystem.rst
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update article about network live boot
Added a note about the configured PXE loader
* Thu Apr 23 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update boot server setup chapter
Describe the general setup procedure to setup DHCP and TFTP
services using dnsmasq for clients to boot with either
pxelinux or grub loaders
* Thu Apr 23 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add flags and argument separator for zypper
This commits adds a `--` argument in zypper install calls right after
the flags and before the arguments (in this case packages) list.
Fixes #1407
* Wed Apr 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Disable AudioAdapter for vagrant
The kiwi template for vagrant images assumes the box files to
be used in non graphics mode and for the purpose of automation
or server deployment. Thus by default we disable Audio.
For details see the API reference:
https://www.virtualbox.org/sdkref/interface_i_audio_adapter.html
This Fixes #1322
* Wed Apr 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added check_syslinux_installed_if_isolinux_is_used
ISO images that are configured to use isolinux requires the host
to provide a set of syslinux binaries. The runtime check makes
sure to check for this condition early including a proper message.
This Fixes #1376
* Fri Apr 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.8 → 9.20.9
* Fri Apr 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool
Last patch on this method breaks the search for alternative
mkconfig names. It returns always on the first lookup which
could be none. This breaks on systems that uses a different
name than grub2-mkconfig, like on Ubuntu.
* Thu Apr 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.7 → 9.20.8
* Thu Apr 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Increase spare space on disk repart
The sizing of the virtual cylinders in parted seems to be unfavorable,
as with some disks and SD cards here the device size is not a multiple
of the cylinder size, so the last incomplete cylinder is wasted.
If this wasted space is more than 5MiB, kiwi tries to resize indefinitely.
Therefore min_additional_mbytes gets increased to prevent running
into this situation. This Fixes bsc#1165823
* Thu Apr 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed return value from _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool
The method returned the basename of the tool if it could
be found by Path.which(). But the method's scope has been
changed in a way that the return value of the method must
be the result from Path.which() to allow working on the
full path name.
* Thu Apr 16 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.6 → 9.20.7
* Wed Apr 15 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make CommandCapabilities.check_version take the longest match
This commit ensures that when trying to parse the version of a tool
the comparison is done with the longest match for the given regular
expression. This solves cases such in `grub2` where the tool name
already provides some digit that could be seen as a version.
* Wed Apr 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed check for grub mkconfig capabilities
The check for the capabilities of the tool were applied to
the tool installed on the host but the later call of the
tool will be done with the tool inside the image root
* Wed Apr 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Validate use of GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI
On systems that uses GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI with grub2 version
less than 2.04 there is no support for dynamic EFI
environment checking. In this condition we extend the grub
setup to add this support. The change kiwi does is as
follows:
* Apply only on grub < 2.04
1. Modify 10_linux to set linux/initrd as variables
2. Write hybrid setup as 01_efihybrid
This Fixes bsc#1165960 and bsc#1168480
* Tue Apr 14 2020 Jan Löser <jan.loeser@elektrobit.com>
- Fixed typo in docstring
Istall -> Install
* Sat Apr 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Create qcow2 images in two steps
The creation of the qcow2 format was done in one qemu-img
convert call. That call instructs qemu to compress and
convert in one call. The downside of this approach is that
not all qcow2 options can be used. For example the setup
of:
<type ... formatoptions="preallocation=metadata"/>
failed the build with an error message that compression and
preallocation is not possible at the same time. Thus this patch
changes the way the qcow2 image is created to be done in two
steps. The first step converts the format without compression
and therefore allows for any format option to be used. The
second call only applies the compression and leads to the
final result.
* Fri Apr 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.5 → 9.20.6
* Thu Apr 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed plugin documentation
While setting up the kiwi boxed plugin I realized some small
mistakes in the plugin documentation
* Thu Apr 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow overlay directories for profiles
In addition to the existing root/ overlay directory which
applies always there can now also be profile specific overlay
directories. If an overlay directory should be applied for
a specific profile this can now be done by placing this data
in a directory that is named the same as the profile name.
* Wed Apr 01 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make build of filesystem image optional for pxe
Allow to build a kernel/initrd pair without a root
filesystem image. Related to Issue #1388
* Fri Mar 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.4 → 9.20.5
* Thu Mar 26 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add SECURE_BOOT parameter for grub2 in efi mode
This commit adds the SECURE_BOOT parameter on bootloader sysconfig
for grub2.
Fixes bsc#1167746
* Wed Mar 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new oem-resize-once element
The new element controls the behavior of the repart/resize code
in the oem-repart dracut module. By default the repart/resize
happens on every reboot and therefore also allows for disk
geometry changes during the livetime of the machine. If the
element is set to false the repart/resize operation happens
only once and then never again. To check for this condition
a new profile environment variable kiwi_rootpartuuid which
holds the PARTUUID of the root partition has been added to
the disk builder.
* Tue Mar 24 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- No default boot partition for btrfs_root_is_snapshot
This commit ensures no boot partition is used when root is set to be
a btrfs snapshot unless this is explicitly required by the user.
Fixes #1351
* Sun Mar 22 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make disk allocation check more robust
The tools used to check the disk allocation condition
are sfdisk and sgdisk. The problem is that at least sfdisk
is different in behavior and functionality compared across
the distributions we support with kiwi. In addition
the verification for the msdos table cannot be used to
distinguish between intentionaly wanted free space on
disk and a disk that has not yet been resized. Thus
this commit changes two parts:
a) always report unallocated space available for the msdos
table to allow to run kiwi's resize code
b) make sure the table type is taken into consideration
It's important to run the verification based on the
table type (DOS, GPT) where we know the tools to work. In any
other case we report the disk to have unallocated space
and give the resize code a chance
* Sat Mar 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed openstack integration test
nothing provides python2-oslo and required py2 packages
* Fri Mar 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed bootloader install
Mount EFI partition in any case not only for the shim target
* Thu Mar 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed centos integration test
Currently centos images does not build because of
a broken XML description
* Thu Mar 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update centos integration test
There is no testing of centos disk images that uses the
old msdos partition table. All tests were done with GPT
table layout.
* Thu Mar 19 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding OEM integration tests for Ubuntu
This commit adds oem image type for Ubuntu integration tests
* Wed Mar 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Complete refactoring of fstab handling
With the new Fstab class from prior pull request there is an
opportunity to handle all fstab related actions to be done
by that class. This commit extends the Fstab class with an
add_entry method such that we can avoid the extra lists
holding raw fstab lines in e.g the disk builder. In the end
all fstab related data is stored in an instance of the Fstab
class. This also extends the KIWI api by an fstab management
class. Related to #1329 and #1349
* Wed Mar 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Cleanup fstab handling for containers
When building container images an extra create_fstab method
exists that created an empty fstab file. The reasons for this
are historical and also related to appx support from obs.
The obs based support for appx containers was based on the
creation of a kiwi docker image that got modified and turned
into an appx container. Now with native appx support by kiwi
this special fstab handling is no longer needed and should
be deleted. This Fixes #1329
* Tue Mar 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Validate and order final fstab file
On write of the final fstab file read, validate and order
the entries. This is related to Issue #1349
* Tue Mar 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added Fstab class
Handling of fstab should be done in its own namespace and class.
The current handling of fstab entries is spread at several places.
There should be only one code that writes the fstab entries and
that code should also care for the correct canonical order of
the mountpoints
* Tue Mar 17 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix order in fstab
Any mount point directly under / should be just right after the root
mountpoint and before the custom mountpoints based on user's subvolume
configuration.
Fixes #1349 and bsc#1164310
* Sat Mar 14 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Skip nodev devices for size calculations
Added a static list of mountpoints used for devices that
are not associated with a physical device like /proc and
use that information in the exclude list for calculating
the image byte size. This Fixes #1363
* Fri Mar 13 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add kpartx dependency on dracut-kiwi-oem-dump package
This commit adds a missing dependency on dracut-kiwi-oem-dump
package. In images where The `kpartx` tool is missing the
dracut-kiwi-oem-dump was not applied for the initrd.
Fixes #1364
* Sun Mar 08 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added new image type: wsl
Support for building appx container images for
Windows Subsystem Linux (WSL). This Fixes #1235
* Fri Mar 06 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed file name for config.bootoptions file
The dracut code in 90kiwi-dump/kiwi-dump-image.sh looks for a
file matching ${image_uri}.config.bootoptions but the install
code packs a file named pxeboot.${image_uri}.config.bootoptions
into the tarball. Thus without renaming the file it won't
be found. Also the documentation mentions the file to be
named ${image_uri}.config.bootoptions. This commit fixes the
install code to match the dracut boot code and the documentation
* Wed Mar 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed daps image path
* Wed Mar 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.3 → 9.20.4
* Wed Mar 04 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix a regression for container builds in OBS
This commit fixes a regression introduced in 12d84be2. We need to ensure
that `labels` item exist in oci image configuration dict before updating
it and creating it in case it doesn't exist.
* Tue Mar 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed suse doc push pipeline
build and push are not allowed to run in parallel
* Tue Mar 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- push suse doc only on merge to master
* Tue Mar 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.2 → 9.20.3
* Mon Mar 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Build and push SUSE documentation
On any pull request also build the suse documentation and
push changes to the OSInside/kiwi-suse-doc git repository.
The SUSE documentation team needs a repo with docbook sources
for the publishing procedure. In addition change the gitlab
pipeline to run in three stages: Test, Documentation and
Package. Let the style and unit tests run in parallel and
cleanup the dependency setup
* Fri Feb 28 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix container labels setup in OBS
This commits fixes the containers label setup in OBS, ensuring that
adding the 'org.openbuildservice.disturl' label does not clear any
other label.
Fixes #1338
* Fri Feb 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.1 → 9.20.2
* Fri Feb 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed schema regexp validation
Regexp patterns used in the schema are translated into python
expressions by generateDS. It's required to use the XSD schema
to run generateDS, xsd however has some restrictions on pattern
use which leads to a warning message for the ones fixed here
* Wed Feb 26 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed completion_generator
Due to the change of the binary name for consistency in the
docopt docstrings the completion generator failed to produce
correct results. This commit fixes it
* Wed Feb 26 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Store Mock build logs and built RPMs as short-term artifacts
This makes it much easier to debug what is happening with mock when
failures occur.
* Tue Feb 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added sle15 ppc oem integration test
Related to Issue #1325
* Tue Feb 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added task plugin documentation
Documentation for developers how to write a custom kiwi
task plugin.
* Tue Feb 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update manual page documentation
Fixed manual pages to use kiwi-ng as the command name
* Tue Feb 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed docopt strings to use correct binary name
The kiwi binary from the entry_point configuration is
kiwi-ng. The docopt strings should use this name for
consistency. The alternative binary name kiwi is just
a symlink created on the rpm packaging level and is
not guaranteed to exist depending on how kiwi was
installed
* Tue Feb 25 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor plugin architecture
Set kiwi.tasks to be the plugin entry point and register
existing task plugins in setup.py. Change the code in
cli.py to auto register plugins using the iter_entry_points
method from the pkg_resources class. This allows for easier
writing of external kiwi plugins.
* Mon Feb 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed handling of fillup templates
Systems using a template tool to generate config files
might not be effective when they see the intermediate
config files we need from the host to let certain package
managers work correctly. Therefore the cleanup code in
kiwi takes care to restore from an optionally existing
template file if no other custom variant is present.
This Fixes bsc#1163978
* Fri Feb 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Enhance OEM ppc integration test for 4k/512b disks
Add profile section to build one image for storage disks with
4k physical blocksize and one image for disks using 512byte
blocksize. Related to Issue #1325
* Thu Feb 20 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make squashfs compression configurable
This commit adds the `squashfscompression` attribute in type element. It
can take `gzip`, `zstd`, `xz`, `lzo`, `lz4` or `none`. The default is `xz`.
Fixes #1315
* Wed Feb 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.20.0 → 9.20.1
* Wed Feb 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added serial console in centos integration test
For use with Kanku we enable the serial console for the
centos integration test image
* Wed Feb 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make PrEP partition known to GPT partitioner
* Wed Feb 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use GPT table for Power ofw firmware
GPT partition table should be preferred for power systems
these days. Related to Issue #1325
* Wed Feb 19 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- target blocksize for IBM Power8 systems is 4k
Adapt the oem image integration test for bare metal to use
4k blocksize
* Tue Feb 18 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup documentation for consistency
There is the legacy kiwi version and there is this kiwi(next generation).
From a documentation perspective there are several inconsistencies that
could confuse users. This commit makes the name for KIWI-NG consistent
across the entire documentation. At places where we point to older
documentation we use the term Legacy KIWI and a link to the documentation
that covers this part. All this is needed in preparation to cleanup the
documentation situation for the SUSE documentation but with respect to
the upstream doc sources, their layout and markup.
* Mon Feb 17 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not create empty macros file
This commit makes sure to empty RPM macros files are created during
the build. Additionally it also ensures that no needless `rm` and `mkdir`
calls are done.
Fixes #1316
* Mon Feb 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Turn btrfs requirement into a recommend
Only on suse systems btrfs is eligable to be a required package
because it's the default filesystem of that distribution. In any
other case it should be a recommended package. As a side effect
of this change we will be able to activate the CentOS-8 build
target
* Sat Feb 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.16 → 9.20.0
* Thu Feb 13 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix append file for PXE
This commit fixes a regression introduced in 141f384e. With this commit
the append file is only added to the PXE tarball only when it is
created.
* Tue Feb 11 2020 Al <alan.cheung@multapplied.net>
- Split kiwi-dump into 2 modules to allow inserting a module after the image dump and before system reboot
* Tue Feb 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Addded doc_suse tox target to build docbook target
SUSE documentation is based on docbook or asciidoc. The kiwi
documentation is maintained along with the code and uses the
sphinx system and therefore ReST as markup language. We would
like to keep one source and don't want to move to another markup
language. Thus the sources needs to be structured in a way that
allows translation into sphinx supported targets as well as
into SUSE docbook style. This commit changes the documentation
structure in a way that both is possible. With the use of Sphinx
XML and rstxml2docbook the ReST docs are converted into docbook.
From there the SUSE daps tool can create SUSE documentation
* Mon Feb 10 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move gitlab stages to use gitlab registry
The kiwi-ci-containers project on gitlab now builds all
containers that are needed to run all type of tests we
have in the gitlab pipeline for kiwi. This commit moves
the tests to fetch the containers from the gitlab
registry and avoids any requirement to install packages
prior to running the tests. This will speedup the
overall test time and makes the system also more robust
in case the repo servers hosting the packages can't
be accessed for some reason
* Sun Feb 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed ISO creation on ppc
On the ppc architecture the isolinux path was chosen which
is wrong. This patch fixes the ISO creation to use the grub
path
* Sun Feb 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added suse OEM ppc integration test
Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image
to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325
* Fri Feb 07 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move gitlab build_doc target to gitlab registry
Use the container from the kiwi-ci-containers project to
run the build_doc target
* Fri Feb 07 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete use of ifplugd in integration tests
ifplugd was dropped from the factory tree and that change
needs to be addressed in the integration tests to let
them build again
* Thu Feb 06 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added ppc integration test links
Added ppc integration test links to the overview page of
the kiwi documentation. Related to Issue #1325
* Thu Feb 06 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.15 → 9.19.16
* Wed Feb 05 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add .append file for PXE images
This commit creates the .append file for PXE images. This file
is only created for initrd based images and includes the
UUID of the rootfs and any parameter added by the user within
the 'kernelcmdline' attribute.
Fixes #1327
* Wed Feb 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted distro provided login.defs from overlay
* Wed Feb 05 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete use of methods that are done by the builder
* Tue Feb 04 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted obsolete ifplugd from arm build test
* Mon Feb 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted obsolete ifplugd from s390 build test
* Mon Feb 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update status helper script
Also show new ppc integration test builds
* Mon Feb 03 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added fedora ppc integration test
Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image
to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325
* Sun Feb 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added suse ppc integration test
Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image
to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325
* Sun Feb 02 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.14 → 9.19.15
* Wed Jan 29 2020 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Disable RPM module content validation and filtering when building in OBS
The Open Build Service builds images by identifying the requested dependencies,
downloading them into an isolated environment, regenerating the repository
metadata from scratch with *only* that content, and then passing those
new repositories to be used for building images. This enforces the
reproducibility of the image build process.
However, when building images for Linux distributions that have
AppStreams/modules (such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 8)
in an Open Build Service system, the repository metadata associated
with modules is not present as OBS does not generate it.
This causes the image build to fail because the normal module
content filtering rules make it so that modular RPMs are disabled
unless there is module metadata in the repository that identifies
them and that the module has been configured to be enabled.
As it is not possible for us to satisfy those conditions, instead
we disable modular filtering entirely when we detect that the image
build is occurring inside the build service, as we are reasonably
certain that OBS will not give us bad or broken package sets.
* Tue Jan 28 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed ppc kernel lookup
On power the kernel is named e.g vmlinux-4.12.14-197.29-default
kiwi was missing that name match. Related to Issue #1325
* Mon Jan 27 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed sat solver flags validation
The sat library from the python3-solv plugin does not expose
the flags information as method. Instead the flags value is
a variable pointing to an integer that has a name mapping
in self.solv.Selection from the library.
* Fri Jan 24 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.13 → 9.19.14
* Wed Jan 22 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make use of Path.which including root_dir parameter
This commit refactors the use of Path.which in several parts of the
code. Since dd4d2ed78 the Path utility is capable to run Path.which
on certain chroot env, thus no need to adapt the PATH environment
variable.
Fixes #1281
* Tue Jan 21 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make PXE oem deployment genericly useable
When deploying a disk image via PXE the initrd contained a config
file which connects it to a certain image. This has the disadvantage
that no other image could be deployed with it. This commit changes the
deployment code in a way that the config file is read from the
network if the disk is deployed via PXE. The tarball created by
kiwi provides the image connected config file but users now have
the opportunity to create their own boot configurations which allows
deployment of different images with the same kiwi built deployment
initrd. This Fixes #1298 and is one first step into a more generic
PXE support offered by kiwi.
* Mon Jan 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.12 → 9.19.13
* Mon Jan 20 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove RootBind.move_to_root method
This commit removes the RootBind.move_to_root method as this can all be
done by using the Path.move_to_root utility method. This allows
to drop the RootBind attribute in PackageManager classes and focus
path manipulation methods into a common utility.
Related to #1281
* Mon Jan 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.11 → 9.19.12
* Mon Jan 20 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed custom args check
If a custom argument exists in the dictionary but has no value
it should be treated as not set and initialized empty as intended
* Fri Jan 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed order of fstab entries
If a volume manager is used the volumes are added before the
root filesystem(/) entry in fstab. This does not hurt because
at boot time systemd manages the mounting of the rootfs prior
to any other information in the fstab file but it's conceptually
broken. Users justifiably can expect the fstab entries in the
correct order such that mounting from top to bottom leads
to a consistent root filesystem state.
* Fri Jan 17 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.10 → 9.19.11
* Wed Jan 15 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for spare partition fs attributes
Added new type attribute:
```xml
<type ... spare_part_fs_attributes="..."/>
```
which can be a comma separated list of the following currently
supported filesystem attributes:
* no-copy-on-write
* synchronous-updates
See chattr and filesystem manual pages for details on those
attributes. More attributes for the spare part context can be
added on request. This Fixes #1233
* Wed Jan 15 2020 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Allow builds without KIWI dracut modules
This commit avoids requesting non installed dracut modules to the dracut
creation. It bumps a warning message if the module requested by KIWI is
not installed in the root-tree and ignores the request.
This allows the creation of images without including KIWI dracut modules
when the related runtime checks are disabled.
Fixes #1300
* Mon Jan 13 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.9 → 9.19.10
* Sun Jan 12 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up fix for kernel version lookup
When using custom kiwi boot images a shell method named
baseCreateCommonKernelFile was used to create a common
kernel file name in the boot image to allow a simpler
search code in the builder. The search code in the builder
however uses the standard kernel naming schema and with
the latest changes to the kernel version lookup the
common name did not match the matching pattern anymore.
The use of such a common kernel file is obsolete and
the shell method can finally be deleted.
* Sat Jan 11 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.8 → 9.19.9
* Thu Jan 09 2020 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor kernel version lookup
For the lookup of the kernel version kiwi provided a small
C program that reads the first bytes of the kernel binary
and extracts the version information. Given the various
compression formats and also the problem of kernel files
that contains the decompressor code which could be anything
it has turned out to be difficult to provide a stable tool
to read the version from the binary. Therefore the code in
kiwi was refactored to read the version via regexp match
from the filename which also makes kversion an obsolete
tool. This Fixes #1308
* Thu Dec 19 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.7 → 9.19.8
* Thu Dec 19 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update libyui-ncurses-pkg10 to libyui-ncurses-pkg11
In Tumbleweed there is no longer the libyui-ncurses-pkg10 its been
superseded by libyui-ncurses-pkg11.
This fixes the test-image-qcow-openstack integration test
* Thu Dec 19 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Reference commit for SUSE maintenance
This commit adds a reference to Issue #1301 and the report in bugzilla
bsc#1159538. The issue was fixed in commit 7d96d19c
* Wed Dec 18 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix grub2 configuration for shim fallback setup
If shim fallback setup is enabled the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI
partition. This commit makes sure that the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI
partition according to the efi mount point.
Fixes bsc#1159235
* Tue Dec 17 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Ensure no swap volume is added on btrfs
When the selected filesystem is btrfs the volume manager is not LVM.
In that case the swap partition is not volume, it is a completely
independent partition. So that we cannot add and additional volume
for swap when swap is specified in the description file.
This patch fixes #1301 and fulfills #1297
* Thu Dec 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed installation chapter in the documentation
The chapter still outlines multipython support but we
dropped support for python2 some time ago
* Tue Dec 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.6 → 9.19.7
* Sun Dec 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed swap setup if btrfs is used
In case of a volume manager the simplified variant of the
device name is used in the fstab file to reference the
swap device. However this is only correct for the lvm
volume management but not for btrfs. In case of btrfs
the swap space is not a subvolume but a real partition
and thus the simplified device spec in fstab puts in the
loop mapped device which is wrong. This patch fixes it
* Fri Dec 06 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Exclude 'Recommends: kiwi-man-pages' for EL7 and older in the spec
* Fri Dec 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed xz options syntax in default kiwi.yml
xz options are passed as a string and splitted in code
but not handled as yml list
* Fri Dec 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed scope of kiwi-man-pages sub package
The kiwi-man-pages package provided data that belongs to
the main package, e.g the completion as well as the
license information. In addition kiwi-man-pages should
not be a requirement.
* Fri Dec 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed result map for OEM pxe install
The result map for OEM images with installpxe enabled
contained a wrong file name. Thus the result bundler
was not able to fetch the tarball
* Thu Dec 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Open image files in UTF-8
Post image build metadata like the packages file which are
created from data produced by the package manager can contain
multibyte characters and should be written into files opened
with the UTF-8 encoding. The same applies to the image imported
XML description. This Fixes #1290
* Wed Dec 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.5 → 9.19.6
* Wed Dec 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup package list for GCE integration test
Package growpart-rootgrow does no longer exist. Will be
replaced by a partgrow implementation
* Wed Dec 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed root setup when building in OBS
When building in an OBS worker no udevd is running which prevents
grub2-mkconfig from finding the by-* device nodes and it puts the
local loop device in which is wrong. Therefore the patching code
used for overlay disk configurations also applies when building
in an OBS worker environment. This Fixes #1287
* Mon Dec 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.4 → 9.19.5
* Fri Nov 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed setup of default grub config
In /etc/default/grub GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT also contained
the root= information. If grub2-mkconfig runs with that information
it places the root device information twice because grub2-mkconfig
resolves this information itself. This commit prevents the root=
information to be placed in the default grub config and
Fixes bsc#1156908
* Wed Nov 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Lookup distribution specific grub font dir
In addition to the generic grub font directory also lookup
distribution specific font paths in the system and copy the
grub unicode font into it. This Fixes #1253
* Wed Nov 27 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not rsync /dev on debootstrap
This commit does not rsync /dev on debootstrap and instead it uses
the bind mount for /dev the same way it is done for other non apt
based bootstrap processes.
* Wed Nov 27 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add new root option in Path.which method
This commit adds to Path utility a couple of methods to manipulate
paths. One to rebase given paths to a new root and another one to
trim the given root path. In addition a new option in Path.which
is added to allow searches into chroot evironments.
Fixes #1276
* Tue Nov 26 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not rsync kernel filesystems on debootstrap
This commit ensures that /proc and /sys are not rsynched when
debootstrapping an apt based image.
Fixes #1270
* Tue Nov 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.3 → 9.19.4
* Tue Nov 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed condition to create swap partition
The previous condition created the partition if swap is
requested and no volume management is used. But this is
wrong because if any other than the LVM volume management
is used we want the swap space as partition. Only in case
of LVM the swap space is a LVM volume.
* Tue Nov 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.2 → 9.19.3
* Tue Nov 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed access to device map for fstab setup
Swap is an optional element in the device map.
Thus access to an element of that dictionary
should not fail
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.1 → 9.19.2
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed VolumeManager device map handling
The former implementation builds a new device map which is
a subset of the low level device map. However due to the
additional swap partition the maps provided by the VolumeManager
classes are now incomplete. Instead this commit changes the
VolumeManager interface to receive the current low level
device_map and merged device changes on top of it when
needed.
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.19.0 → 9.19.1
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed runtime checks on volume label setup
Fixed the checks for check_volume_setup_defines_reserved_labels
and check_volume_label_used_with_lvm. Both checks needs to
skip on the kiwi internally created volume named LVSwap
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete superfluous .osc metadata from build tests
Not sure how and why the .osc buildservice metadata
was added to the git but it's for sure not needed
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.35 → 9.19.0
* Mon Nov 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added check_volume_setup_defines_reserved_labels
Check to prevent using reserved filesystem labels in LVM
volume definitions
* Thu Nov 21 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include grub.cfg inside the efi partition
This commit ensures the grub.cfg file is included within the vfat efi
partition.
This fixes #1271 and bsc#1157354
* Wed Nov 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed extending LVM volumes
For extending the LVM volumes a resize prefix is set for each
volume. If no extra prefix is needed it can happen that the
former prefix setting is used which is wrong. The resize
prefix must be reset for each new volume iteration
* Wed Nov 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.34 → 9.18.35
* Tue Nov 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Prevent swap partition to be the last one
In an OEM deployment that requested the creation of a swap
partition via <oem-swap> that swap partition was created
at first boot and was always the last partition on the disk.
This was required because it could not be placed before
any other partition without destroying those partition
contents. This process leaves the system in an inflexible
condition if the storage device can change its geometry
dynamicly as it's the case for SAN systems. The typical
deployment target for OEM images are SAN storage clusters
and it's cumbersome to resize the root partition if swap
is last.
This commit Fixes #1231 and changes the handling of swap if
requested via <oem-swap> as follows:
1. The swap space is created as part of the image build process
and no longer on first boot of the image via dracut code.
This increases the size of the non compressed .raw disk image
by the configured swap space size or the default. The
compressed versions are not affected since zero initialized
swap space compresses to almost no space. Deployment of
the image however also deploys the swap partition which
increases deployment time. For big swap configurations
it's advisable to switch off image verification via
oem-skip-verify. For very big swap configurations it's
also recommended to prevent kiwi from adding them as part
of the image and let them be created on first boot via
a systemd service that e.g places a swap file, or creates
a swap volume when possible such that the fexibility to
resize the rootfs is still available.
2. The setup of the swap space is now explicit. It's no longer
calculated by twice times RAM size because on newer machines
this could lead to huge numbers. Either the kiwi encoded
default swap size applies or the user configured value.
3. LVM based oem disks creates the swap space as logical volume.
The volume is created as part of the image build process
and no longer on first boot. The swap volume at build time
of the image is of a minimal size and gets resized on first
boot.
4. The move of the swap creation into the builder code also
handles swap per configured device persistency schema like
any other devices. This means by default swap is mounted
via by-uuid name and thus also Fixes #1259
* Tue Nov 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed subsequent reboot of oem disk
On a second reboot of an oem disk we check with gdisk's
verification command if the disk needs to be resized.
That command however mounts the disk in the background
and therefore it's urgently required to mask the systemd
rootfs service before. Otherwise systemd thinks this is
evil and drops into a rescue shell
* Tue Nov 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Reference commit for SUSE maintenance
This commit adds a reference to Issue #1261 and the
report in bugzilla bsc#1157104
* Tue Nov 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.33 → 9.18.34
* Fri Nov 15 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Start using tftp system user package
With this commit we start requiring tftp system user package. This
user was created and managed by multiple packages before, with the
risk of having inconsistent criteria on its defaults. Now there there
a system user package so whatever package that requries this user should
just require this package and do not create or modify the tftp user.
Related with bsc#1143454
* Fri Nov 15 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Improve alias documentation in XML schema
This commit aligns the documentation of the default repository alias
with the current implementation.
Fixes #1247
* Fri Nov 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.32 → 9.18.33
* Thu Nov 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed zipl bootloader config template
The targetgeometry value is not allowed for SCSI and FBA
mode. So far we handled only SCSI and failed on FBA mode.
This commit fixes it
* Thu Nov 14 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Allow use of relative paths for `dir:<path>` URIs
This commit allows the use of relative paths for local URIs using the
the following format:
dir:<path>
This is helpful to set in config.xml local URIs for repositories.
Fixes #1261
* Thu Nov 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Adapt test-image-oem integration test for s390
The test was originally designed to test for DASD 4k block
storage. However the kpartx utility in the Leap15, TW code
stream has issues mapping partitions if the loop device
was setup using 4k sector size. So far we can't create
images with 4k blocksize due to that issue. Thus the
integration test is now adapted for an emulated DASD device
in FBA mode which is not using 4k blocksize. Once the
problem with kpartx is solved on s390 we will create another
integration test to test 4k image builds
* Thu Nov 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.31 → 9.18.32
* Thu Nov 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update s390 integration tests
Added vmx build test to run in kvm on s390. Updated the
existing oem build test to deploy on DASD. The concept
of the network setup invented by kiwi for s390 does no
longer apply and was also not used on the s390 distribution
* Thu Nov 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed zipl bootloader setup for s390 images
The preparation to call zipl and the call itself were wrong.
For whatever reason the kernel image the initrd are moved
to another location prior to calling zipl. That move broke
the system because no kernel/initrd existed at the expected
place anymore. In addition the zipl call itself was issued
from a the wrong directory. Also no config file was written
as an after effect of the refactoring in Issue #1194. This
Fixes #1173 and bsc#1156694
* Wed Nov 13 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Document possible values for the name attribute of package
This fixes #1260
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Thu Nov 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.30 → 9.18.31
* Wed Nov 06 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix gitlab CI pipeline
Ensure the gitlab CI includes make package for docs generation
* Wed Nov 06 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Ensure grub.cfg is copied in EFI/BOOT folder
This commit fixes the live images in efi mode. Grub configuration file
is copied to the correct location in <boot_dir>/EFI/BOOT.
Fixes bsc#1155815
* Thu Oct 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.29 → 9.18.30
* Thu Oct 31 2019 Ruediger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
- fix kernel module handling for xz compressed modules
and firmware files to fix issue #1256
* Tue Oct 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.28 → 9.18.29
* Tue Oct 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Host/Image support matrix
Update documentation about the Host vs. Image support and
compatibility matrix with regards to the SLES target.
* Mon Oct 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add default /etc/kiwi.yml file
Provide a comment only etc/kiwi.yml file that contains all
parameters we support so far including a short description
This Fixes #1232
* Mon Oct 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.27 → 9.18.28
* Fri Oct 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete left over print statement from unit test
* Fri Oct 25 2019 Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
- Enable BLS configuration if is supported
Fedora now uses a BLS configuration by default, but this is not supported
by all distributions. So check if is supported by the grub2-mkconfig tool
and only enable the option if that's the case.
Fixes: #1248
* Fri Oct 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump Fedora x86 build test to Fedora30
* Fri Oct 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.26 → 9.18.27
* Thu Oct 24 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix btrfs_root_is_snapshot
This commit makes sure the chrooted operations of over a loop device
including btrfs subvolumes and root as an snapshot include the
`/.snapshots` subvolume mount. This is necessary for certain operations
that depend on the layout, e.g. grub configuration using `grub2-mkconfig`.
* Thu Oct 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Skip isolinux ui setup on serial terminal config
If the attribute bootloader_console="serial" is set, the
expectation that there is no graphics hardware available is
valid. Thus the isolinux setup should not contain any ui
configuration instructions because that leads to run the
graphics initialization which blocks the system if not
present. Please note the bootloader_console allows for
multiple console configuration. In mixed setup the ui
configuration still applies. This Fixes #1153
* Thu Oct 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added helper script to test status of test builds
build_status fetches information from obs about the status
of the integration test builds. It also allows an easy refresh
of the tests regarding content changes on git when called
with the refresh parameter: build_status refresh
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update development documentation
With the latest change to the logger kiwi can now be better
used as an api in other python programs
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed install_devel_packages helper
Missing libffi and enchant devel packages. Also deleted
trang since it's not provided by default in the distro
and optional
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.25 → 9.18.26
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
Link paths to the integration tests has changed
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed package list for arm test builds
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move arm build tests to obsrepositories
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move s390 build tests to obsrepositories
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Reorganize build tests
We build images against different distributions. In order to
do that in obs we should be able to handle one prj config per
distribution. Thus the tests move from a flat tree to a distro
structured tree here and in obs
* Wed Oct 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move suse tests to obsrepositories
Changes on the obs backend made this change necessary.
The chain of process decisions is different if a repo is
added to the prj config compared to if the repo is added
to the kiwi XML file. It seems the preferred solution
is the obs prj config and I'm tired running into problems
again and again
* Tue Oct 22 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make home attribute optional on users definition
This commit makes home attribute of users definition optional. This way
the home directory is created according to the distribution defaults.
Note that `-m` option is passed to user add, thus the home directory is
requested to be created even without having an explicit home path
defined.
Fixes #1025
* Mon Oct 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor use of logging facility
Use getLogger method instead of a global log object
Also use caplog fixture to capture log messages in
unit tests. This Fixes #1244
* Mon Oct 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Version 2.29.24 fixes the pattern problem
and avoids the recursion bug
* Mon Oct 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed oem resize message and invokation
The oem resize should only start if there is unallocated
space on the disk available. If it starts the message in
case of a not applicable resize should be more meaningful
This commit addresses both issues and Fixes #1102
* Fri Oct 18 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- nothing provides yast2-registration
With the move of the tests to the TW repo this package was
no longer provided
* Fri Oct 18 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted openSUSE-release-dvd from test images
For whatever reason the Tumbleweed repo does not provide
this package anymore
* Fri Oct 18 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update integration tests
OBS has changed the repo paths. openSUSE:Factory/snapshot is
empty which resulted in any suse test to fail. This commit
changes the repo to openSUSE:Tumbleweed/standard
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.24 → 9.18.25
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed grub mkconfig call for read-only root
In case of an overlay root system via overlayroot="true" all parts
of the rootfs are read-only by squashfs except for the extra boot
partition. However tools like grub's mkconfig creates temporary
files at call time and therefore /tmp needs to be writable during
the call time of the tools. Related to Issue #1194
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.23 → 9.18.24
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed method header of write_meta_data
Interface class and implementation class has to use the
same header definitions.
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Lookup grub mkconfig tool
In the same way as we need to lookup the name for the mkimage
tool we also have to lookup the name of the config tool.
That's because distributions do not handle that consistently
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.22 → 9.18.23
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed EFI path creation
Only copy files to the EFI path on prior creation of that path
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.21 → 9.18.22
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed fallback copy of grub config file
For ISO images that are EFI bootable as well as for EFI
secure boot configurations that are not based on shim-install
kiwi provides a fallback code that copies the grub config file
to the efi/efi-vendor boot path. This fallback code was broken
because of the recent change to let grub2 mkconfig create the
config file. The call of grub2 mkconfig happens at a later
stage which required an adaption of the fallback mechanism.
This is related to Issue #1194
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.20 → 9.18.21
* Thu Oct 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of config_file before assignment
* Wed Oct 16 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.19 → 9.18.20
* Wed Oct 16 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Re-structure unit tests folders
This commit relocates unit tests to a folder structure that matches
the source code structure.
Fixes #1128
* Wed Oct 16 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete unused template data
With the move to grub2 mkconfig some static template data
became obsolete. This commit removes the unused data
* Tue Oct 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Adapted handling of initrd boot names
Due to the change of using grub2-mkconfig the way custom kiwi
initrd file names are handled doesn't work anymore. grub2-mkconfig
is not able to cope with the names kiwi used when creating custom
kiwi initrd's (initrd.vmx). Thus the same naming code as used
for the dracut initrd system has to apply for the custom kiwi
initrd code as well. This commit moves the name handling into
the baseclass because the same naming schema now applies to
both initrd systems.
* Tue Oct 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed install image setup for kiwi initrd system
If the kiwi initrd system is used the eltorito image was
not found because searched in the wrong place
* Mon Oct 14 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Change kiwi-ng-3 binary references to kiwi-ng
This commit changes from kiwi-ng-3 or kiwi to kiwi-ng the console script used
in command line examples.
* Fri Oct 11 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add INFO message for primary group
This commit adds an INFO message if the primary group is set according
to the groups attribute in description file.
Fixes #1059
* Fri Oct 11 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use kiwi-ng and kiwicompat as console_scripts
This commit instead of installing kiwi-ng-3 and kiwicompat-3 as
console_scripts it makes use of kiwi-ng and kiwicompat. Then all others
are created as symlinks at rpm level in spec.
Fixes #1226
* Thu Oct 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.18 → 9.18.19
* Tue Oct 08 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Upadate xml_parser autogenerated code
This commit updates xml_parser.py autogenerated code using a newer
generateDS version. The previous generateDS version is not properly
handling the regular expressions of some element's content.
Fixes #1217
* Tue Oct 08 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove universal flag
kiwi is no longer an universal python module, since it does not support
python 2 anymore. This will prevent to install future versions on
python2 environments using pip.
Related with #1226
* Fri Oct 04 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor patch_open use in builder's tests
This commit removes the use of @patch_open decorator
in favor of directly patching 'builtins.open' and use
mock.mock_open utility to mock the context manager.
Related to #1128
* Fri Oct 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Flexible use of linuxefi module
Not all distributions provides the grub linuxefi module anymore.
This means a static list for building an efi grub image if needed
is no longer appropriate. This patch changes the module handling
at the following places
1. Use linuxefi for building custom efi modules only if present
on the host system
2. Use linuxefi related grub2-mkconfig variables only if the
host grub2-mkconfig implementation supports it
3. Prevent building custom efi image on Fedora by extending
the search path for the distro provided efi image and also
adapt the spec file accordingly
* Thu Oct 03 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix the sha256 generated file content
This commit makes sure the generated sha256 file in a 'kiwi result
bundle' call includes the filename with the correct extension. For
compressed files it was omiting the suffix that included during the
compression.
Fixes #1223 and related to bsc#1139915
* Wed Oct 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed rpmdb compat link setup
On older versions of zypper the path /var/lib/rpm was hardcoded
and not used from the rpm macro definition. For such systems and
to support them properly on hosts that have the rpm database
already moved a compat link was created. However if the host has
the rpm database at /var/lib/rpm the link doesn't make sense.
This patch fixes this and therefore bsc#1150190
* Tue Oct 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Complete dracut setup for luks boot
An image that is configured with an encrypted root including /boot
includes a /.root.keyfile in initrd to let dracut/systemd decrypt
the root and mount it without asking the password. On rebuild of
the initrd, dracut has no configuration that tells it to include
the /.root.keyfile again. This patch adds that configuration and
Fixes #1192
* Mon Sep 30 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Follow up patch for SourceType info
The message that display the selected source type was
using the former metalink text which is wrong. This
patch corrects the message and only display it if a
sourcetype was specified
* Mon Sep 30 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update contributing chapter
Simplify the setup of a development environment and
update the documentation appropriately
* Mon Sep 30 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support specifying the source type of repos
Repository source paths can be more than just a baseurl.
There is also the opportunity to point to a metalink
file or a mirrorlist. In both cases the packagemanager
needs to know the type of this target. Therefore a new
attribute called sourcetype exists which allows to
specify the type the repo path uri is associated with.
Currently the dnf repository class is the only one that
makes use of the information. This change is required to
support Fedora >= 30 images. I also expect this concept
to be used by other distributions in the future
* Mon Sep 30 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Using the correct Tumbleweed base image
* Fri Sep 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor use of raises in unit tests
Use raises as context manager instead of a method decorator.
This clearly identifies which code part is expected to raise
an exception. Related to Issue #1128
* Thu Sep 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor repository unit tests
Refactor repository unit tests as described in Issue #1128
* Wed Sep 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.17 → 9.18.18
* Wed Sep 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed typo in message text
Systen -> System
* Wed Sep 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed return code validation of check_filesystem
Usually the return code from the filesystem check tools is
simple: Non zero exit code means an error occurred. However
in case of the extX filesystem this does not apply. This
commit documents the possible error conditions and supplies
a tool specific check condition. This Fixes #1209
* Wed Sep 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update dracut caller options
No need to pass the --force option and added --verbose option
as it provides useful information in the image log file
* Tue Sep 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed kiwi-live module setup
The installation of the checkmedia tool is optional and
and not mandatory. In addition activate the media check
verification also through the upstream used rd.live.check
kernel parameter. This is related to Issue #1158
* Mon Sep 23 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update documentation to the PXE install file names
* Mon Sep 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update kiwi live ISO chapter
Compare overlay vs.dmsquash live ISO modules by their
features to allow customers a proper selection of the
module. This Fixes #1158
* Mon Sep 23 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add information in PXE install files
This commmit adds additional information for the image and pxeboot files
that are part of the install tarball in OEM PXE deployments. This way all
files inside the install tarball include the following pattern
<image-name>.<arch>-<version>
at the same time anyfile prefix and suffix remains unchanged.
Fixes #1147
* Fri Sep 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.16 → 9.18.17
* Wed Sep 18 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make kiwi-overlay module compatible with kiwi-repart
This commit makes the modules provided by dracut-kiwi-overlay and
dracut-kiwi-oem-repart compatible. The main idea of this commit
is forcing the preparation of the overlay rootfs write partition
after kiwi-repart gets into the play. Since kiwi-overlay mounts the
write partitiontition it has to be executed after the kiwi-repart.
For that instead of doing the job using an initqueue event added by a
udev rule we just add the very same logic in pre-mount hook that happens
after the kiwi-repart pre-mount hook thanks to lower priority.
Fixes #1184
* Wed Sep 18 2019 Oluf Lorenzen <49054986+lorenzen-b1@users.noreply.github.com>
- fix docu following schema: profile inheritance
following the schema the "requires" element needs an attribute "profile"
* Tue Sep 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use grub2-mkconfig for writing grub config
Instead of creating a template based grub config file, use
grub2-mkconfig to create the config file during the build
process. This commit changes from config template to grub2
tooling for the disk based image types vmx and oem
This Fixes #1194
* Tue Sep 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.15 → 9.18.16
* Tue Sep 17 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix modules omission for dracut based initrds
This commit fixes a regression introduced in 07ea23a4. In OEM images
the dracut modules were not properly omitted as the code was evaluating
the wrong variable.
Fixes #1201
* Fri Sep 13 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix GPT to MBR convertion
This commit swaps the order of the command in gpt to mbr convertion
in partitioner.gpt.set_mbr method.
sgdisk by default converts the partition table from MBR to GPT in memory.
The change is never applied unless you provide the -g option forcing to
overwrite the partition table format. If sgdisk does the convertion in
memory and the user does not provide the -g flag it returns an error
code.
The solution applied in this commit is to just run the GPT to MBR
convertion as the last sgdisk command and change partition type before
running the convertion.
* Fri Sep 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.14 → 9.18.15
* Fri Sep 13 2019 jpwidera <30520224+jpwidera@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fixed user permission
The comand was evaluated as chmod -c -R '...' . This is not the
correct syntax. Removing quotation marks solved problem
and Fixes #1191
* Thu Sep 12 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Clean up openstack packages
* Thu Sep 12 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix unresolves for x86 integration tests
nfsidmap package is no longer available in TW. It's been renamed to
libnfsidmap1, moreover this is a package already required by nfs-client
and similar packages. Thus gets installed in the modified image
descriptions without having to list it, as it is already a dependency of
another required package.
* Thu Sep 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Do not require multipath in dracut-kiwi-oem-dump
Installation of multipath tools triggers storage devices
to be handled as multipath maps in dracut. If the deployment
happens in a non multipath system those devices do not exist
and the system later hangs in the dracut initqueue waiting
for mapper devices that never appears
* Thu Sep 12 2019 jpwidera <jan.widera@posteo.de>
- Reverting partsthat are already implemented
This problem is discussed in #1195
* Tue Sep 10 2019 jpwidera <jan.widera@posteo.de>
- Switched back to original root-device search
* Tue Sep 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Detect raid compound in root disk detection
Make sure raid managed storage e.g fake raid is detected
using the correct md device. Fixes #1181
* Tue Sep 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.13 → 9.18.14
* Fri Aug 30 2019 Jan Widera <widera@helzel.com>
- Allows to list fake-raid partitions
Solves problem in #1181
* Fri Aug 30 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add the `-wildcards` flag in mksqashfs call
This commit ensures the `-wildcards` flag of mksquashfs is being used.
This is related to #1184
* Fri Aug 30 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding overlayroot integration test
* Thu Aug 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.12 → 9.18.13
* Thu Aug 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add --add-bootstrap-packages option
The prepare and build commands now allows to specify additional
packages to be installed as part of the early bootstrap phase
This Fixes #1151
* Wed Aug 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Detect raid disks in oem dump module
The current disk detection only takes lsblk entries into
account that marks the device as 'disk'. However on raid
disks like fake raid controllers the disk is mapped via
dmraid and marked as 'raidX' device. This commit also takes
those devices into account for deployment. Issue #1181
* Tue Aug 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix return value of is_prepared method
The method is expected to return a bool value. In fact it
returned a list. An empty list is evalutated as False in
python, a list with content as True. So the way the method
is used is correct but the return value should be a real
bool value to match the docs and expectations. Also the
unit test for this code was wrong. This Fixes #1175
* Mon Aug 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation regarding fstab adaptions
* Mon Aug 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add support for custom fstab script extension
In addition to fstab append and patch features we also allow
an fstab.script file that is called chrooted. The change is
needed to support overlay mounting of filesystems as part
of the initrd. If system filesystems needs to be changed in
a way that they can be used in an overlay mount, the standard
mount entry has to take the x-initrd.mount capability which
requires a modification of the fstab which is cumbersome to
handle as a patch file. This concept is currently used as
part of the MicroOS project in SUSE and is applied in the
integration test build maintained for this target. This
Fixes bsc#1129566
* Fri Aug 23 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Fix GitLab CI jobs for building on Fedora
Mock is incorrectly using systemd sysusers now without a systemd dependency or
working sysusers scriptlets. For now, manually create the mock group.
In addition, let's go ahead and upgrade to a Fedora 30 chroot for the mock builds.
* Fri Aug 23 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Avoid default installation of dracut kiwi modules
With this commit dracut modules won't be installed by default
in the initrd unless they are requested by the commandline calling
dracut or by a dracut configuration file.
Fixes bsc#1142899 bsc#1136444
Fixes #1103
* Fri Aug 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update live iso integration test build
Our live iso test is setup for EFI. Since the switch to grub
no isolinux will be used with the test. Thus there is no need
to install the gfxboot branding package anymore
* Thu Aug 22 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Stop inheriting from object
This is no longer required in Python3
* Thu Aug 22 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add crypt dependency to kiwi-lib dracut module
This commit fixes the dependencies of the kiwi-lib dracut module to
include crypt module required by kiwi-luks-lib.sh.
In addition it also updates the check() section to return 255 instead of
0. In check section a return code of 0 means install it, 255 install
only if required by another module, anything else, do not install.
Related with bsc#1142899
* Wed Aug 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Create ssh host keys for MicroOS test image
* Wed Aug 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added network setup for MicroOS test build
* Tue Aug 20 2019 Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
- Add support for riscv64
* Tue Aug 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed conflict in integration build tests
pkgconf-pkg-config conflicts with pkg-config on TW
* Tue Aug 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.11 → 9.18.12
* Mon Aug 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added MicroOS integration test
The future technologies team is implementing a coreOS derivate
based on btrfs and some overlay technology. For supporting them
some changes were required in kiwi and thus we should add an
integration test build which makes use of this features.
* Mon Aug 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add required cryptomount coding for EFI boot
For non EFI boot grub2-install has code which gets activated
through the GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK setting. However for the
EFI boot case no installation of boot code is needed and
therefore the grub earlyboot script has to run cryptomount
* Mon Aug 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add /mnt to list of protected paths
On recursive removal make sure /mnt belong to the protected
elements. This Fixes #1170
* Mon Aug 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added full encrypted image build test
* Fri Aug 16 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Extended LUKS encryption support
We supported luks encrypted images with the exception of the
boot partition because grub was not able to read from an
encrypted device at that time. Since some time grub is able
to read from an encrypted partition and this commit add
support for it. With this patch luks encrypted images will
no longer create an extra boot partition and the entire
system will be encrypted. The opening of the luks container
happens on the grub level only once. Customers can still
specify to use an unencrypted extra boot partition with the
bootpartition="true" flag. In this case the opening of the
luks containers happens on the systemd level as before.
This is related to Issue #1162
* Thu Aug 15 2019 Stefan Seyfried <stefan.seyfried@sap.com>
- remove '-z' option from rsync local copy calls
rsync's "compress" option just does not make any sense when rsync is
used to copy files locally, it only increases CPU usage and slows down
the process ;-)
* Wed Aug 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete SuSEfirewall2 from test builds
The package seems to be no longer present on suse
* Wed Aug 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.10 → 9.18.11
* Mon Aug 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow dracut initrd to be used with pxe type
The pxe image type builds a simple filesystem image plus a
custom initrd. That initrd is usually build from the kiwi
netboot image descriptions which implements a workflow to
fetch the filesystem image and deploy it as rootfs for a
pxe client. User who wants to implement their own handling
of the rootfs image in e.g a custom dracut module were not
able to build this image type because we did not allow
the initrd_system attribute for the pxe type
* Mon Aug 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Use message variable for long message text
* Mon Aug 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed handling of bool values in initrd code
Some values evaluated in the initrd code are created in
the kiwi builder and passed in as a profile file. bool
values created by kiwi for use in shell scripts takes
the string 'true' or 'false' or are not set at all if not
specified in the kiwi XML description. Some code paths
in the initrd code uses the '-n' switch to check for bool
values, however if the string 'false' is passed '-n' will
do the wrong thing. Therefore a method for the initrd
code has been introduced to clearly handle bool values
* Mon Aug 05 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.9 → 9.18.10
* Fri Aug 02 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Align setup.py with the correct license
* Fri Aug 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Pass components to debootstrap call
If repo components are specified the collective list of
component names should be passed to the debootstrap call.
This Fixes #1157
* Thu Aug 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update image name for s390 oem integration test
Align image name to the schema we use for all other
integration tests
* Thu Aug 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed zipl bootloader setup
targetgeometry not allowed for targettype SCSI
* Fri Jul 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.8 → 9.18.9
* Fri Jul 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed left over import of six module
The use of the six compat module was needed to support py2
With the drop of py2 support all of six was no longer needed.
However this one was overlooked.
* Fri Jul 26 2019 Daniel Molkentin <daniel.molkentin@suse.com>
- 99-kiwi-lib requires rmdir, install it
Fixes bsc#1143033
* Thu Jul 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.7 → 9.18.8
* Wed Jul 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added multiconsole setup to Fedora build test
* Tue Jul 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow multiple values for grub terminal setup
With regards to the grub documentation from
https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/grub/grub.html#terminal_005finput
multiple terminal consoles can be active. This patch allows
to specify terminal collection between serial, console and gfxterm
This Fixes #1123
* Tue Jul 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.6 → 9.18.7
* Mon Jul 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of Command calls in destructors
The Command class creates namedtuple to store the result
of the call. That tuple is created inside of the Command
namespace. If called inside of a __del__ destructor which
is often the case in kiwi classes I recently observed an
exception from python saying:
File "/usr/lib64/python3.6/collections/__init__.py", line 429, in namedtuple
File "<string>", line 1, in <module>
ModuleNotFoundError: import of builtins halted; None in sys.modules
I do not understand why this is a problem for python now
and only found the solution in making the command_type variable
a global namedtuple.
* Mon Jul 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.5 → 9.18.6
* Sat Jul 20 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Fix the pyxattr dependency to allow kiwi to function
Most Linux distributions offer the pyxattr module, including
openSUSE Tumbleweed. Going forward, we will use the pyxattr
module by default as a dependency and only switch back to the
other xattr module when on older SUSE Linux distributions that
lack the pyxattr module.
Note that because kiwi uses setuptools to create the CLI entry
points, kiwi checks the Python dependencies before executing,
so we change the dependency in the setup.py accordingly so that
it will not fail to start.
* Fri Jul 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.4 → 9.18.5
* Fri Jul 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update spec file requirements for xattr
On suse systems the python-xattr module is used. On any other
distribution the python-pyxattr module is used. This commit
modifies the spec file to reflect the Requires tag appropriately.
On CentOS there is currently no pyxattr build available. Thus we
provide that package for this target in the KIWI Staging area
at Virtualization:Appliances:Staging. There is an ongoing effort
to bring pyxattr to EPEL which would make it available on CentOS
and would obsolete the custom build we did.
* Fri Jul 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.3 → 9.18.4
* Fri Jul 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update PXE integration test
Move to multibuild, build one standard(uncompressed) filesystem
image and one compressed version. In any case we expect only
one compression process either on the filesystem file or on
the archive creation. This is related to Issue #1039
* Fri Jul 19 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not recompress PXE image if compressed flag is true
This commit is two fold:
* Refactor PXE builder to make use of the ArchiveTar instead of
directly calling tar command.
* Do not compress PXE tarball if the contained image is already
compressed according the type's compressed attribute.
Related to #1039
* Fri Jul 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed use of FileSystemBuilder class
This was a broken coding for the construction of a
FileSystemBuilder instance in the PxeBuilder implementation.
The unit testing did not fail due to mocking code.
Integration testing however showed it immediately
* Thu Jul 18 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added support for fscreateoptions attribute
Along with the fsmountoptions attribute there is now also the
fscreateoptions attribute which allows to control the options
used for creating the filesystem. Please note, it's not kiwi's
task to validate that the given option string is supported
by the selected filesystem. This means providing wrong values
here will cause the build to fail at the time the filesystem
gets created. This Fixes #1109
* Wed Jul 17 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not compress the install tarball archive
Most of the components of the *.install.tar.xz file of a PXE install
image are already compressed, thus it doesn't make much sense to
recompress them again.
Fixes #1032
* Tue Jul 16 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- virtual_size must be an integer in metadata.json for libvirt vagrant boxes
vagrant-libvirt expects that the parameter virtual_size from metadata.json is an
integer and not a string.
Supplying a string results in a backtrace when the user provides a different
value for libvirt.machine_virtual_size (as the integer is then compared to
string).
* Tue Jul 16 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.2 → 9.18.3
* Mon Jul 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed ISO creation in EFI mode with cdrtools
The changes introduced in #1113 will use the configured bootloader
e.g grub to boot the ISO image in BIOS and EFI mode. The creation
process works flawlessly if xorriso is used. However if cdrtools
are configured the options passed to e.g mkisofs were wrong. In
addition it's not possible to create a hybrid ISO based on
isohybrid if the loader is not isolinux. If cdrtools are in use
the process to make an ISO hybrid bootable is always based on
isohybrid and thus only works with isolinux. This patch also
covers this case with a warning message and the consequence that
we have to skip the hybrid setup in this case.
* Mon Jul 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed setup of bootloader files
The BootLoaderConfig class interface writes several files
e.g etc/sysconfig/bootloader, boot/grub2/grub.cfg and more.
Depending on the image type some of those files belongs
into the root directory and some belongs into the boot
directory. For standard images both locations points to
the same master root entry point. However for special
types like live systems the root tree and the boot tree
are different targets. For example live root filesystems
are a squashfs compressed image file whereas the plain
booting information lives outside. Because of that this
patch introduces a refactoring of the BootLoaderConfig
class to allow to distinguish between root_dir and
boot_dir paths. In addition the live image builder makes
use of the new concept and thus Fixes #1112
* Fri Jul 12 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not create a new machine-id file
This commit ensures KIWI is not creating a new machine-id empty file
in case it was not provided during the system installation.
Fixes bsc#1141168
* Fri Jul 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.1 → 9.18.2
* Fri Jul 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation references
The kiwi project has been moved into its own upstream
organisation named OSInside. Due to the move some doc
and README references needs to be adapted
* Fri Jul 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.18.0 → 9.18.1
* Thu Jul 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec for use with Recommends
The Recommends tag is not known by CentOS/RHEL < v8
* Thu Jul 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.42 → 9.18.0
* Wed Jul 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation
The kiwi-descriptions repository has been moved into the
OSInside organisation
* Wed Jul 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- drop py2 variant of kiwi from completion
* Wed Jul 10 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Simplify packaging and re-add support for building for CentOS 7
* Tue Jul 09 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Don't add config.vm.base_mac to libvirt vagrant boxes
- Refactor VagrantConfigTemplate to no longer require a base_mac by default
- Move _random_mac() to Virtualbox subclass
- Include config.vm.base_mac in Virtualbox boxes via
get_additional_vagrant_config_settings()
This fixes #1119
* Mon Jul 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.41 → 9.17.42
* Mon Jul 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed get_persistent_device_from_unix_node
The method get_persistent_device_from_unix_node takes a device
path and looks up it's basename to be present as persistent
variant below the given schema, e.g by-id. However if the
method receives an already persistent device path e.g from
/dev/mapper the persistent schema representation will only
match a numbered dm-N device and not the map name. The method
then returns nothing but should return the original device
path. This caused bad after effects like reported in
Issue SUSE-Enceladus/azure-li-services#163
* Sun Jul 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Drop support for python2
Python2 is announced to be unmaintained from Jan 2020.
KIWI supports Python 2.7 and it should not support any python version that
is not maintained upstream. This Fixes #1036
* Fri Jul 05 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- [doc] Add user documentation about the usage of the embedded Vagrantfile
- Document the usage of the `vagrantconfig.embedded_vagrantfile` attribute
- Remove the suggestion to generate the ssh keys during image creation (this
results in **all** boxes having the same ssh host keys, which is pretty
dangerous if someone would use a vagrant box in a production environment.)
- Stop recommending veewee, this project is dead
- Replace forgotten hard coded number with {schema_version}
* Thu Jul 04 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix test breakage when /etc/kiwi.yml is present
The unit test for the RuntimeConfig class are also testing the default values in
some functions. To work around a possibly existing ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml,
several functions change the value of HOME. This is unfortunately not
sufficient if a /etc/kiwi.yml exists, as that one is taken as a fallback *if*
~/.config/kiwi/config.yml isn't present.
This issue is fixed by creating a default_runtime_config with os.path.exists
patched to return False. Thereby none of the runtime configuration files will be
taken into account.
* Thu Jul 04 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add embedded_vagrantfile attribute to vagrantconfig
This element allows the user to specify a relative path to an alternative
Vagrantfile that will be embedded inside the finished Vagrant box.
- update XML schema
- add additional logic to DiskFormatVagrantBase.create_image_format
- add unit test for the custom Vagrantfile
- fix other vagrant unit tests
* Thu Jul 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.40 → 9.17.41
* Wed Jul 03 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update Boot From Hard Disk method
Instead of searching for an efi binary to boot, use the exit method
that exits from grub and let the firmware choose the next entry
in the device list
* Wed Jul 03 2019 Vladimir Nadvornik <nadvornik@suse.cz>
- Do not crash on missing HOME
* Tue Jul 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added live ISO integration tests for arm
* Tue Jul 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Consolidate syslinux file names and search paths
Handle those file names and search path in the Defaults space
and only once in the code
* Tue Jul 02 2019 Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
- Remove '^' which break BaseStripFirmware function (boo#1132455)
* Mon Jul 01 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not supress output for dracut call
This commit adds a stderr_to_stdout option to Command.run method to
redirect stderr to stdout.
Additionally this commit also includes to the debug log the dracut
call output, including both, stderr and stdout.
Fixes #1114
* Mon Jul 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed path_test unit test
The code there checked for the message of an exception
but recent changes in pytest did not allow to do it that
way anymore.
* Mon Jul 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed zipl bootloader setup
On zipl we manually move the kernel and initrd file to the
zipl boot path because symlinks can't be read. That move
operation used the wrong filenames and was broken since
baseCreateCommonKernelFile is only used in the legacy
custom kiwi boot images but not in the dracut case.
* Fri Jun 28 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding support for Pacman package manager
This commit adds support for pacman package manager and, in
consequence, support for Arch Linux images. It also adds
the package definition for Arch Linux.
* Fri Jun 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- update per review by Tom
* Thu Jun 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed spec file requirement list for arm on Fedora
The package u-boot-tools is named uboot-tools on Fedora and RHEL
* Thu Jun 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update secure boot fallback code
With the concept of shim being an option and not mandatory
also the fallback code has to adapt and treat the absence
of shim.efi as not fatal. In this situation we expect the
found grub.efi binary to be correctly signed which we can
only assume but not prove
* Thu Jun 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make signed grub search path more generic
* Wed Jun 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update distribution support information
Update the documentation with regards to our supported
distribution statement. This Fixes #1108
* Wed Jun 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update signed grub.efi search path list
On arm there is no shim package that provides a signed grub
loader for secure boot. Instead the grub package(s) provides
the signed loader under yet another location in the system.
This commit adds the new search path
* Wed Jun 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor ISO boot, use grub in EFI mode
Before this commit isolinux was used to boot an ISO and
thus forms a hard requirement. isolinux however only
exists for the x86 platform. This limitation did not
allow to create ISO images for other platforms. With this
commit a refactoring of the ISO boot setup is introduced.
* isolinux is only used if the bios firmware is requested
and the platform matches the x86 architecture. A runtime
check will check for this condition and exits early if
not applicable
* in case of the EFI firmware we already used grub in
EFI mode but still had isolinux in place for the legacy/CSM
boot. That part is now also replaced by a platform specific
grub eltorito image and grub's boot_hybrid.img for hybrid
boot. On platforms that do not provide those modules the
support for it will be skipped
With this change in place it's possible to control the ISO
boot layout through the firmware setup and all platform
specific modules are handled as such. Therefore we also
deleted the syslinux requirement. This Fixes #1092
* Tue Jun 25 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix memory leak in OCI contianer tests
This commit fixes a memory leak in container_image_oci_test caused
by partially mocking a file opening. A ContainerImageOci instance
tries to open and read two files: the runtime configuration, if
present, and the `/.buildenv`, if present. In order to test the
`/.buildenv` presence file opening is mocked causing the runtime
configuration reading fall in an inifite loop. This commit mocks the
the RuntimeConfig instances to avoid this issue.
Fixes #1110
* Mon Jun 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Stabilize Gitlab rpm stage
The rpm stage in the gitlab CI pipeline runs against a collection
of mirror services. If those mirrors are not available the test
fails. Such failed tests are cumbersome because they don't indicate
an error condition we can/should fix. The openSUSE TW mirrors
showed to be unreachable more often than others which might be
because that target changes their content relatively often. This
patch changes the test strategy to allow the TW rpm test to fail
but still keep the other rpm targets mandatory as they don't show
the connection problems.
* Fri Jun 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Provider better error message in prepare phase
In case of an error the real valuable information is often
somewhere in the package manager output that does not get
exposed to the users console by default. The error message
we provide should tell users how they can get further details
such that they know how to find the real cause of the problem.
This patch enhances the error message in that regard.
* Tue Jun 11 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make kiwi installable in a venv
This commit sets the buildroot to the venv `sys.prefix`. This way
all the binaries are installed in a path under the venv.
Fixes #1022
* Fri Jun 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.39 → 9.17.40
* Wed Jun 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Decrease the default min partition size
The default 50M as min size for a partition could be set
to a smaller value. For now 10MB seems to be enough for
the overhead calculation and leads to more accurate results
on the specified size constraints
* Mon May 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update documentation for consistency
Instead of hard coded names for example images and their
versions a prolog map including placeholders has been
added.
* Fri May 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.38 → 9.17.39
* Thu May 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update obs docs per review by Tom
* Wed May 22 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Disable check-valid-until with repository_gpgcheck
This commit is two fold:
* From one side fixes a wrong use of the `trusted` option for
apt repositories. `trusted=no` does not force to run the gpg checks
it just forces the repository to be considered untrusted regardless
the result of the security checks.
* From the other side it disables the option `check-valid-until` in
case gpg checks are disabled using the `repository_gpgcheck`. It
works at repository level. This enables using unmaintained or
expired repositories for the build.
Fixes #1028
* Fri May 17 2019 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Simplify shell pipe expression with shell builtin
Replace "echo $var | sed ..." expression with ${var//SEARCH/REPLACE}
shell builtin as suggested by Codacy
* Thu May 16 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed runtime checker message
The output of check_image_include_repos_publicly_resolvable was
not well formatted and was also using an object address that
is not useful for users
* Wed May 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Make mediacheck runtime check arch independent
The check_mediacheck_only_for_x86_arch runtime check fails on
non x86 architectures but the tagmedia toolchain exists independent
of the platform architecture. This Fixes #1091
* Tue May 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Set home as protected path
Along with adding home to the protection list, cleanup
the prepare instance cleanup code in a way that it only
runs if a root_bind object exists which needs to call
its cleanup path
* Mon May 13 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend docs about building multiple profiles on OBS
* Fri May 10 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Remove FIXME from the runtime configuration file example
* Thu May 09 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Improve the documentation about building in the Build Service
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Thu May 09 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Turn sphinx warnings into errors
Modify the sphinx Makefile to treat warnings
like undefined references as errors
* Wed May 08 2019 Alberto Planas <aplanas@gmail.com>
- kiwi-live-lib: mount live ISO as read-only
During the boot process of a live image, dracut shows this WARNING:
dracut-initqueue: mount: /run/initramfs/live: WARNING: device write-protected, mounted read-only
This is not a problem, as the live ISO image is, indeed, read-only.
This patch fix this cosmetic issue being explicit in the mount
options in `mountIso` function.
* Tue May 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Call isolinux-config only on supported archs
* Mon May 06 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Discard default dependencies for sysroot.mount
This commit makes default dependencies from sysroot.mount to be
explicitly omitted. This fixes potential inconsistencies in
ordering pre-mount.service with local-fs.target. This change is
also applied to upstream sysroot.mount generator here:
https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/12281
Fixes #1015
* Fri May 03 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix locale setting
For pre-Leap 15 openSUSE versions KIWI >= 9.12.0 was not completely
setting locale, as it was missingto set the RC_LANG variable from
`/etc/sysconfig/language` file. Current commit enforces to update
locale in `/etc/sysconfig/language` (if the file exists) at the
same time it applies systemd-firstboot configurations.
Fixes #1081
* Thu May 02 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Cleanup TODO & FIXME from xml_description.rst
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add GitLab CI pipeline badge to README.rst
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend the development documentation
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Log thrown exceptions in Compress.get_format()
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix documentation of Compress.get_format()
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- log exception in SystemPrepare.__del__
* Fri Apr 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Use yaml.safe_load instead of yaml.load
yaml.load is relatively dangerous when the loaded data comes from untrusted
sources, as it can allow for arbitrary code execution, see:
https://pyyaml.org/wiki/PyYAMLDocumentation#LoadingYAML
safe_load limits the created python objects to the basic Python types like
integers and strings, which is all that we need for the runtime configuration
file.
* Thu Apr 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixing doc source for broken refs and xml syntax
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Document the usage of profiles via the CLI and OBS
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Tom Schraitle <tomschr@users.noreply.github.com>
- Apply suggestions from @tomschr
Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Improve the documentation of the runtime configuration file
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Tom Schraitle <tomschr@users.noreply.github.com>
- Apply suggestions from @tomschr
Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend the documentation of Custom Disk Volumes
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add documentation of the XML schema in a tutorial like fashion
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Wed Apr 24 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add documentation how to configure VMX build types
* Tue Apr 23 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Cleanup warnings in utils/size.py
- use a raw string for the regexp search string
- improve the readability of the returned value
* Tue Apr 23 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Make the user.password attribute mandatory
Not providing a user password results in an error when usermod or openssl
is later called by kiwi (depending on the value of `pwdformat`).
This fixes #1061.
* Tue Apr 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed repo setup for cloud integration test builds
Using the devel:languages:python repos leads to inconsistencies
on the module dependencies
* Mon Apr 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.37 → 9.17.38
* Mon Apr 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete obsolete repository types
Deleted red-carpet, slack-site, up2date-mirrors, urpmi and yast2
from the allowed values list of the repository type attribute.
This Fixes #1029
* Mon Apr 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed build_in_buildservice stale references
Fixed style issues reported on sphinx build. Also deleted
pointers to non existing references
* Mon Apr 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion
Any package removal is controlled by kiwi itself. There is no
need to provide a shell helper method that is rpm specific.
This Fixes #1054
* Thu Apr 18 2019 Dirk Mueller <dirk@dmllr.de>
- Preserve licenses/other txt files by baseStripFirmware (bsc#1132455) (Fixes #1063)
LICENSES are usually not large and should be kept alongside
of the binaries. Also some firmware files sideload additional
txt files (like for example brcmfmac43430 needs the sdio description
txt files). We should just always include them because they're
not listed as needed files.
Co-Authored-By: Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
* Tue Apr 16 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Split overview/workflow.rst into multiple files
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
* Tue Apr 16 2019 Tom Schraitle <tomschr@users.noreply.github.com>
- Update doc/source/building/build_in_buildservice.rst
Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
* Mon Apr 15 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Rework documentation about building on OBS
* Mon Apr 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration test guest image for OpenStack
* Sun Apr 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update suse integration tests per Factory changes
The way plymouth themes are provided has changed on suse.
The package plymouth-branding-openSUSE is no longer providing
the theme named openSUSE. In fact the plan is to switch to
the upstream bgrt theme which is provided in another package.
This commit adapts to the changes in the distribution
* Fri Apr 12 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Bump copyright year in the docs
* Thu Apr 11 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix spelling in kiwi.rnc
* Thu Apr 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.36 → 9.17.37
* Wed Apr 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fix rpm metadata creation
There are rpm versions that require access to /dev and fail
with the error message 'Failed to initialize NSS library'
For details see: https://bugs.centos.org/view.php?id=14767
Due to the rpm location checkup fix from Issue #1037 this
change impacts builds for distributions that uses an rpm
version with the above behavior (e.g CentOS) and fails as
consequence of the rpm call error. This commit fixes this
in a way that we make sure the host /dev is available at
the time of the call.
* Wed Apr 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.35 → 9.17.36
* Wed Apr 10 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix xml syntax on documentation example
* Wed Apr 10 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add custom curl options docs
* Tue Apr 09 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor handling of runtime tests check dict
Consolidate check list into CliTask base class such that we
can avoid duplication of runtime check dicts. Only runtime
tests that require stateful information according to the
commandline call are handled directly in the task code
* Tue Apr 09 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Delete check_grub_efi_installed_for_efi_firmware
The motivation is nice to check if the required grub module
package is part of the package list if the efi firmware is
requested, but as long as there is no distribution wide
standard for packaging grub this check will cause more trouble
than it is of help. Currently it failed for the arm architecture
and the grub2-arm64-efi package. We decided to prevent checking
against static lists and dropped this runtime check. Missing
grub modules will be recognized at the grub stage when we
search for them.
* Tue Apr 09 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Adding custom curl options for dracut-kiwi-lib module
This commit parses the `rd.kiwi.install.pxe.curl_options` argument from
the kernel command line to read and use curl options for the
`fetch_file` function of `kiwi-net-lib.sh` utility. Options are passed
as comma separated values.
Fixes #891
* Mon Apr 08 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Update bootstrap macro management
This commit extends the bootstrap macro management to also consider
the case where image was already bootstrap. Note this is a common case
for building derived container images and also the situation when
`--allow-existing-root` flag is in use.
* Fri Apr 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Auto upgrade all image descriptions to v7.0 schema
* Fri Apr 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Deleted pxedeploy section
There is no further demand in the client config creation for the
legacy netboot code. Customers using the netboot initrd already
create the client config.<MAC> file manually or through another
system. With the next generation kiwi we also recommend the disk
based network deployment using the dracut capabilities and marked
the netboot code as still supported but on the legacy stream.
Along with the deletion in the schema the following changes
were also done:
* Deleted use of pxedeploy section in implementation
* Increase schema version to v7.0
* Update documentation on schema version update
* Added xsl stylesheet conversion from v6.9 to v7.0
Automatic schema version upgrade from v6.9 to v7.0 deletes
the pxedeploy section from any type specification
This Fixes #19
* Thu Apr 04 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix filesystem labels
If multiple volumes were defined they were not properly labeled. This
commit fixes a miss use of custom_args dictonary by the filesystem
base class. This class was modifying the given custom_args that is
passed by reference, thus modifiyng the custom_args instance of the
caller. This issue was causing to propagate the modified
create_options of a filesystem across all the volumes, causing all
volumes to be labelled as ROOT. With this commit Filesystem class
performs a deepcopy of the custom_args dictionary to limit the scope of
any change inside each Filesystem instance.
Fixes #1044
* Thu Apr 04 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.34 → 9.17.35
* Wed Apr 03 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix regression on kiwi-repart dracut module
There was a regression introduced in #1035 (048b5c3e). We mask
systemd-fsck-root.service during the repart, but we are not always
unmasking it. If the repart is not possible the service is masked but
not unmasked, which causes the boot to fail.
With this commit after masking the fsck service we trap EXIT and run the
unmask command on script exit. This way we ensure the unmask command is
always executed.
* Tue Apr 02 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Doc fix for lex literal_block as xml
* Mon Apr 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update compression flag for qcow2 format
In case of a qcow2 format we store the result uncompressed
Since the format conversion only takes the real bytes into
account such that the sparseness of the raw disk will not
result in the output format and can be taken one by one
This Fixes bsc#1128146
In addition the commit includes a refactoring for the
evaluation of the compress flag in the runtime config.
Instead of the global overwrite, the flag gets evaluated
individually at the time the result metadata is created
* Mon Apr 01 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add the possibility to disable runtime checks
This commit adds runtime configuration parameters to disable the runtime
checks. This is specially handy if someone does not want to use the kiwi
dracut modules and provide custom ones instead. In orde disable some
runtime check consider a runtime config yaml like:
runtime_checks:
- disable:
- check_dracut_module_for_oem_install_in_package_list
- check_dracut_module_for_live_iso_in_package_list
This commit fixes #893
* Mon Apr 01 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixup has_rpm method from RpmDataBase class
The method checked for the presence of /usr/bin/rpm. But
that binary is also provided by another toolkit named
busybox. Thus to check if the rpm we are aiming for is
present the check has been modified to look for /usr/bin/rpmdb
which is exclusively provided by rpm only. This Fixes #1037
* Sun Mar 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed creation of image metadata files
At the end of a build process the metadata information files .packages
and .verified are created. On rpm based systems, rpm is invoked as
chrooted operation inside the new root tree. For images that gets
installed exclusively from the bootstrap phase there is no rpm inside
of the image and the call fails. The result are empty metadata files.
This patch prevents calling rpm inside of the image root tree if it's
not installed and also uses the RpmDataBase interface instead of
directly calling rpm. This Fixes #1037
* Fri Mar 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.33 → 9.17.34
* Fri Mar 29 2019 Stefan Seyfried <stefan.seyfried@sap.com>
- kiwi-repart: avoid race between repart and fsck
See issue #1034, this fixes non-booting CentOS-7 OEM images that fail
during repartition / FS resize.
Summary: all parted actions trigger a rescan of partition tables and
this repeatedly starts / stops systemd-fsck-root.service until it
finally fails. The workaround is to mask systemd-fsck-root.service
during repartitioning / FS resize.
* Fri Mar 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update travis doc building target
Disable doc test on travis, we have this in the gitlab-ci
pipeline.
* Fri Mar 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Move sphinx config to python3
Disable modules that have not been ported to sphinx 2.0 API
* Fri Mar 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Disable linkcheck/spellcheck
The spellcheck plugin has not been moved to the sphinx 2.0 API
and there are tons of spelling mistakes reported due to the use
of technical terms that are unknown to spellcheck. Also disabled
the linkcheck because it just stands more in our way than it
reports issues that needs to be fixed.
* Thu Mar 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.32 → 9.17.33
* Thu Mar 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added integration test for bootstrap only builds
* Thu Mar 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed bootstrap only building
Image descriptions that define packages in the bootstrap section
only don't need a package manager inside of the image. However
the code to update the location of the rpm database did not
check the presence of rpm and failed on such image descriptions.
This Fixes #1030
* Tue Mar 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend live ISO documentation
* Tue Mar 26 2019 Alberto Planas <aplanas@gmail.com>
- Replace @staticmethod with @classmethod when needed
@classmethod are used in Python to represent methods that can
query and update the class (cls parameter). Is expected to be
used for metaprograming, or advanced techniques that require the
access to the class itself, before we have an instance.
@staticmethod are used to associate a function to a class. It will
not be have access to the instance (self) not the class (cls). In
other programming languages are known as class methods.
This patch replace all the @classmethod with @staticmethod when
there is not need to access to the cls parameter, because the
intention is to be used as normal functions.
* Mon Mar 25 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Minor improvements to the documentation
- add a newline to the workflow's abstract
- add warning to installation via the distro's package manager
- fix package name of git
- add marker for `Installation from OBS` section
* Mon Mar 25 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add intersphinx extension to the docs
* Mon Mar 25 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- New method: Path.access - thin wrapper arround os.access
This function calls os.access, but first checks whether the input parameters are
sane, instead of simply returning false when the file in question does not exist
or an invalid mode was specified.
* Mon Mar 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Added doc chapter on Fstab modifications
* Fri Mar 22 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Split code_style_plus_unit_test into two jobs for parallel runs
* Fri Mar 22 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Addapt documentation to changed script calling convention
* Fri Mar 22 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Only execute scripts via bash when they are not user executable
Currently we call scripts directly through bash, which has the unfortunate
disadvantage, that the shebang line is completely ignored.
Now we instead check whether the owner of the script is allowed to execute it
and if yes, we let the OS execute it (which takes the shebang into account) or
otherwise call it through bash.
* Fri Mar 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Support optional fstab.patch file
In addition to the support for fstab.append, users can now also
provide a patch file to change the contents of the fstab file
as it got written by kiwi. The feature is probably rarely used
but needed in the area of suse's transactional update mechanism.
This Fixes bsc#1129566 and Fixes #945
* Thu Mar 21 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add warning about a missing /vagrant/ folder to the documentation
* Thu Mar 21 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix libvirt vagrant box Vagrantfile to use rsync by default
The documentation is suggesting that rsync is used by default to synchronize the
shared folders, yet the libvirt vagrant boxes used the system default (=nfs).
* Tue Mar 19 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.31 → 9.17.32
* Tue Mar 19 2019 Stefan Seyfried <stefan.seyfried@sap.com>
- relax the live iso root dir permissions
The root of the live ISO has permissions 0700, which is inconvenient if
you mount it to explore its contents. Relax to 0755 instead.
Without this, the mounted ISO FS can only be accessed by root.
* Mon Mar 18 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed race condition on live overlay mount
Make sure to wait for all targets of the overlay mount
This Fixes #1015
* Sun Mar 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.30 → 9.17.31
* Fri Mar 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update the documentation regarding vagrant boxes
Extend the documentation on how to build VirtualBox vagrant boxes
All this was done by Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
* Fri Mar 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Refactor incremental changelog update
The creation of the package changelog is based on a reference file.
However that reference file contained log information in a specific
timezone which requires to hardcode the region of that timezone
in the code to correctly run date/time calculations. This can
be done better from a conceptual point of view. This patch changes
the handling in a way that the reference file is a git log
excerpt including the dates as git log lists them. The dates
contains complete numeric time/date/zone information and can be
used for calculations. The changelog helper tool converts the
result data to match the requirements of rpm changelog files
and prints the time/date information localized to the callers
timezone or as UTC if the --utc switch is given. By default the
user local timezone settings applies. That way the setup of
the local timezone is immaterial to the changelog processor
and the workaround in the gitlab-ci rpm stage can be deleted
too.
* Fri Mar 15 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add buildah tool support for OCI and Docker types
This commit adds buildah tool support for OCI and Docker types. It
requires buildah and skopeo to be installed in the host. The use of
umoci (kept as default choice) or buildah is configured using the
runtime configuration file; consider the following structure:
```
oci:
- archive_tool: buildah
```
* Fri Mar 15 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix derived docker images build
This commit fixes the derived docker images when the base image is a
compressed file. After the refactor in #998 the decompression of the
base image and the skopeo call to import the decompressed image happened
in absolutely independent scopes. NamedTemporaryFile python class by
default deletes the created temporary file when the class instance is
destroyed, this class is used to decompress the base image. Because of
isolated scopes at the time skopeo was called the NamedTemporaryFile
instance was not there anymore. This commit makes sure that the
temporary file instance is already in memory at the time skopeo is
called.
* Fri Mar 15 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed gitlab-ci rpm stage localtime setup
By default the timezone of the container is set to UTC. However
the reference changelog entries are created in the CET timezone.
The current implementation uses dateutil.parser.parse to parse
the reference date/time. That call takes the localtime into account
and responds with a warning:
+ UnknownTimezoneWarning: tzname CET identified but not understood
The current code does not convert the CET timezone into the
localtime timezone (UTC in this case) and creates a timezone naive
datetime object. That object however can't be used to compare
with timezone aware datetime objects which causes a runtime
exception. The qick fix here is to set the localtime to the
timezone used in the reference changes file
* Thu Mar 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Limit scope of virtualbox_guest_additions_present
This attribute is only used with the virtualbox provider.
Added a schematron rule to limit the scope to the
virtualbox provider only. This Fixes #1003
* Thu Mar 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Bump version: 9.17.29 → 9.17.30
* Thu Mar 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Add consistency check to update_changelog
Don't take commits into account that are older than the
given reference commit. This would destroy the chronological
order. Missing commits older than the reference can be
incorporated by rebuild_changelog_reference.sh
* Thu Mar 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Fixed reading of container config
The additional_tags attribute is optional. If not set
the container config hash does not contain this key.
Accessing the key without the get() method leads to
an unhandled python exception
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Stefan Seyfried <stefan.seyfried@sap.com>
- add rd.kiwi.oem.maxdisk= boot parameter
this limits the disks considered for oem deployment to a given size
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Abandon the bumpversion helper
The bumpversion helper script updated the reference file
with changes since the latest date of the existing reference.
However even though the two pieces are in chronological order
that does not mean that the concatenated version of those
is still in chronological order. Thus that helper is deleted
and a new helper rebuild_changelog_reference exists. That
rebuilds the entire reference file from the history and
makes sure it is in chronological order. The tool should
only be called if the chronological order of the total changes
information is violated which under normal conditions
does not happen
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Allow --since|--until opts in update_changelog
In addition to create changelog information since the
latest date of a reference changelog, also allow to create
changelog information until the latest data of a reference
changelog
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
- Update changelog reference
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.28 → 9.17.29
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update changelog reference
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed bumpversion helper
Make sure the commit for the changelog reference update
and the commit for the version bump have different
timestamps by sleeping 2sec between the two actions
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update API documentation
In reference to Refactor OCI images packing the difference
between docker and OCI images is just on packing format.
Thus the extra docker container subclass is no longer present.
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.27 → 9.17.28
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update changelog reference
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- kiwi-dump-image: fix kiwi_oemdevicefilter for rd.debug
* Wed Mar 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added bumpversion helper
Script that also updates the changelog reference file
before the version bump. It's optional to use this but
it would be handy as the commit would show the rpm
changelog differences from one tag to the other
* Tue Mar 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed code smells on completion_generator
Also update python interpreter to use for the completion
and the changelog helpers
* Tue Mar 12 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update gitlab CI config
The rpm stage needs python because the changelog script
is now written in python
* Tue Mar 12 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Drop duplicate EPEL7 reference in the test CentOS appliance
We already request the standard, update, and extras repos and
the EPEL7 repo separately. There's no reason to request the
"centos" EPEL7 repo which combines standard+update and EPEL7
repos already.
* Mon Mar 11 2019 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- centos-appliance: reorder repos to fix build
EPEL has older package versions of e.g. librepo, which breaks dnf.
Re-prioritize to prefer the good CentOS packages instead of bad EPEL.
* Mon Mar 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update changelog file
Fix changelog entries for their encoding, author name and format
Also make sure commits are shown in reverse chronological order
of the author date. We intentionally don't use the commit date
because a commit can be older than the latest entry in the current
reference file and would then not be part of the git log
information
* Sun Mar 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Introduce better changelog handling
The current way of creating the changelog file for the package
is based on reading the entire history of the git repository and
turns that information into a changelog. The downside of this
approach is that any change in the code that creates this changelog
information will impact older entries and could cause a conflict
on the changes file of the released package. This usually leads
to declined package submissions and blocks us in fixing bugs
in the changelog generator. This commit changes the process in
a way that only changes related to the oldest entry of a reference
changelog file compared to the current branch are taken into
account. This Fixes #979
* Sun Mar 10 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Adding a derived docker image build test
* Sun Mar 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.26 → 9.17.27
* Fri Mar 08 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Use correct GRUB 2 and shim EFI packages for test CentOS 7 appliance
CentOS 7 has inherited the changes from Fedora in how its EFI binaries
are packaged, so we need to adapt to handle those and build the appliance
properly.
* Fri Mar 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed evaluation of @root size setup
The @root volume setup allows to specify a size for the root
volume in an LVM setup. The size setting was not respected and
the root volume was always resized to the rest space available.
This patch fixes the read_volume_setup_all_free method
on the dracut kiwi library to know if there is root volume
setup and respect its contents. This Fixes #983
* Fri Mar 08 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Update generated configuration file for DNF
The dnf.conf file generated by KIWI contained some obsolete
options as well as options that have been renamed.
This change updates the options set so that they match what
is expected by DNF and configures the appropriate behavior.
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.25 → 9.17.26
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- hotfix runtime check for count of fullsize volumes
The check did not respect images that do not come up with
a systemdisk section. systemdisk is an optional section and
the test did not respect this and failed with a stack trace
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.24 → 9.17.25
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update provider support status in vagrant docs
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema docs
Create an up to date state of the oxygen schema doc in the repo
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed Title underline too short warning in the doc
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed permanent redirect links in documentation
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.23 → 9.17.24
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup example_dot_profile_config.xml
Don't use multiple all size volumes
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add different installation methods to the documentation
* Thu Mar 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Check for multiple allsize volumes setup
Added runtime check check_volume_setup_defines_multiple_fullsize_volumes
which reads the volume setup and counts the number of volumes that
define a 'all' volume. Only one is allowed
* Wed Mar 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Complete test coverage on iso tools testing
If there is no mkisofs/genisoimage present on the system, the
tests based on real example iso files are skipped. The code
tested in this case is now covered in a mock style to run
through the logic even without the tools in place
* Wed Mar 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Follow up fix for zypper compat link
Move the code handling the compat setup of the rpm database
to the correct method of the repository API. Call the
import of the signing keys only if there are signing
keys
* Wed Mar 06 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix suseRemoveYaST to work with set -e
When the config.sh is invoked with set -e then suseRemoveYaST causes the whole
script to fail when no yast packages are present. The problem is that `grep
yast` returns 1 in that case.
=> Explicitly ignore the return value of grep
Furthermore, if no YaST packages were found, we don't want to invoke rpm, as
that would fail too (as it is called without any parameters).
* Wed Mar 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Care for update alternatives on rpmdb move
In set_database_to_image_path we also have to care for the
move of the alternatives path to the new rpmdb location
* Wed Mar 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup zypper/suse link to rpm database
The compat code generating the /var/lib/rpm link was only
effective if a signing key was specified, however it should
be effective in any case
* Tue Mar 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Run cdrtools based unit tests on demand
Only if the underlaying system provides legacy cdrtools,
run the unit tests which actually reads the test data iso
using those tools.
* Tue Mar 05 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add GitLab CI pipeline status to README.rst
* Mon Mar 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Improve error messages
The error messages for running a build against an undefined
image definition as well as the error message to explain why
the imageinclude attribute can only be used with public repos
has been improved by suggestions from J. Mixer
* Mon Mar 04 2019 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- pxe: use dracut's network code, drop own setup
* Fri Mar 01 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend the GitLab-CI pipeline
- build the documentation in the build_doc stage
- run tests for all supported Python versions in tox_check
- build an RPM for Fedora 29 & OpenSUSE Tumbleweed in RPM stage
* Fri Mar 01 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Ensure DNF is installed for kiwi itself and the test CentOS 7 appliance
In e33f53aa4513c38a42736c82db3ec5e0b9da41d4, we switched to DNF when requesting YUM.
This now means we need to ensure DNF is installed for images where
we previously used YUM for that.
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add environment for running the unit tests with Python 3.7 to tox
Python 3.7 does only appear to be available on Ubuntu Xenial with sudo enabled
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend documentation about using KIWI to build vagrant images
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend documentation on how to build inside OBS
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Bump required minimum disk space
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend index.rst by a "advertising" section
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add url to PyPI & use https instead of http
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Extend quickstart to be more viable as a stand-alone document
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Reorder TOCs so that the most important comes first
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- (whitespace-cleanup) on doc/source/overview/workflow.rst
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Rework package manager selection to use DNF when YUM is requested
YUM v3 is no longer developed, having been superseded by DNF for
several years. With DNF now available as a usable package manager
in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 through the Extras channel and
SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 through PackageHub, there is no reason for
keeping support for YUM v3 around.
We are keeping support for requesting YUM because in Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 7, DNF is referred to as "YUM v4", and it is simply referred to
as "YUM" in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8. To avoid confusion from people,
we're just going to leave it in place as an alias to the DNF package
manager.
As for why this is happening now, Fedora is retiring YUM v3 in
Fedora 31, so we might as well get it over with and cut over now.
Reference: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Retire_YUM_3
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Fix some spelling mistakes & sentence order in the docs
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
Run tox targets on demand. With GitLab CI selected containers
are small but also limited in their scope.
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed iso tools unit test
Test was not environment independent and behaved differently
compared to which iso tool change is installed.
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
Select 3.6 image to run the test
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed shellcheck issue on kiwi-partitions-lib.sh
Fixup SC2046: Quote this to prevent word splitting
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
Not so easy to get pip running there. Try standard binary
name of after pip ugrade to install the rest of the chain
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
No alternative naming for py3 commands
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
Fixed install of tox on the runner
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
Require tox to be installed on the runner
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- GitLab CI integration
pip not installed by default on the runner
* Thu Feb 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Looks like Travis will go away
Try moving CI integration to GitLab
* Wed Feb 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Write sha256sum --check compatible shasum format
Change the output format of the bundler shasum file to be
compatible with a 'sha256sum --check' call.
This fixes bsc#1127173
* Wed Feb 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move azure integration test build to Factory repos
* Wed Feb 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package list of azure integration test
* Wed Feb 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed repo setup from azure integration test
* Wed Feb 27 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.22 → 9.17.23
* Tue Feb 26 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Allow xdist to run the tests in parallel for the Python 2.7 env
This reverts an accidental change that was introduced with
942ed7a8eea65f1c99b5f51a8587cfbeae73b484, which removed the {posargs} from
tox.ini for the python 2.7 environment.
* Tue Feb 26 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added get_description method to XMLState
In preparation to access the contents of the <description>
section this pull requests adds a simple method to read
the contents.
* Mon Feb 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update tools from strip list for oemboot
For legacy oemboot kiwi descriptions the strip list for
tools to keep in the initrd is still active. On s390
required tools for dasd_configure were missing and got
added by this commit. This Fixes #963
* Mon Feb 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed import of signing keys
In reference to bsc#1112357 it was required to add the compat
symlink /var/lib/rpm such that zypper can read the signing
keys. Unfortunately zypper does not use the configured rpmdb
from the rpm macro setup.
* Mon Feb 25 2019 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- add rd.kiwi.install.pass.bootparam boot parameter
if this boolean is set, most boot parameters are passed on
to the kexec kernel on OEM image deployments
* Sat Feb 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.21 → 9.17.22
* Sat Feb 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Followup fix for disk detection from root device
No matter if one ore more devices are used in a multipath map,
if the root device is managed by multipath kiwi has to use the
mapped device for all operations, otherwise we run into busy
or blocked state inside of the initrd operations. This is
related to Issue #954 and bsc#1126283 and bsc#1126318
* Sat Feb 23 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed relocation of GPT
Simplify the relocation of the GPT to the end of the current
disk by using sgdisk -e instead of gdisk. The possitive after
effect of this is that the broken return value handling of
gdisk in centos will be fixed and did not harm the kiwi
deployment anymore. This Fixes #958
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.20 → 9.17.21
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Speedup the make build target
Activated the pytest xdist feature Dan added for the
make build target to speedup package creation
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.19 → 9.17.20
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update vagrant libvirt unit test
Take extra config from DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt as base for the
test and don't mock that information as it was done before
in the base class
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend the vagrant base class test
Take an example for additional vagrant config settings into account
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor unit tests for vagrant classes
Better use of pytest capabilities, avoid mock rewrite of
implementation classes
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed DiskFormatVagrantBase docs and behavior
Update class docs per review by Dan, also raise on use
of methods without proper provider implementation
* Fri Feb 22 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed create_box_img in DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt
The call to create_box_img did not use the given tmpdir
parameter but assumes an instance variable to provide this
information
* Thu Feb 21 2019 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- fix network failure with "BOOTIF=" parameter
If a BOOTIF= parameter (pxelinux "IPAPPEND 2" option) is present, dracut
handles the network already *and* overwrites the 90-net.rules that
kiwi-*-net-genrules.sh created, thus the interface is not named "lan0"
and ifup is destined to fail.
Work around the issue by detecting if the interface is already handled
by generic dracut code and just skipping the ifup call.
Fixes / improves issue #942
* Thu Feb 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added some style fixes to the vagrant classes
Adapt doc strings to match style on lists. Change variable
names not class global to be lowercase. Use 80 chars per
line. Don't reach code that potentially uses undefined
variables
* Thu Feb 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor vagrant storage subformat
In preparation to support other vagrant providers a base class
for Vagrant operations has been created. Original Code written
by DanČermák <dcermak@suse.com>
* Thu Feb 21 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed disk detection from root device
The method lookup_disk_device_from_root assigns the disk device
matching the root device uuid. However in a multipath environment
multiple disk devices matches the same root device. The code to
assign the multipath map in this case was missing in the dracut
code base. This Fixes #954 and Fixes bsc#1126283 and bsc#1126318
* Wed Feb 20 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed losetup call due to move in option names
util-linux dropped losetup-Add-support-for-setting-logical-blocksize.patch
because different implementations exists in the new kernel, and it has
a conflicting implementation in util-linux. This caused a change in the
option to specify the logical sector size. The option --logical-blocksize
was replaced by --sector-size. We adapt this now in kiwi too
* Wed Feb 20 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add pytest-xdist to dev-virtualenv to run the unit tests in parallel
- fix CLI args not being passed to pytest by tox for unit_py3_4 and unit_py3_6
- enable parallel run on travis
- document how to run the unit tests in parallel
* Wed Feb 20 2019 Ruediger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
- s390-test-image: add factory base project (same as on arm)
* Mon Feb 18 2019 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
- Add support to build vagrant boxes with the Virtualbox provider
This commits adds initial support to build Vagrant boxes with the Virtualbox
provider.
- The attribute 'provider' of the option <vagrantconfig> now supports the option
"virtualbox".
- A new boolean attribute 'virtualbox_guest_additions_present' was added to
<vagrantconfig>. When set to true, KIWI will assume that guest additions have
been installed into the base image and configure the shared folders to use
vboxfs, otherwise rsync will be used.
This fixes #532 (https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/issues/532).
* Thu Feb 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.18 → 9.17.19
* Thu Feb 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed isolinux fallback path
In case isolinux-config failed or does not exist on the
distribution a fallback path is called. That code hardlinks
the files to the isolinux compiled in standard path. However
due to the move of the grub unicode file for iso images
the path contains a directory. Directories can't be hardlinked
thus this patch uses 'cp -l' instead of the 'ln' command to
create the linked target contents.
* Thu Feb 14 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.17 → 9.17.18
* Wed Feb 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix location of grub unicode font
This is a follow up patch for #f5bac4495d34. The change of the
location of the font file was not applied if an iso target, live
or install image is being built. This patch completes the change
and Fixes bsc#1124885
* Wed Feb 13 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix handling of zypper return codes
The following codes should be handled as errors:
104 - ZYPPER_EXIT_INF_CAP_NOT_FOUND
105 - ZYPPER_EXIT_ON_SIGNAL
106 - ZYPPER_EXIT_INF_REPOS_SKIPPED
* Tue Feb 12 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Refactor OCI images packing
This commit refactors the OCI images support:
* added import_container_image and export_container_image methods
to oci_tools classes. 'umoci' and 'buildah' consume different
formats thus the inital skopeo call to import a container is tool
dependent.
* use oci-archive transport for packing the OCI images, this causes
docker and oci operations to just diverge on transport type.
* add_tag method no longer needed in oci_tools/base, skopeo is used
for that matter.
* container/docker.py class is no longer needed. The difference
between docker and OCI images is just on packing format which is just
a parameter in skopeo. It does not deserve a dedicated class
* system/root_import/docker.py class no longer needed. The difference
between OCI and Docker class was just the transport type for the
skopeo call. It does not deserve a dedicated class
* Mon Feb 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Sort file and dir entries in iso sortfile
* Sun Feb 10 2019 Bernhard M. Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.de>
- tox: Allow to run a single test
using
tox -v -e unit_py2_7 -- -vv ./test/unit/iso_tools_cdrtools_test.py
* Sat Feb 09 2019 Bernhard M. Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.de>
- Sort filesystem listings
so that kiwi works in a reproducible way
in spite of indeterministic filesystem readdir order
and http://bugs.python.org/issue30461
See https://reproducible-builds.org/ for why this is good.
* Sat Feb 09 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Moved azure integration test to Leap15
Factory doesn't resolve well together with Cloud:Tools.
I'd like to have stable integration tests and not getting
screwed with any change on Factory
* Sat Feb 09 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.16 → 9.17.17
* Fri Feb 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added new preferences subsection
In the preferences section the following optional subsection
can be configured:
<rpm-locale-filtering>true|false</rpm-locale-filtering>
If set to true the default locales POSIX, C, and C.UTF-8 are
applied as rpm install_lang macro. If the locale section is
configured in addition the list is extended by that information
too
* Fri Feb 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend the .packages file by the license field
For rpm based builds the License field from the rpm metadata
is extracted into the .packages file. For Debian based build
the license information is in an extra file and not taken
into account for the moment.
* Fri Feb 08 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.15 → 9.17.16
* Thu Feb 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added support for %_install_langs rpm macro
During the image build the custom rpm macro %_install_langs
is configured with the <locale> setup from the KIWI XML
description. This allows to filter language specific packages
on the rpm level and Fixes #771
* Wed Feb 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add API for package manager returncode validation
Allow to validate the return code from a package manager
operation. In case of zypper the standard UNIX return
code validation does not apply. Return codes from zypper
which are >= 100 are not treated as an error anymore
* Wed Feb 06 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix Failed to cache rpm database on zypper addrepo
Occasionally zypper fails when adding the repo with the
rpm error message 'Failed to cache rpm database'. I was
not able to find out why this happens and I also could
not find a way to reproduce it safely. However this
commit adds a workaround that seems to fix the issue
when it happens. If the first call of zypper addrepo
fails kiwi now issues the exact same call again and
only if that fails too an exception is thrown
In addition the patch changes the zypper call and avoids
the option --type. That option is marked legacy and ignored
by zypper but causes a misleading warning message
* Mon Feb 04 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Handle location of the rpm DB on the macro level
The location of the rpm database is no longer a standard
path one can trust. Some distributions put it to /var/lib
others to /usr/lib. This introduces the problem of dealing
with different locations between the bootstrapping (host rpm)
phase and the image installation (image rpm) phase.
This commit implements a solution based on an intermediate
rpm database configuration. KIWI creates the macros.kiwi file
inside of the image root which is read by any call of rpm
in the inner and outer system. During bootstrap phase the
rpm dbpath from the host system is used and later in the
install phase the dbpath from the rpm package as it was
installed by the target image distribution is used. In case
of a dbpath difference the database is automatically moved
to the new location by setting the _dbpath_rebuild macro
to the correct location. At the end the custom KIWI macro
is deleted.
As this process allows custom macro defintions during the
KIWI run it also serves as the base for a solution to
Issue #771 which will be done in a follow up request to
this commit.
Also the workaround for bsc#1112357 which uses a static
dbpath to store an optionally given signing key will be
addressed with this commit. The macro setup happens before
the import_trusted_keys method which makes any specification
for a strict dbpath obsolete.
Last the implementation deletes the obsolete
dump_reload_package_database code. rpm is able to automatically
do the conversion of different db versions such that the code
in kiwi is obsolete. In addition that code only worked for
rather old db versions. The public API has not changed though,
but the method is marked obsolete and does nothing anymore.
In addition to the deletion of obsolete code a new API
method post_process_install_requests_bootstrap has been
introduced to handle actions required after bootstrap
and before installing of packages from inside the new image
* Mon Feb 04 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add custom partitioning docs
This commit adds two new documentation chapters. One covering
custom partitioning scheme in KIWI. And another covering setting
custom volumes in KIWI
* Thu Jan 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.14 → 9.17.15
* Thu Jan 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup code issues reported by new flake8 version
Travis has updated the flake8 version which caused more
strict issue reports on the code. This commit fixes the
new issues reported by flake8
* Thu Jan 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.13 → 9.17.14
* Thu Jan 31 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Changed default value for bundler compression
If no compression is configured in the kiwi config file
the default was set to: False. However this lead to big
trouble on the obs side for images which has fixed
storage disk sizes configured, e.g Azure images which
requests 30G disk size per instance. Thus the default
for the bundler compression has changed to be: True
* Tue Jan 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.12 → 9.17.13
* Tue Jan 29 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed grub theme lookup
If the theme was not found at the expected place an exception
was thrown. However the alternative lookup code in /boot was
not reached with that exception. This commit fixes this
* Mon Jan 28 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.11 → 9.17.12
* Mon Jan 28 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add a runtime check for preferences metadata
This commit adds a runtime check for preferences metadata. More
specfic verifies there is a packagemanager defined and an image version
defined.
Fixes #925
* Fri Jan 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Support alternative EFI and grub modules paths
In SUSE products EFI binaries are historically located in
/usr/lib*/efi. In a recent move to package grub2 as noarch
fate#326960, a collision between x86_64 and aarch64 has been
identified, as both place platform-specific files in the same
spot. To rectify this, a new location was devised:
/usr/share/efi/$(uname -m). At the same time /usr/lib/grub2 will
move to /usr/share/grub2. This Fixes #924
* Fri Jan 25 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed Xen guest detection
We only support Xen setup e.g in the Amazon Cloud for the
x86_64 architecture. This Fixes bsc#1123186 and bsc#1123185
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed location of grub unicode font file
grub2 is expecting the unicode font below the fonts
directory in the /boot/grub*/ depending on how the
distribution installs grub2. This Fixes bsc#1119416
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix documentation howto delete a package
The documentation described an invalid XML grammar
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.10 → 9.17.11
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix package conflict for completion file
The completion can only be provided by one package if not
python version specific completion files are provided. Due
to the fix in #920 the completion file must be provided by
another sub-package. This commit moves it to the
kiwi-man-pages package. Actually kiwi man pages provides
more than just the man pages, but also the PDF documentation
and I think the completion information serves the purpose of
documentation to some degree too.
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.9 → 9.17.10
* Thu Jan 24 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed file name of completion file
The bash completion file must match one of the alternatives links.
Otherwise the bash completion mechanism will not match. kiwi-ng is
the unique alternative link name compared to the still present
legacy kiwi version and should be used preferably
* Wed Jan 23 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add container history metadata on umoci repack call
This commit makes sure that `umoci repack` call includes history
metadata and skips that in `umoci config` call.
Fixes #918
* Thu Jan 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.8 → 9.17.9
* Thu Jan 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schematron rule
install_continue_on_timeout is only for oem types
* Thu Jan 17 2019 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Do not assume package manager is always there
This commit modifies the dump_reload_package_database method
for zypper to not assume rpm binary is always part of the image.
An image could be bootstrapped only without zypper or rpm, in that
case it does not make sense and it is not possible to dump and reload
rpmdb.
Fixes #915 and related to #550
* Thu Jan 17 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow to switch off install image boot timeout
This commit adds a new attribute called:
<type ... install_continue_on_timeout="true|false"/>
It allows to setup the boot timeout for install images
build with KIWI. If not set or set to 'true' the configured
boottimeout or its default applies to the install image
as it was before. If set to 'false' there will be no
timeout in the install image bootloader setup and the boot
only continues on manual intervention.
* Fri Jan 11 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.7 → 9.17.8
* Thu Jan 10 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make result compression in the bundler optional
Calling kiwi result bundle will take the image build results
and bundle the relevant image files according to their image
type. Depending on the result configuration this could instruct
the bundler to compress one or more files from the result.
By default this compression is switched off in the bundler but
can be activated to save storage space and speedup download
of the image with the following runtime configuration:
bundle:
- compress: true|false
If compression is activated the result image has to be
uncompressed before it can be used. This Fixes #901
* Mon Jan 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.6 → 9.17.7
* Mon Jan 07 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix use of SysConfig objects
objects of that class did not provide a get method but
overload the bracket [] operator. Using the get() method
failed. This Fixes #910
* Sat Jan 05 2019 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use chkstat to verify and fix file permissions
Call chkstat in system mode which reads /etc/sysconfig/security
to determine the configured security level and applies the
appropriate permission definitions from the /etc/permissions*
files. It's possible to provide those files as overlay files
in the image description to apply a certain permission setup
when needed. Otherwise the default setup as provided on the
package level applies. It's required that the image root system
has chkstat installed. If not present KIWI skips this step
and continuous with a warning. This Fixes #895
* Fri Dec 21 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Allow setting the protocol for exposed ports
With this commit it is possible to set tcp or upd (e.g. "80/tcp") for
exposed container ports. If no protocol is provided OCI defaults are
applied.
Fixes #906
* Wed Dec 19 2018 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Use cls in @classmethods instead of self
For consistency reasons.
* Wed Dec 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.5 → 9.17.6
* Tue Dec 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow setctsid to be part of custom boot images
* Tue Dec 18 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix disk size calculation for VMX
Disk size calculation must take into account the empty volumes that
are to be mounted in a directory that does not exist in the root tree
otherwise there is KeyError. The result of
storate/setup._calculate_volume_mbytes must be a dict including all
defined volumes.
Fixes #904
* Wed Dec 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.4 → 9.17.5
* Wed Dec 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure manual pages are part of pypi archive
As consequence of the change in the travis setup to make
use of the native 'pages' and 'pypi' providers from travis the
environment for the sdist target has changed. Within the
doc_travis tox env no manual pages was build. In combination
with the 'pypi' provider setup in .travis.yml which uses
skip_cleanup: true, this caused the pypi archive to miss
any manual pages which lead to a runtime error on install
via pip.
* Tue Dec 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.3 → 9.17.4
* Mon Dec 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Don't trust the vmlinux symlink to be present
* Mon Dec 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor kernel version lookup
Check the presence of the gzip compressed kernel binary
and use it. If not present use the arbitrary kernel image
format with the known limitations.
* Mon Dec 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- More clarity on kernel version lookup
Lookup of the kernel version is done by directly reading the
kernel image via a small tool named kversion. The scope of the
tool is limited and does not work for e.g kernel images which
contains its own decompressor code. For the special cases we
defined exceptions, one was zImage. The recently added exception
for vmlinuz seemed too intrusive to me and was also not well
documented. This patch tries to clarify and get us back to
explicit and easy to read coding. Fixes #899
* Tue Dec 04 2018 Ruediger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
- testing: fix issues marked by shellcheck
* Thu Nov 29 2018 Ruediger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
- kernel.py: also try vmlinux-version.gz in case of image-version to
get the version number
* Tue Nov 27 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add Ubuntu bionic build tests
* Tue Nov 27 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Another round of OCI tools refactoring
In order to provide buildah support some of the logic about
temporary directories for OCI images creation needs to be moved
to the dedicated OCI tool class.
While umoci can operate in any directory and this is passed as an
argument, this is not the case for buildah. In buildah workflow
the storage path of work-in-progress images/containers is not
customizable neither the mountpoint of the container rootfs.
* Mon Nov 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.2 → 9.17.3
* Mon Nov 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update documentation for rd.live.cowfile.mbsize
* Mon Nov 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use cow file on persistent grub live loop boot
When using tools like live-grub-stick the live iso as generated
by kiwi will be copied as file on the target device and a grub
loopback setup is created there to boot the live system from file.
In such a case the persistent write setup which tries to create
an extra write partition on the target fails in almost all cases
because the target has no free and unpartitioned space available.
Therefore in case of such a loopback mounted system we create a
cow file(live_system.cow) instead of a partition to setup
persistent writing. The cow file will be created in the same
directory the live iso image file was read from grub
This Fixes #860
* Fri Nov 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.1 → 9.17.2
* Fri Nov 23 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Create a custom `setup.py clean` command
The default `setup.py clean` command does not clean `dist` and
`*.egg-info` folders. This commit makes sure those are cleaned and
also ands a `setup.py clean` command in the `clean` Makefile target
* Fri Nov 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Better exception handling in oem installer
If an error condition applies in the kiwi dump dracut code
the reaction was to stop the process with a dracut die() call.
If the option 'rd.debug' was set on boot, this lead to a debugging
shell which is good, but in a standard process this lead to a
lock of the machine which is an unfortunate situation. This
patch changes the behavior to always print the error message
as a dialog message box on the primary console and reboot
the system after keypress or timeout. In case of the debug
switch configured the system die()'s as before.
This Fixes #884
* Mon Nov 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add parted dependency for dracut-kiwi-live package
dracut-kiwi-live requires `partprobe` tool and this is provided by
parted package. Persistent overlay setup fails if parted is not
installed in the image.
* Thu Nov 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added unit test for syslinux lookup paths
* Thu Nov 15 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Include the isolinux ubuntu paths
This commit adds the ubuntu installation paths the places to look
for isolinux binaries.
* Tue Nov 13 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix spec to better support Debian and Ubuntu builds
This commit fixes the spec to properly build for Debian and Ubuntu.
More specific:
* update-alternatives path has been adapted
* python3-kiwi are now enabled for Debian 9 and Ubuntu 18.04
* Mon Nov 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make gfxboot a recommended package
gfxboot is needed on the host for certain boot graphics
operations. It's used if the boot theme provides a gfxboot.cfg
In this case the tool is also required. The setup of the
boot themes is differently implemented in each of the
distributions we support. In addition on suse distributions
gfxboot is no longer in the core system. Given that we are
not able to find a common base on requirement of the package
we changed gfxboot from a required to a recommended package
and deleted the requirement on debian based distros
* Fri Nov 09 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Adding OEM and ISO image types for Fedora tests
* Fri Nov 09 2018 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- kiwi-dump-image: improve dialog usage
Dialog's "--radiolist" feature requires to navigate to the item,
press "space" to select the item and then "enter" to execute.
With "--menu", it is enough to just navigate to the item and press
"enter" to execute, which is much more intuitive for most users.
* Fri Nov 09 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add support for --no-history umoci's flag
Using this flag kiwi appends only a single history entry for OCI
containers.
* Fri Nov 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.17.0 → 9.17.1
* Fri Nov 09 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Little code styling fix
* Fri Nov 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed oem installer
In the implementation of the ramdisk installer from
SUSE/ramdisk_deployment(4fdeee3faa3) an error for the
standard case was introduced such that the lsblk call
was invalid. This lead to no devices being present
for the installation. This patch Fixes #877
* Thu Nov 08 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix rsync call for filesystem images
For filesystem images the rsync call was missing a finale slash for
the source path causing the sync also the containing directory. With
this change the filesystem image does not include the rootfs in any
subdirectory.
Fixes #875
* Tue Nov 06 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add history metadata for container builds
This commit adds the history section in contianerconfig. With it
'author', 'created_by' and 'comment' can be customized. In addition
'created' is always included with the image creation date time.
'created_by' entry is set to 'KIWI __version__' by default if nothing
is provided.
Fixes #852
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.36 → 9.17.0
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Change bundling of image formats
By default none of the image formats were stored as compressed
file. The reason behind this was the assumption that some
formats automatically makes use of compression, which is true
but only in their processing and not in their data blocks at
creation time. Storage and handling of the image file itself
becomes cumbersome and therefore we change the default bundle
setup for image formats to be compressed. This means the image
as it gets packed by KIWI needs to be uncompressed before use.
The following image formats are affected by the change in a
call of the result bundler:
kiwi result bundle ...
* qcow2 (.qcow2.xz)
* vdi (.vdi.xz)
* vhd (.vhd.xz)
* vhdx (.vhdx.xz)
* vmdk (.vmdk.xz)
All other image formats already defined a custom bundling
setup including compression and are not affected by this change.
This Fixes #650
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed firmware strip and lookup for kiwi initrd
In a kiwi initrd the function baseStripFirmware can be
used to strip down the firmware to the actually used
kernel drivers in that initrd. The code to do this was
broken due to the changes in #64cb5b003140a. This
patch done by Ruediger Oertel <ro@suse.de> fixes the
method to work correctly again.
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Stefan Seyfried <seife+dev@b1-systems.com>
- kiwi-partitions-lib: wait for udev before lsblk
A LVM-enabled oem image spuriously did not resize its PV / LVs. Tracking
this down, I discovered that lsblk was sometimes racing with udev and
the disk was just not available during get_partition_node_name().
Call udev_pending() before all lsblk calls to avoid that.
(lsblk man page also advocates this to synchronize with udev)
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.35 → 9.16.36
* Tue Nov 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bypass Jekyll processing for github pages
sphinx uses directories that start with underscores which
Jekyll considers these to be special resources and does not copy
them to the final site.
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.34 → 9.16.35
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert last travis.yml change
This reverts commit 7fb7e8c39fa861b6226d54e04483be8e96a5f8be.
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.33 → 9.16.34
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Next try to fixup pypi deployment
Reset to encrypted password hash which worked before
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.32 → 9.16.33
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move pypi secret to secure variable on travis
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.31 → 9.16.32
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use travis-sphinx to generate github pages doc
The output from the sphinx build does not render css
and java script correctly on github pages, thus switch
back to travis-sphinx to generate that data
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.30 → 9.16.31
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move github token to secure variable on travis
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.29 → 9.16.30
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Run pages deployment before pypi
In addition update the pypi secret
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move travis references to .com domain
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.28 → 9.16.29
* Mon Nov 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Arrange command test arguments to match py2 and py3 order
Apparently dictionary keys are not sorted equaly in py2 and py3. While
the code does not relay on command flags order the test command
validation does. This commit ensures the umoci command is the same for
both, py2 and py3, with all the flags in the same order.
* Mon Nov 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Make process config arguments method static
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added oci_tools to package MANIFEST
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use the travis pages provider for doc deployment
In the past we used the travis-sphinx script to deploy
the documentation to gh-pages via the travis CI. However
with the change to the travis github App we need to
change this deployment into a real deployment stage
of the travis setup
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed azurectl redirect in documentation
* Mon Nov 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.27 → 9.16.28
* Sun Nov 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Deploy and Run System in a RamDisk docu
* Wed Oct 31 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Refactor containerconfig xml evaluation
This commit refactors the extracted data from containerconfig section
to be tool agnostic.
Related to #863
* Tue Oct 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Support ramdisk deployment in OEM images
Using the rd.kiwi.ramdisk boot option enables the deployment
into a ramdisk. If this option is enabled only ramdisk devices
as provided by the brd kernel driver will be available for
deployment
* Mon Oct 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Apply OCI interface for container and root_import
Instead of directly calling the container archiving tool,
in this case umoci, the code has been changed to use the
new OCI interface class. This Fixes #859
* Mon Oct 29 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Distinguish install and image dracut config
This commit distinguishes the files that should be installed inside
the image dracut only than the ones installed in both, in install initrd
and image initrd.
Fixes #858
* Mon Oct 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added OCI tooling interface class
An initiative to formulate industry standards around container
formats and runtime is available at https://www.opencontainers.org
Different tools to implement the specifications had been
created. The purpose of this class and its sub-classes is
to provide a common interface in kiwi to allow using all
tools such that the container support in kiwi covers every
linux distribution no matter what tooling was preferred.
Related to Issue #859
* Fri Oct 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Warn on Modifications to intermediate config files
Some files are taken from the host and managed as intermediate
config files during the build of the image. Changes to those
files during the build run by e.g a script will not become
effective because the file gets restored. With this patch we
detect the modification condition and throw a warning message
such that the author of the image can adapt the description
as suggested in the message. This Fixes #817
* Thu Oct 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup code to make flake8 happy
The new version of flake8 is more strict on code checking and
complained at several places. This commit fixes the code smells
such that flake8 is happy again
* Fri Oct 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.26 → 9.16.27
* Fri Oct 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use %{ix86} rather than %ix86 in spec template
Clear macro annotation prevents clarity issues
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed spec file for gfxboot requires
Require gfxboot but only for the x86 architecture
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.25 → 9.16.26
* Thu Oct 18 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Move the default rpm database path into Defaults class
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Handle default uri mime type in Defaults class
* Thu Oct 18 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add a hardcoded rpm database path to import trusted keys
This commits adds a hardcoded rpm database location to make
sure the imported keys are in the expected location for zypper.
Fixes #855
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow simple path source in Uri class
This patch is needed as follow up fix for the setup of the
package cache in local repositories. The is_remote method
from the Uri class is used to identify if a repostory source
is remote or local. At that point the initial repository
source was already translated into its components. In case
of a local repository the Uri instance now receives a simple
path and the is_remote method raised with a style error.
This patch allows the Uri class to be more friendly and
initializes a local path as file:/ typed source.
Related to Issue #847
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.24 → 9.16.25
* Thu Oct 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add timestamp to logfile entries
On the console output we use a log format with timestamps
This is useful for the logfile contents too
* Wed Oct 17 2018 Stefan Seyfried <seife@tuxbox-git.slipkontur.de>
- sort package list which accompanies the image
This makes it much easier to diff the lists of two images to find out
the differences in package versions.
* Wed Oct 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Don't cache packages from local repos for zypper
Access to packages from local repositories is as fast as reading
them from a cache location. The additional package copy and cache
update is superfluous and should be avoided. This Fixes #847
* Tue Oct 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.23 → 9.16.24
* Tue Oct 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Update /etc/machine-id management docs
Updates the information about how /etc/machine-id is treated in KIWI
and provides some hints for old systems where /var/lib/dbus/machine-id
is not a symlink to /etc/machine-id
Related to #843
* Tue Oct 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Unpack root.tar.gz file for LVM integration test
* Tue Oct 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added LVM integration test build
* Mon Oct 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.22 → 9.16.23
* Mon Oct 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added machine id setup in dracut preparation
In case of a dracut booted image we empty out the systemd
machine-id configuration file to trigger the rebuild of that
information by the dracut boot code at boot time. This allows
for unique systemd identifiers if the same image gets deployed
on different machines. This also makes the script implementations
people put in in config.sh or images.sh to solve this problem
obsolete. This Fixes #843
* Fri Oct 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix use of uri type in debootstrap call
Referencing a file in a debootstrap call is done using
the file:/ source type. However when using file:// debootstrap
does something different and failed to find the file. The
additional / had a bad impact to the call.
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.21 → 9.16.22
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete rhel/fedora doc move
With the fix to use the rpm macro consistently it
is no longer required to move around the docs
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.20 → 9.16.21
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package specs for dracut modules on fedora
dracut-network is a separate package on Fedora/RHEL too
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add alternative search path for syslinux binaries
On debian/ubuntu systems /usr/lib/ISOLINUX is a valid
search path for syslinux binaries like isolinux.bin.
This Fixes #839
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package doc install target
The spec file uses the %{_defaultdocdir} macro but the
corresponding Makefile target used a hardcoded path which
lead to inconsistencies on debian/ubuntu based systems.
This Fixes #838
* Thu Oct 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package specs for dracut modules on debian
btrfs tools are provided by btrfs-tools package and not by
btrfs-progs. In addition dracut-network is a separate package
on debian/ubuntu based distributions. This Fixes #837
* Tue Oct 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Don't require gfxboot on rhel/fedora
* Tue Oct 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup zypper calls in documentation
The way the documentation describes the zypper call to add
a repository was wrong in several places.
* Tue Oct 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added gfxboot to required packages in spec
kiwi calls gfxboot as tool when building live iso images.
Thus this tool provided by the gfxboot package should be
a requirement for kiwi
* Tue Oct 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.19 → 9.16.20
* Mon Oct 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- rebuild auto generated code with stable generateDS
For some reason the xml_parse code generated by generateDS v2.29.24
caused warnings on simple type XSD patterns. Therefore I rebuild
the code with the stable build version v2.29.14 which fixed that
issue
* Mon Oct 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup README travis and codacy status badges
* Mon Oct 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1110869
bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with request #831
from SUSE/fix_uri_handler
* Sun Oct 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Include livenet module with dmsquash-live support
The upstream dracut dmsquash-live module supports network
mode with the livenet module. But that module must be
explicitly included and is not fetched automatically.
This Fixes #827
* Fri Oct 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.18 → 9.16.19
* Fri Oct 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rename private method to be more expressive
* Fri Oct 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add Codec utils for bytes literals decoding
In case of a literal decoding failure it tries to decode
the result in utf-8. This is handy in python2 environments where
python and the host might be using different charset configurations.
In python3 this issue seams to be solved.
Fixes #829 and bsc#1110871
* Fri Oct 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed URI handling with token query option
So far only the query format ?credentials=... was supported.
In case of ?random_token_data the returned uri was truncated
and also the format check on the query caused a python trace.
This Fixes #830 and Fixes #828
* Fri Oct 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Make use of the quiet flag of mountpoint command
This commit sets the use of -q flag of mountpoint. Kiwi only
checks the return code, thus any stdout is useless in this case.
Fixes #829
* Tue Oct 02 2018 Fergal Mc Carthy <fergal.mc.carthy@suse.com>
- Eliminate redundant code
Create a helper method, _create_volume_no_zero, which calls the
lvreate command with appropriate options and calls the vgscan
command immeditately afterwards to create any missing /dev nodes.
* Sat Sep 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed broken link to ec2uploadimg tool
* Sat Sep 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update contact information
We moved from IRC to Matrix as chat platform. Thus the
documentation needs to be updated accordingly
* Thu Sep 27 2018 Fergal Mc Carthy <fergal.mc.carthy@suse.com>
- Fixes LVM based image creation in OBS
While attempting to create LVM based images under the Open Build
Service I recently ran into some issues related to the fact that
there is no udev running in the chroot environment used to build
kiwi based images.
Two workarounds have been implemented in this patch:
(1) When calling lvcreate, include the `-Zn` option to disable
the automatic zeroing of the header of the newly created
LV device; doing so requires that the LV device's /dev
entry exists immediately after it has been created, but
in a chroot'd environment udev isn't going to be running
to automatically populate /dev/<vg_name>/<lv_name> or
/dev/mapper/<vg_name>-<lv_name>.
This should be safe to do since the LV is being created
within a loopback device based partition, which is backed
by a zero filled file, created by qemu-img.
(2) After creating an LV we need to run `vgscan --mknodes`
to create the required device nodes under /dev, which
won't be automatically created since udev isn't running
in the chroot'd environment.
Unit tests updated to account for additional `-Zn` arguments that
are being passed to `lvcreate` and for additional call that is
being made to `vgscan --mknodes`.
This fixes #824.
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.17 → 9.16.18
* Wed Sep 26 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Create parent qgroup when snapper is present
This commit creates a new parent quota group (1/0) of level 1 when
btrfs_quota_groups is enabled and snapper present into the image
root tree.
Related to bsc#1093518 and #812
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.16 → 9.16.17
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup make build target
Don't include auto generated schema docs into the source
tarball. Also cleanup MANIFEST.in from files no longer
present in the repository
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.15 → 9.16.16
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Disable warnings report from pytest
By default pytest now generates warnings for all modules
used in the tox environment. This information is nice
but taints the test output of the code of this project
and is therefore unwanted.
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.14 → 9.16.15
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Customize latex output for look and feel
* Wed Sep 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update development doc chapter per review by Tom
* Tue Sep 25 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Make volume id customizable for installation ISOs
This commit makes volid attribute also available for OEM images.
The installation media makes use of the volid value. Only posix
safe names are allowed, up to 32 characters.
Fixes #811
* Mon Sep 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Include PDF build of documentation to the package
Bundle a PDF version of the online documentation with the rpm package
build. Due to the complexity of getting a latex build environment into
the travis CI which does not take forever to install, the bundling of
a built PDF into the pypi archive has been skipped. Users installing
from pypi would need to install a latex env on their machine and
run make latexpdf from the installed bundle.
This Fixes #819
* Mon Sep 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update docs for setting up development environment
Reference py3.6 when showing example tox call. Also
delete a py version reference where it was not needed
* Fri Sep 21 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update kiwi tools README
Delete obsolete entries for tools no longer present
* Thu Sep 20 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1108508
bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with bf556a96 and 77517cff commits. Just
adding the ticket reference here.
* Wed Sep 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed disk detection for live iso in loopback grub
If the live iso is used as a disk on e.g USB sticks and
is configured to setup a persistent write space via the
initrd option rd.live.overlay.persistent, it's required
to find the disk device to create a write partition on
it.
This detection worked if the live iso is binary dumped
on the disk and bootet due to the hybrid support each
iso built by kiwi provides.
However if the live ISO deployment should not destroy
existing data on the disk there is an alternative setup
which uses grub's loopback support and puts the iso as a
file on some partition of the disk. In this mode the
kiwi-live dracut module failed to find the disk device
and could not setup a persistent write partition.
* Fri Sep 14 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.13 → 9.16.14
* Fri Sep 14 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed spec template
Directory delimiter missing in call for install_dracut target
* Fri Sep 14 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.12 → 9.16.13
* Thu Sep 13 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Make use of kiwi/utils/sysconfig
This commit makes use the sysconfig kiwi utility in order to
read and eventually update the /etc/sysconfig/snapper file.
* Thu Sep 13 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Snapper configuration for btrfs quota support refactored
This commit refactors the snapper configuration for btrfs quota support
when btrfs_root_is_snapshot is enabled. The sysconfig file
/etc/sysconfig/snapper is now taken into consideration.
Fixes bsc#1093518
* Wed Sep 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed overlay of intermediate config files
Some config files e.g etc/hosts needs to be temporary copied
from the buildsystem host to the image root system. This is
done by a custom copy with the .kiwi extension and a symlink
to that file. During the installation process the package
manager either overwrites the file or creates a .rpmnew variant.
In case a .rpmnew variant exists there is code in kiwi which
restores that .rpmnew variant to become the real file. However
that _restore_intermediate_config_rpmnew_variants() method
runs after overlay files has been applied to the system because
it's part of the final cleanup step. In order to preserve
an eventual overlay version of the file the .rpmnew variant
gets only restored if the real file does not exist.
This Fixes #807
* Wed Sep 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed dice documentation
The chapter: Building in a Self-Contained Environment holds
a fixed ruby version in the package install which was outdated.
It also still referenced the container as tar.xz but we have
changed to uncompressed containers by default a while back
* Tue Sep 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed filesystem builder use of exclude list
kiwi defines a global Defaults.get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync
method but it was not used in the scope of the filesystem builder.
Thus this builder was missing the exclusion of the .buildenv
file. This references Issue #422 and Fixes #814
* Wed Sep 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Enhance /etc/snapper/configs/root file parser
* Tue Sep 04 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix quota groups management when snapper is present
* Fixes the config file path if root is snapshot
* Uses the correct QGROUP="<group>" syntax
* Do not overwrite the config file if already present
Fixes bsc#1093518
* Sat Aug 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Separate dracut module install by Makefile target
The dracut modules like kiwi provides it should not be part of the
default install target. If kiwi gets installed from source or via
pip all dracut code gets installed on that system which is unwanted
and in the worst case leads to boot trouble next time this system
rebuilds its initrd via dracut. Therefore an extra Makefile target
which is used in the spec of an rpm but not in the install target
of setup.py is provided in this commit.
As a consequence the installation from pip will not install any
dracut modules on that system which is intentional. Installing from
source requires to run make install_dracut which if called assumes
the caller knows what he/she does :)
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.11 → 9.16.12
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Follow up fix for skip_cleanup use
make sure doc_travis tox target has created the manual
pages such that the environment contains this data
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.10 → 9.16.11
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use skip_cleanup for deploy stage in travis
We need the tox build environment to run the deployment
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.9 → 9.16.10
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Follow up fix for deploy target
Integration of man pages must be done as part of the sdist
setup because the travis pypi deployment only uses the
sdist target to bundle the sources
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.8 → 9.16.9
* Mon Aug 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed deploy target
As part of the deploy process in travis a bundle to pypi is
uploaded. The bundle is missing the compiled manual pages because
the doc_travis stage did not create them.
* Wed Aug 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.7 → 9.16.8
* Wed Aug 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update pxe server setup documentation
Delete the suggested modifications to /etc/sysconfig/atftpd
and trust the defaults provided by the package
* Wed Aug 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added support for system wide config file
If there is no user specific config file we are also
looking for a system wide /etc/kiwi.yml file
* Wed Aug 08 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- use more meaningful variable names
* Tue Aug 07 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix baseStripUnusedLibs config method
This commit arguments handling of the baseStripUnusedLibs
that was not prepared to handle quoted variable containing a list.
Fixes #798
* Tue Aug 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added doc chapter for remote live boot
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added support for pxe live boot via AOE
The live ISO should support a network reference. We are using
the Ata Over Ethernet protocol to achieve this. In combination
with pxe boot of the kernel/initrd a live iso can boot from
the network using the following parameter example:
root=live:AOEINTERFACE:e0.1 rd.kiwi.live.pxe
Export of the live iso file via AOE can be achieved using the
vblade toolkit which needs to be available on the exporting
system and compatible with the live operating system.
This Fixes #796
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Run schema validation/update per XSL stylesheets
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added XSL stylesheet to auto update schema
Drop oem-ataraid-scan from oemconfig if specified
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update vagrant doc chapter redirect links
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Drop oem-ataraid-scan from schema
Along with the change we pin generateDS version to 2.29.14
because the newer version (2.29.19) creates broken python
syntax for elements with a value list for their content
like it's the case for the packagemanager element. The
tool uses the name k.packagemanager.content as class name
which is invalid for python.
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete dmraid aka: softraid soft/fakeraid support
In fate#323743 the decision was made to drop dmraid from
the distribution. Along with the low business case for those
controllers and the support for linux softraid via mdadm
we also drop the support in kiwi for oem-ataraid-scan
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed unresolvables in EC2 integration build
For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now
* Mon Aug 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed unresolvables in integration builds
For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now
* Wed Aug 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.6 → 9.16.7
* Wed Aug 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- update vagrant doc chapter per review by Tom
* Wed Aug 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added vagrant setup chapter in the docs
Document steps to create a vagrant box for the libvirt
provider. Also provide information on provider support
This Fixes #792
* Tue Jul 31 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use xattr 0.9.3
Latest xattr is broken on pip
* Tue Jul 31 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed make obs_test_status
The helper script .obs_test_status looks up the build
results from the integration tests. With the introduction
of multibuild integration tests the script has to apply
some modifications to get the correct results
This is related to Issue #791
* Mon Jul 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.5 → 9.16.6
* Mon Jul 30 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix result bundle command
This commits fixes a regression introduced in 98c9c77a
* Mon Jul 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.4 → 9.16.5
* Mon Jul 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup validation of boottimeout attribute
If boottimeout is set to zero it is evaluated as "not set"
and the default applies. However it's a fairly well approach
to set a zero second boot timeout. This Fixes #789
* Fri Jul 27 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add build tests for CentOS
* Fri Jul 27 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Do not replace version from the image name
This commit makes sure that replacing version to version plus the
build id on resulting files happens only on version suffixes. Before
that if image name was including the version string it, this part was
also replaced.
Fixes #787 (bsc#1102868)
* Fri Jul 27 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Extending result bundle task tests to better cover corner cases
This commit adds some tests to better cover a couple of cases:
* image name contains the version of the image
* the file in result does not include the version
* Wed Jul 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup misleading error message
In root_bind if the cleanup failed to remove a directory
hierarchy the error message was just displaying the path
as it would be on the host root and not based on the root
of the image root tree.
* Tue Jul 24 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Modify python-yaml dependency for CentOS and RHEL 7
This commit fixes #785
* Fri Jul 20 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Do not run Codacy analysis on tests
* Thu Jul 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup DiskFormatOva implementation
The inheritance and super call concept used in this class
destroys the OO design concept of loosely coupled code
and also leads to a broken build because it bypasses the
post_init constructor called by the base class
* Mon Jul 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Exclude tests in codacy analysis
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.3 → 9.16.4
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added grub2 module packages for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup timezone and keytable setup for GCE build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Second round of package fixes for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema for GCE build test to latest version
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup package list for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Google Compute Engine build test
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Deleted obsolete landscape setup
Code quality is checked via codacy now
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed building VMware images with pvscsi adapter
Qemu does not natively support the pvscsi adapter type.
However there is a VMware suggested procedure which allows
to change the lsilogic setup to pvscsi inside of the DDB
of a formerly created lsilogic configured image format.
This patch implementes that procedure and
Fixes bsc#1099569
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.2 → 9.16.3
* Fri Jul 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed name of checksum file for pxe type
The pxe image build generates among others a checksum
file with the suffix '.md5' This file is read by the
legacy netboot code and is expected to have the same
basename as the image file itself. However if the
compressed attribute is set the image file name is
set to 'image.xz' and the checksum is named 'image.xz.md5'
which is wrong because 'image.md5' is expected. This
patch makes sure the checksum file is always set
to 'image.md5' no matter if the compressed flag is
configured or not
* Fri Jul 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed custom_args argument assignment in BootImage
custom_args has been deleted from BootImageKiwi class
but was still passed in the Factory
* Fri Jul 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added runtime check for label use
Added check_volume_label_used_with_lvm to check if
custom volume labels are used in the scope of LVM
* Fri Jul 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed GCE image file name
In former times Google requires the image name to follow
their naming conventions. However that seems to have changed
and it is no longer required to match a certain pattern.
Thus this patch changes the output name of the GCE tar file
to use the same naming schema as KIWI applies to its output
files
* Thu Jul 12 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add codacy.yml config file
* Wed Jul 11 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Move from landscape.io to codacy.com
* Wed Jul 11 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Updated Travis check icon to forked project
* Wed Jul 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Support label attribute in volumes
The optional label attribute in a volume section allows
to specify a filesystem label for the selected volume.
The label setup will have no effect on filesystems
which implements their own volume management like it's
the case for btrfs. This Fixes #738
* Wed Jul 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema tron rules for btrfs type attributes
The btrfs_* attributes only applies for vmx and oem types
* Tue Jul 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed some code smells
* Use of unused variables, and dangerous defaults
* Update of design patterns on pylint and landscape
* Fri Jul 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add support for activation of btrfs quota groups
If the new type attribute btrfs_quota_groups is set to true
this will enable the quota group system for btrfs based systems.
This Fixes #772 and bsc#1093518
* Fri Jul 06 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Improve coding style, tests and label format validation
* Fri Jul 06 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Add '--add-container-label' flag
This commits adds a command line flag to add a label for container image
types. The flag can be used multiple times.
Fixes #770
* Wed Jul 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added system cleanup methods
Some files in the system gets created by services like
systemd or zypper and are meant to be created once on the
target system. However in the image they might be unwanted.
Thus this commit adds convenience methods to delete files
which gets automatically re-created by the services on
startup. Whether or not the methods are used is in the
responsibility of the author of the image descripion.
This Fixes bsc#1098535
* Fri Jun 29 2018 Adrian Schröter <adrian@suse.de>
- avoid double quoting of disturl in label (...="'obs://...'").
avoid always printed warning of missing disturl
make use of disturl variable
* Wed Jun 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.1 → 9.16.2
* Wed Jun 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Simplify configfile loading
prefix and root variables are correctly set, thus calling
the "normal" command has the same effect than the explicit
call for "configfile"
* Tue Jun 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Prevent building custom efi image
If the distribution provides a prebuilt efi image kiwi
should use it instead of building its own image.
* Wed Jun 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.16.0 → 9.16.1
* Wed Jun 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Avoid module loading in grub config template
This patch is two fold. First part replaces the import of
dedicated video modules in the grub image by the all_video
module. Second part avoids runtime module insertion which
requires access to the boot filesystem which is not
guaranteed on sophisticated rootfs structures like btrfs
plus readonly snapshots and what not. Thus we make sure
all boot code is embedded into the grub image(s) and no
extra loading of modules at runtime will be needed.
This Fixes bsc#1096937
* Tue Jun 12 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix for bsc#1094788
This is just an empty commit to include the bugfix reference in
the repository history.
The bugfix for bsc#1094788 was actually commited in:
commit 835cebfe5c488515dfbcdf33dab6262613ca5508
Author: Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
Date: Tue May 29 16:42:55 2018 +0200
* Tue Jun 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Complete GUID change from signed to unsigned
Follow up fix to complete the binary packing of the GUID
format to use unsigned types. Missed to move short source
from signed to unsigned. This Fixes bsc#1095267
* Wed Jun 06 2018 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Use the versioned Python interpreter path to run build helper scripts
The kiwi build process mostly does the right thing in terms of executing
with the correct Python interpreter throughout the build process, with
the exception of the Makefile not correctly locating the versioned Python
interpreter executable path, and the bash completion generator being executed
using '/usr/bin/python' without regard for what the target environment was.
This is a problem when a build environment complying with PEP 394 as it
stands today does not have Python 2 installed, such as when kiwi is being
built as a Python 3-only package in Fedora. Thus, the Makefile has been
adjusted to not only correctly locate the versioned Python interpreter, but
to also execute 'completion_helper' with the correct interpreter.
Additionally, a trivial change to the shebang to 'completion_helper'
was made to be consistent with other Python-based build helper scripts.
This is part of the overall effort to eliminate the dependencies on
Python 2 in Fedora.
Reference: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FinalizingFedoraSwitchtoPython3
* Wed Jun 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.15.4 → 9.16.0
* Wed Jun 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move fedora integration test build to fc28 distro
* Tue Jun 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.15.3 → 9.15.4
* Tue Jun 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup move_to_root method
move_to_root is called to check each element of a given list
and changes any path specification to a valid path if the given
root path would be it's root(/). This tranformation implied the
creation of paths containing double slashes like //foo which
was considered harmless. However it has turned out that the dnf
package manager makes a difference here which requires to fix
the resulting paths. This Fixes #761
* Mon Jun 04 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Adding license tag under description tag in schema
This license tag does not effect the resulting image in any way. The tag
is just included to state the license of the kiwi image sources in case
they are distributed.
Fixes #728
* Mon Jun 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure profile env is included in live images
For all images which boots via dracut the .profile file is included
except for live iso's because no information is needed from that file
to boot or customize the boot. However the .profile contains the
kiwi_revision information which is useful for any image type.
This Fixes #755
* Mon Jun 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add config-cdroot to description import list
During the prepare step the image description and mandatory
files needed in the create step are copied into the image
root system below the image/ directory. In case of the
optional config-cdroot archive this copy action was missing
which lead to the problem that the archive was not present
if the kiwi system create command is sequence is used.
This Fixes #756
* Mon Jun 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added true module to grub image list
When kiwi creates a grub image a list of modules are embedded.
For the purpose of snapshot boot the true module seems to be
used but was not included at build time when kiwi created
the grub image. This Fixes bsc#1093917
* Mon Jun 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Changed GUID format from signed to unsigned
With reference to Microsoft Guid constructors it seems unsigned
values are allowed which could exceed the value range of the
binary unpack used in kiwi. This Fixes bsc#1095267
* Fri Jun 01 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Fix SC2164 complain of shellcheck
* Thu May 31 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Updating shellcheck call from tox
Recent shellcheck versions are more strict and complain about
backslashes "\" used in literals claiming it is preferred to use
double backslashes "\\". As is just a styling advise and we use
backslashes in multiple commands (echo, sed, etc) I believe this
can be ignored.
* Wed May 30 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.de>
- Relax runtime check for ISO images using dmsquash
This commit relaxes the dracut-kiwi-live module requirement if
dmsquash dracut module is selected in flags attribute.
* Tue May 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- omit multipath module in live iso initrd
The multipath module creates device maps which puts the device
in a busy state and prevents the creation of a persistent write
partition. As multipath seems never useful for the root of a live
iso image we generally omit this module from being included
* Tue May 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup LOADER_LOCATION in sysconfig/bootloader
By default we always set LOADER_LOCATION=mbr which is wrong
if EFI is in use. This patch updates the value to be correct.
It also seems that this variable is only consumed by the
yast2 bootloader module from past days. Thus we consider
it obsolete and on the to be droped list in future releases.
This Fixes #746
* Tue May 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.15.2 → 9.15.3
* Mon May 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix setup of LOADER_TYPE in sysconfig/bootloader
LOADER_TYPE value for the grub2 bootloader depends on
the use of EFI. This Fixes bsc#1094883
* Mon May 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added documentation for config-cdroot archive
* Mon May 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added support for config-cdroot archive
The image description now allows an optional file named:
config-cdroot.tar[.compression_postfix]. The file gets
unpacked as user data for live and install ISO images.
This allows users to add e.g license files or reference
documentation to the ISO image. This Fixes #737
* Mon May 28 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Verify file does not exist before creating symlink
* Mon May 28 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add service dependencies in generators
Correctly adding the initrd-root-fs.target service dependency to
auto generated sysroot.mount for kiwi-live and kiwi-overlay dracut
modules.
Fixes #741
* Mon May 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Do not create static dev nodes in root init
For compatibility reasons kiwi created a set of static device
nodes when initializing a new image root system. With the
presence of devtmpfs this should no longer be needed. In addition
the static dev node setup now also causes problems on filesystems
like btrfs which was the reason to delete this code now.
This Fixes bsc#1087104
* Thu May 24 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not delete uncompressed base docker images
Fixes #739
* Wed May 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.15.1 → 9.15.2
* Wed May 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix zypper add lock operations
This commit fixes the arguments passed to zypper in add lock
operations.
* Tue May 15 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add correct GPL-3.0-or-later license
Add the correct license reference in the spec License field
Fixes #732
* Tue May 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make container compression a configuration option
Change the ContainerBuilder class to evaluate on the
configuration options to decide if the container archive
should be compressed or not. By default the archive will
be compressed, thus there is no change to the former behavior
but can be setup in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml as follows:
container:
- compress: none|xz
This Fixes #725
* Tue May 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Return file name after archive or compression call
Extend the ArchiveTar and Compress classes such that
their archiving and compression methods returns the
result file name after the operation
* Tue May 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow docker root import from uncompressed file
Check the given file name for its compression format and
only uncompress if a supported format could be detected.
This Fixes #730
* Mon May 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add additionaltags containerconfig attribute
This commit adds `additionaltags` attribute, so multiple tags to
a container image can be defined in a comma separated value.
Fixes #713
* Wed May 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.15.0 → 9.15.1
* Wed May 09 2018 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs (#726)
Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs
* Tue May 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update arm integration test
Existing panda build was outdated and non functional.
Move the test to a more popular target and write the
image description to use technology matching the
suse arm development effort. Target is now Rpi(64bit)
* Tue May 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use latest version of sphinx
Formerly sphinx==1.6.7 was used because travis-sphinx failed
with latest sphinx. Now travis-sphinx fails with 1.6.7 and
I hope using latest sphinx will fix that
* Tue May 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.7 → 9.15.0
* Mon May 07 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add comment in pinch_system calls
* Mon May 07 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refining the uninstall type implementation
* Fri May 04 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add uninstall pacakges type
This commit adds a new `uninstall` type for packages. Packages listed
with this type will be removed by the package manager cleaning also any
unneeded dependency. The removal is executed after running `config.sh`.
Also in this commit `delete` type for packages is now executed after
`uninstall` packages, meaing it also happens after `config.sh`.
Fixes #625
* Fri May 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.6 → 9.14.7
* Fri May 04 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some simple code cleaning
* Fri May 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed check for volume group in use
The former implementation evaluates the output of the vgs
command and set the volume group as in use if one of the
listed volume groups on the host contains the group name
set by the image description. This would also match if the
group name set in the image description is e.g 'System' and
the a volume group on the host with name 'SystemVG' exists.
However a conflict only exists on exact match of the name.
The proposed fix is to use the --select feature from vgs
and let it show information on exact match of the vg_name
field. The code in kiwi then just evaluates if the selection
by vgs has a value or not. This Fixes #721
* Fri May 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix setup of kiwi_lvm profile variable
kiwi_lvm was always set to true if a volume management system
is in use. However it should only be set to true if the
selected volume management system is lvm. The same applies
to the kiwi_lvmgroup variable which also only makes sense
if the lvm volume management system is used.
This Fixes bsc#1090427
* Mon Apr 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.5 → 9.14.6
* Thu Apr 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend test-image-azure integration test
Use xfs as filesystem and set a tag to also test image tags
* Thu Apr 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use /dev/zero to really write a zero byte
The cleanup of the 512 byte block for the vhdfixed tag
was based on reading from /dev/null which does effectively
nothing. As the block should be filled with zero bytes
this patch changes the source from /dev/null to /dev/zero
This was found by tests to reproduce the issue reported
in bsc#1090953 but is not causing it
* Tue Apr 24 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add test for the utils class StringToSize
This commit adds a couple of unit tests for the StringToSize class.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.4 → 9.14.5
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Run doc target in travis test stage
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup doc conf.py
Do not load kiwi logging which is unneeded and causes many
superfluous messages on the console when sphinx build runs
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup docstring warning from sphinx build
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup travis unit test stages
Build docs in deployment stage only
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Include doc_travis_deploy in travis deploy stage
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed syntax errors shown by travis lint
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert "Fixup travis.yml"
This reverts commit 79ccbdff394e2aba4f1e8fb6390a9a8e0d1925e2.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert "Yet another try to get travis stages correct"
This reverts commit aca057c3554795b79c651f63a58967138d00f3c8.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Yet another try to get travis stages correct
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup travis.yml
Looks like empty lines are not allowed
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert "Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment"
This reverts commit 5fd27924c931b6b60903b0015d0a8cf31cf499f7.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.3 → 9.14.4
* Mon Apr 23 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some improvements on size calculation
This commit simplifies the unpartitioned area size calculation.
Fixes #709 and it is related to fate#323874
* Mon Apr 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment
* Fri Apr 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use travis stages feature for pypi deployment
Problem ist that the deploy section is called for every
item in the former matrix: setup. This means the pypi
upload was triggered twice for the same archive which
means one target always fails. In order to deploy only
once travis provides a stages feature which is used
in this commit
* Fri Apr 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.2 → 9.14.3
* Fri Apr 20 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding unpartitioned size attribute
This commit adds the possibility of setting some unpartitioned area
after the systemdisl partition into the image.
Fixes #709
* Fri Apr 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed creation of machine settings file
If no vmnic setup is present a request to iterator over
a NoneType object is attempted and failed. This Fixes #710
* Thu Apr 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- volume_manager API docs cleanup
* Thu Apr 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- repository API docs cleanup
* Thu Apr 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- system API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- package_manager API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- build API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed docstring :rtype: values
In Python the string type name is str not string
* Tue Apr 17 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Cleanup of the iso_tools API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Cleanup of the utils API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for
the public interface of the projects boot source code
files and Fixes #700
* Tue Apr 17 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Cleanup of the solver API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup docstring typos per review
* Tue Apr 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for
the public interface of the projects storage source code
files and Fixes #698
* Mon Apr 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup download url in setup.py
Better point to installable packages. This Fixes #702
* Wed Apr 11 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for the
public interface of the projects toplevel source code
files and Fixes #697
* Tue Apr 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup creation of vmware settings file
The kiwi schema allows for multiple vmnic sections but kiwi
only took the primary one into account. This patch uses all
configured vmnic sections. This Fixes #688
* Tue Apr 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Support lookup for fstab.append on fstab creation
At the time kiwi creates the fstab with all required fields
to boot the system it now also looks for an optional fstab.append
file and appends its contents to the fstab file. This allows
to setup custom fstab entries for filesystem mounts which are
established outside of the kiwi image building process by
e.g a service at first boot
* Tue Apr 10 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add auto release to pypi on release tags
This will automatically release kiwi on pypi if a new tag in
master is set. This happens when bumpversion is called followed
by a push and push --tags. Only if the tag is pushed the travis
deployment gets triggered. This Fixes #678
* Mon Apr 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Change variable quoting for Rm/Rpm shell helpers
The two methods exists to overlay their call with a logging
facility. Thus it is ok and expected that the caller can
pass arguments for the program e.g (Rm -rf foo) which resulted
in (rm '-rf foo') leading to a runtime error.
* Mon Apr 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.1 → 9.14.2
* Fri Apr 06 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix default initrd_system values
This commit fixes the default initrd_system value for some image
types. Since this value is included in profile and potentially
taken into account for some of the config script functions, it is
important to have consistent values even when the image type
has no initrd choice or it doesn't have initrd at all.
Related to #689
* Fri Apr 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Check partition table after cow part creation
Proceed with the persistent write partition setup only
if the cow partition could have been created successfully
* Thu Apr 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed detection of disk node in live iso images
If the live iso is booted as disk the initrd code needs to
find the correct disk node pointing to the iso image. This
was formerly done by checking if the populated disk devices
contains an iso header with an application id. The information
was obtained using the isoinfo tool. isoinfo is a tool
provided by the obsolete and xorriso replaced cdrtools kit.
In addition the lookup was unsafe because any iso with
an application id would have been valid. Thus this patch
changes the detection mechanism to use the volume id as
it is used in the root assignment on the cmdline. The
volume id is populated as device label for the assigned
block device and can therefore be used as a unique id.
The volume id itself is a configuration option in the image
XML description. If not set the default is 'CDROM'. The
information can be obtained via blkid and therefore also
eliminates the isoinfo requirement
* Wed Apr 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup test-image-docker unresolvable state
genisoimage seems no longer present in the distro
* Wed Apr 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update etc/default/grub setup
kiwi writes optional grub boot parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX
variable in default/grub. This information is then picked up by
grub2-mkconfig and written to grub.cfg However there is also another
variable named GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT which according to the
documentation should be used preferably. While it does not seem to
matter for grub it matters for yast. Thus this patch changes the
configuration variable and fixes bsc#1084117
* Tue Apr 03 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.14.0 → 9.14.1
* Tue Apr 03 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed truncation of image when writing vhd tag
When writing the vhd tag into a vhdfixed formatted image
the image was opened with the wrong open bits 'wb' and
thus was truncated at the 64k offset. This patch fixes
the open bits to allow in-place tag writing. This
Fixes bsc#1077096
* Tue Apr 03 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make use of autoremove in Yum and Dnf to clean dependencies
* Wed Mar 28 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Enable no forced deletion for dnf, yum and apt package managers
This commit makes apt, yum and dnf support equivalent to zypper in terms
of being capable to delete packages using the package manger tools
(implies dependencies deletion is handled by the package manager)
or deleting explicitly only listed packages using packager tools
even if this implies breaking dependencies.
* Tue Mar 27 2018 Guilherme <gmoro@suse.de>
- fix vmx fileName parameter, bsc#1084157
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema version in free schema doc generator
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema version in headline of doc chapter
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.9 → 9.14.0
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- XSL Auto update descriptions due to schema change
* Fri Mar 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete hybrid attribute from type
Any iso image we create will be a hybrid image. That was
already the default for any install iso image and was a
configuration option for live images. The optional selection
only existed for systems which do not provide tools to
make an iso hybrid. All distributions kiwi supports provides
this capabilities and there is no good reason why a live
or install iso should not be hybrid and bootable as iso
and as disk. Also the boot in disk mode became the preferred
boot method for the majority of our users which requires
to provide a hybrid iso
* Thu Mar 22 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add efiparttable type attribute
This commit allows to choose the partition table type for efi firmwares
using the efiparttable type attribute.
Fixes #638
* Thu Mar 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update spec file to require xorriso
* Thu Mar 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup hybrid call and use of iso tool options
The extra isohybrid call is only needed if the mkisofs
tool category is used. Thus it should be only visible
at the place where the isofs is created and not as an
extra step in the builder tasks. Additionally the handling
of extra options was mkisofs specific and should be
better done as a common meta_data record. The tool
specific options should only appear in the tool specific
class implementations
* Thu Mar 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow to configure iso tool category
Switch to xorriso by default but allow to setup cdrtools
in the runtime configuration file
* Wed Mar 21 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove xml_parse.py shebang in spec
It removes the shebang from the autogenerated file and also removes
the exception in rpmlint to ignore non-executable-script warning.
Fixes #666
* Mon Mar 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove unneeded shebangs from dracut modules
Fixes #668
* Mon Mar 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added IsoToolsXorrIso class
As an alternative to mkisofs/genisoimage there is now the
IsoToolsXorrIso class which implements the IsoTools interface
by using xorriso. This Fixes #635
* Mon Mar 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update package MANIFEST.in
Include new iso_tools directory
* Fri Mar 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added iso_tools api documentation
* Fri Mar 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add list_iso method to iso_tools api
* Fri Mar 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update FSF address
The address has been taken from the header example published here
https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
Fixes #667
* Fri Mar 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add create_iso method to iso_tools api
* Thu Mar 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Seperate iso tool handling into its own namespace
The Iso class only provides generic helper methods around the
creation of ISO filesystems. For the creation of the filesystem
itself we encapsulate the tool parameter handling into its own
class. For the option compatible mkisofs/genisoimage tools the
IsoToolsCdrTools class exists. This allows to create e.g
IsoToolsXorrIso class as a future implementation
* Thu Mar 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor iso helper tools
There are several tools available to build iso images.
genisoimage, mkisofs and also xorriso. The history of
the tools shows them to be used in the range of available
Linux distributions. Thus kiwi contains an abstraction
layer to support them but assumed they are option
compatible. With the xorriso implementation this is no
longer correct and therefore a refactoring of the iso
tools api is required before support for xorriso can
be added. This references Issue #635
* Wed Mar 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make build type mandatory in XMLState
* Wed Mar 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- kiwi_inode_size value is no longer hardcoded in more than one place
* Wed Mar 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add warning message for dasd
* Wed Mar 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rearrange defaults and some comments
* Wed Mar 14 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rearrange variable start_sector attribute to be a Partitioner attribute
* Tue Mar 13 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add disk_start_sector type attribute
This commit adds the disk start sector attribute to configure the
first disk sector for the first partition of the disk.
Fixes #575
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.8 → 9.13.9
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.7 → 9.13.8
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed base package requires
kpartx is used by kiwi but was not required in spec
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update gitignore
Do not manage changes in .pytest_cache
* Tue Mar 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Tell plymouth to quit only if a dialog is called
In case of a dialog kiwi uses the dialog program which conflicts
with the plymouth splash system. Thus we tell plymouth to stop
This patch changes the request to be send to plymouth prior to
a dialog call and not in general
* Mon Mar 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.6 → 9.13.7
* Mon Mar 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update bootloader console for oem test image
Set bootloader_console="serial" for the oem test image to
allow testing in the Kanku CI
* Mon Mar 12 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add profile dependencies
With this commit the profile can include other profiles as a dependency.
This way it is possible build an image defined by multiple profiles by just
calling a single composed profile from the command line.
Fixes #658
* Mon Mar 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.5 → 9.13.6
* Fri Mar 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Disable multipath from oem build test
* Fri Mar 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup setup of root_filesystem_is_multipath
The variable is set to a boolean value or None. If set to
False due to a configuration of oem-multipath-scan this
will cause the dracut multipath module to be omitted.
In any other case the presence of the multipath module
decides whether it will be included into the dracut
generated initrd or not.
* Fri Mar 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup python-kiwi base package requires
There is no need for the base package to require multipath.
Those tools are only needed for dracut modules
* Thu Mar 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use dracut modules based on feature use
As the kiwi build dracut initrd is a generic one which
includes all installed dracut modules we missed a way to
exclude modules from beeing incorporated even if we know
it would not be needed. One example is the multipath module
which would only be useful if the oem multipath scan is
configured in the image description
* Wed Mar 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update test-image-oem build
Create hostonly dracut initrd on first boot and replace
kiwi's grub config by the result of grub2-mkconfig
* Wed Mar 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete invalid motd file from build tests
* Wed Mar 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Prepare test-image-oem build test for Kanku
Activate unattended mode and preselect the installation target
Also specify a fixed swapsize value to be independent of the
host main memory which is used to calculate swap if no size
is specified
* Tue Mar 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.4 → 9.13.5
* Tue Mar 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed btrfs search path in earlyboot script
If kiwi generates its own efi image for the boot process
it does not setup the btrfs relative path setup in the
earlyboot script embedded into the generated efi image.
This has a bad impact on the file search because the
btrfs setup done in kiwi puts root below the @ volume
which we then need to specify of the relative lookup
is not activated. Fixes bsc#1082155
* Tue Mar 06 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.3 → 9.13.4
* Mon Mar 05 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use LABEL for the swap partition
If multipath and device maps are active the fstab entry should use
the LABEL reference. Systemd calls swapon and it only works properly
with multipath devices when LABEL reference is used or calling directly
on the /dev/dm-* device file.
* Sat Mar 03 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.2 → 9.13.3
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- The order of the options for mkisofs matters
Setting -eltorito-platform after -b causes mkisofs to fail
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Resize partition table after image resize
The command 'kiwi image resize' allows to resize the size
of a disk image. Depending on the partition table type it
is also required to resize the partition table inside of
the image to let the file size change become effective
This Fixes #534
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- APT: Support patternType in the bootstrap phase
With patternType="onlyRequired" (the default), run debootstrap with
- -variant=minbase to install only essential packages. With
patternType="plusRecommended", let debootstrap also install important
packages. This is not exactly what the patternType keyword means with
other targets, but it allows to choose between an absolutely minimal
image and a small but usable system.
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.1 → 9.13.2
* Fri Mar 02 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Reactivate device mappings after repart. Fixes #645
This commit recreates removed device maps and triggers again
systemd generators in order to adapt again device units to the
new context. Fixes #645
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor ovftool check
The way this was done mask errors from the call
with the check if the tool exists on the host.
This patch refactors this and makes clear where
we check for the tool to be installed and where
we actually call it
* Fri Mar 02 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend has_option_in_help to also check error data
* Thu Mar 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Check if isotool supports eltorito-platform option
Along with the change there is a small refactoring to
populate the iso tool search to the public api of the
Iso class
* Thu Mar 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Set eltorito-platform for efi
The default eltorito platform is set to "x86_64 PC", however
in an alternative bootloader spec for efi this would be the
wrong platform spec. This patch adds the correct platform
to the alt-boot setup for efi. References #643
* Wed Feb 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup obs test status helper
Use osc results output to get better status information
* Wed Feb 28 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed get_free_disk_bytes in dracut kiwi-lib
The method used any device from the lsblk output, but it can
happen that some device nodes with different name point to
the same physical device. The method would then calculate
the free space wrong. This patch takes the PARTUUID value
into account to make sure any partition device size is used
only once. This Fixes #648
* Tue Feb 27 2018 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Use pytest instead of py.test
From pytest 3.0, it is recommended to use "pytest" as the main
command. The use of "py.test" is deprecated and is potentially removed
in the future.
* Tue Feb 27 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update tox setup
Add python 3.6 target and activate it for the travis
and the local make targets
Use major python version for the check(flake) and doc
targets where the interpreter minor version is not
primarily important
This references #641
* Tue Feb 27 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update yast setup documentation
Incorporate changes per review by Tom
* Mon Feb 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed oem build test
bind-utils explicitly required for obs to be able
to resolve the package dependencies
* Mon Feb 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.13.0 → 9.13.1
* Mon Feb 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Only delete sub path if not empty
* Mon Feb 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package lists for azure and ec2 build tests
* Mon Feb 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Reference commit for bugzilla
With regards to the changes done in Issue #637 this commit
just creates a reference to a related bug bsc#1082163
* Fri Feb 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup config functions shell coding
* Fri Feb 23 2018 Adam Majer <amajer@suse.de>
- Use mkisofs instead of wodim
* Fri Feb 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete/unused methods
* Fri Feb 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add functions.sh to shellcheck
* Fri Feb 23 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added doc page how to setup yast on firstboot
* Thu Feb 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow arch attribute for profiles specification
A profile could be relevant for only a specific architecture.
There was no way to express that in the XML description. With
the change in this commit a specification like the following
is possible:
<profiles>
<profile name="A" description="..." arch="aarch64"/>
<profile name="B" description="..."
</profiles>
Profile A is only usable on the aarch64 architecture, whereas
profile B would be usable on all architectures.
* Selecting an arch specific profile from the commandline via
the --profile option on a system which is not of that architecture
will result in an error message.
* Using the import="true" attribute in the <profile> definition
for an arch specific profile will cause the import of that
profile only on that architecture and silently ignore the
import on any other architecture
This Fixes #637
* Thu Feb 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update build-test descriptions for Kanku
As part of the buildservice there is now also a CI system called Kanku
which allows for image boot/run tests. The only requirement on the image
level which is missing in our build test descriptions is the setup of
the serial console. This patch updates those image descriptions which
could be tested by kanku to provide a serial console at boot time.
The plan is that our build-test images automatically gets boot tested
by the Kanku CI. This should include boot, console-login, reboot,
console login, shutdown. The required job description to do this
needs to be worked out together with the Kanku team
* Tue Feb 20 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding publisher attribute for ISOs
This commit adds the 'publisher' attribute in type only for
ISO image type. It sets the publisher name of the resulting ISO.
Fixes #630
* Tue Feb 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed yum vs. yum-deprecated binary lookup
When using the yum package manager it could be either provided
as yum or yum-deprecated binary. Because of this the search
method to find the binary needs to know the context from which
the call is performed. This could be either the host system
or the created image root. This Fixes #624
* Tue Feb 20 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- APT: Run debootstrap with --variant=minbase
This selects only packages with Priority: required, which is more in
line with what the other package managers are doing. A patch for
kiwi-descriptions has been submitted to adapt to this new behavior.
* Fri Feb 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.9 → 9.13.0
* Fri Feb 16 2018 Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
- Do not emit linuxefi/initrdefi on non-x86 platforms
Grub wants to have linuxefi/initrdefi commands to execute Linux via the UEFI
calling convention on x86. However, all other platforms simply use the normal
linux/initrd commands, because there grub assumes that an EFI grub wants to
run an EFI payload.
Reflect this architecture difference in the generated grub configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
* Thu Feb 15 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup grub2 theme setup
The presence of a background file was mandatory for kiwi to
use the theme. But the background information is optional
* Wed Feb 14 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Deleted obsolete boot descriptions
The custom kiwi boot descriptions has been moved into
the kiwi-descriptions github repo and builds the compat
package kiwi-boot-descriptions from there. The build
of the boot image(initrd) is done by dracut and the
dracut module packages provided by kiwi. The classic
custom boot descriptions can still be used as alternative
method if the above package is installed. Related to
Issue #576
* Tue Feb 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Create compatible boot options
The boot option root=install:CDLABEL= is mandatory for install
images which uses the dracut initrd system. But for the custom
kiwi oemboot descriptions this is causing a problem when detecting
the install device. Thus the above boot option is only applied
for the initrd system which actually makes use of it
* Tue Feb 13 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update boot description search path
With the move of the boot descriptions in its own package
the kiwi search path needs to be adapted to look for boot
descriptions in /usr/share/kiwi/custom_boot. In addition
a runtime check to exit early if the boot description could
not be found or is not specified will be provided. Related
to Issue #576
* Tue Feb 13 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update the docs to the current example present in kiwi-descriptions
* Mon Feb 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.8 → 9.12.9
* Mon Feb 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
sphinx 1.7.0 is not compatible with travis-sphinx
thus we stick with 1.6.7 until travis-sphinx followed
the sphinx changes
* Mon Feb 12 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add restrictions to Path.remove_hierarchy
When an iso file is used as repo, this iso will be loop mounted on
the host and bind mounted into the image root as long as the image
builds. When the mount is released a recursive cleanup of the complete
path happens. This is done by calling Path.remove_hierarchy. However
if a sub path of the mount path contains a system root directory
which is mandatory for the Linux root system it is not allowed
to be deleted even if it is empty at the time of the mount cleanup.
Thus this patch adds a lookup for protected directory names and
only runs the recursive deletion as long as no protected member
is part of the path. This fixes bsc#1080301
* Sun Feb 11 2018 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Initial support for building Debian/Ubuntu packages in spec
This adds support for producing the main kiwi package as well as the
packages for the dracut modules to be used when building Debian-based
distribution images with KIWI.
The Debian/Ubuntu package is built using debbuild: https://github.com/ascherer/debbuild
* Fri Feb 09 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed build_pxe_root_filesystem documentation
The article still used filename references from v7 code stream
This patch updates the docs to match the sources it refers to
* Wed Feb 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update dropped features documentation
The information on the partition based install method was
unclear and misleading. This patch clarifies the documentation
in this regard
* Wed Feb 07 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete ovf format value
Support for ova has been added which makes the ovf format
value obsolete and redundant
* Tue Feb 06 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- OVA: Print a user-friendly message if ovftool is not available
* Tue Feb 06 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- OVA: Require ovftype="vmware"
* Tue Feb 06 2018 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- - Expand consistency check for grub efi package to cover debian based
and RH distros
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.7 → 9.12.8
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- - Fix style error
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Exclude install source device from target list
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed kiwi-dump timing issue
The install code needs to wait in the pre-udev phase for
the device containing the installation data to become ready
before proceeding with the actual installation code.
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- - Early exit if firmware is efi or uefi but the expected grub module is
not part of the package list
* Mon Feb 05 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed dialog size of install confirmation dialog
The size was too small to show device names which causes a
line break to be displayed in the next line
* Sun Feb 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup misleading method name
* Sun Feb 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed coverage report setup
Latest version of the coverage module requires a report setup
* Sun Feb 04 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed target path name for gce format
get_target_name_for_format in case of the gce format does
not return a path spec which leads to an incomplete result
information for a later bundle command. This patch fixes
this. In a follow up pull request we will also update
the method name from the misleading get_target_name_for_format
function name to get_target_path_name_for_format
* Sat Feb 03 2018 cyberorg <cyberorg@cyberorg.info>
- Use live-grub-stick
* Fri Feb 02 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix packages file generation
This commit checks the %_dbpath value of the image rpm tool. This is
needed since recent rpm versions switched the default database path,
thus running rpm queries to different roots might lead to errors.
Fixes #605
* Thu Feb 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.6 → 9.12.7
* Thu Feb 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update per review by Tom
* Thu Feb 01 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update per review by David
* Wed Jan 31 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added chapter for live-fat-stick deployment
With the support for the iso-scan feature in KIWI live
ISO image, also the ability to deploy file based on
FAT32 usb sticks via the live-fat-stick tool exists.
This chapter describes how to do it and Fixes #521
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update pre review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove vmdk metadata update procedure
This commit removes the method _update_vmdk_descriptor from
DiskFormatVmdk class. The code part causes vmdk format issues
in current up to date hipervisors such as VMWarePlayer 14 or
Virtualbox 5.2. Removing this code does not produce any failure,
at most can only imply loosing some features provided by open-vm-tools
package.
Fixes #591
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed use of profile variables in kiwi-dump module
The profile environment was not imported in the
dracut kiwi-dump module. Thus custom settings like
oem-unattended did not had an effect
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup docstrings in xml_state
* Tue Jan 30 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow only one dracut variable for kiwi debugging
* Mon Jan 29 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.5 → 9.12.6
* Sat Jan 27 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed kiwi dracut config for the final system
Once the image has been deployed on the target and the
system is up and running some of the kiwi dracut modules
used for deployment are no longer needed and should not be
taken into account when another dracut call happens on the
system.
* Fri Jan 26 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- Add support for building OVA images
Implement support for format="ova" using VMware's ovftool. We use the
vmdk format as a basis and then just call ovftool to convert *.vmdk +
* .vmx to an OVA.
* Fri Jan 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update documentation
Update the documentation with regards to the move
from the plain kiwi initrd to the dracut initrd system.
This is related to Issue #576
* Fri Jan 26 2018 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- flake8: Use a more conservative max-complexity setting
Set the default threshold to 12 and annotate the outliers with
"noqa: C901". Most of the cases are due to lack of switch statement in
python, but there are some worth titying up. Now we can grep for them
:).
* Fri Jan 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.4 → 9.12.5
* Fri Jan 26 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure there are no busy devices on reboot
If the dracut kiwi-repart module skips the repartition step
because the disk was already repartitioned it leaves devices
in busy state which leads to a rescue shell at the system
mount stage
* Thu Jan 25 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- uboot-setup-panda.tgz was readded by mistake as boot hooks are no longer needed
* Thu Jan 25 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding opensuse ports repository
* Thu Jan 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.3 → 9.12.4
* Thu Jan 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Don't lookup zImage symlink
Due to the workaround to lookup the gzip compressed variant
of a zImage to find its version, it's required to find the
full name of the zImage in order to rematch the gzip variant.
Looking at the zImage link will make this to fail because
there is no vmlinux link
* Thu Jan 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.2 → 9.12.3
* Thu Jan 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed kernel version check for zImage
kernels build as zImage contains the decompressor code
as part of the kernel image and could be therefore
compressed by any possible compression algorithm.
In this case we assume/hope that there is also a
standard gz compressed vmlinux version of the kernel
available and check this one instead of the zImage
variant. Fixes #587
* Thu Jan 25 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.1 → 9.12.2
* Wed Jan 24 2018 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
- - Image name generation for GCE images
+ Fix the name generation for GCE images. The implementation assumed that
GCE images are of a type that use a kiwi generated initrd, looking for
image name components based on the boot attribute in the type element.
This assumption is not correct, use the name provided in the XML to
compose the image name.
* Wed Jan 24 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update the man pages
* Wed Jan 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed installation image builder
Use get_boot_names from BootImage instance to ask for
the name of the initrd instead of constructing this
information from static values. The name of the initrd
is different per distro and toolkit
* Wed Jan 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Provide a get_boot_names method in boot classes
The naming schema for an initrd file name depends on the
boot image type as well as on the underlaying initrd
creation toolkit. In order to encapsulate that in a clear
interface the code to know about the correct names has
been moved into the classes which are responsible for
it and out of the builder/disk class
* Wed Jan 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.12.0 → 9.12.1
* Wed Jan 24 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed dracut-kiwi-oem-dump requires setup
on rhel/fedora multipath is provided by device-mapper-multipath
* Tue Jan 23 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding package_gpgcheck flag as an option for set-repo and add-repo
Fixes #565
* Tue Jan 23 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding uboot-setup kiwi hooks
For some reason the uboot-setup-panda.tgz file did not get into
master branch, probably was not properly pushed in the former
include_build_tests_arm branch.
* Tue Jan 23 2018 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Fix build tests to match new locale setting strategy (#586)
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added timezone package to build tests
With the latest update on how kiwi handles the locales with
systemd-firstboot, only locales defined in timezone package can be
set, thus Europe/Berlin is not possible if timezone is not installed
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed build tests for azure and ec2
Packages yast2-storage and recode no longer provided
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.30 → 9.12.0
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update build test image descriptions
Update to latest schema by auto conversion and delete use
of oemboot kiwi code by switching to dracut
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed reading device node path
lsblk should be called with -p because it's a mistake
to assume any device lives below /dev. There could also
be subtree devices in /dev/mapper or /dev/disk/..
We leave it up to lsblk to provide us the correct
information
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- No need to actively stop the dialog service
* Mon Jan 22 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added required packages for dmraid and multipath
* Sat Jan 20 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added handling for dmraid and multipath devices
* Fri Jan 19 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding iso-scan feature to kiwi-live dracut module
This commit adds the iso-scan scripts to kiwi-live module_setup
if the former files are found in the system inside the dmsquash-live
dracut module directory.
Fixes #574 and is related to #521
* Fri Jan 19 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed Arrays implicitly concatenate by shellcheck
* Thu Jan 18 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add support for net install in dracut kiwi-dump
This implementes one of the tasks from Issue #576
* Wed Jan 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-dump
The installation of the above mentioned dracut module package
is required for oem images which uses dracut as initrd system
and have the creation of an installation image requested.
This is related to Issue #576
* Wed Jan 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema version in documentation
* Wed Jan 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Auto update all schema descriptions to v6.8
* Wed Jan 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete hwclock from profile and system setup
* Wed Jan 17 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete hwclock section from schema
Deletes hwclock section from schema and provides xslt
style sheet for schema auto conversion from schema
version 6.7 to 6.8
* Tue Jan 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Deprecate suseConfig method and remove hardware config method
This in this commit:
- the contents of the suseConfig method from kiwi/config/functions.sh
are replaced by a deprecated message.
- the setup_hardware_clock method from SystemSetup is removed as it is
not used anywere in the code.
* Tue Jan 16 2018 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Extend CommandCapabilities to also check version
* Tue Jan 16 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added dracut-kiwi-oem-dump subpackage to spec
* Tue Jan 16 2018 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Update locale settings (#579)
* Use systemd-firstboot in order config basic settings
This commit updates locale and keyboard settings in order to make
use of the systemd tools, as this will be the only valid method starting
from SLE15.
Fixes #577
* Added CommandCapabilities utils class
* Mon Jan 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.29 → 9.11.30
* Mon Jan 08 2018 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Deleted syslinux from ppc/oemboot/suse-SLES15
syslinux is not provided for ppc. This Fixes bsc#1073310
* Fri Dec 29 2017 Martin Mohring <martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com>
- [boot] fix double quote in grub menu which makes kernel updates for CentOS / RHEL / Fedora break grub.cfg
* Tue Dec 19 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Omit kiwi-repart dracut module in oemboot initrd
KIWI's oemboot initrd with initrd_system="dracut" together with
installiso="true" requires to have dracut-kiwi-oem-repart package
installed in the system, thus it ends up also being included in the
recreated dracut initrd after booting the oemboot initrd from the
installation iso. This kiwi-repart module causes a boot failure in that
case since no .profile file is present, moreover, it has no sense to
run it at that stage, since the disk is already reparted by the
oemboot code.
This commit allows installiso="true" and initrd_system="dracut" to
play well together.
* Fri Dec 15 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Improve locale pattern in schema
Now the locale pattern in the schema also supports POSIX. Note
that POSIX will be only accepted if listed in the first place of the comma
separated list.
This commit fixes #570
* Thu Dec 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.28 → 9.11.29
* Wed Dec 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow to choose dracut live module
There is the standard dracut dmsquash-live module based on
the device mapper technology and the kiwi-live module based
on the overlayfs technology. The setup of the live iso structure
in kiwi is compatible to both modules. Thus it makes sense
to allow to choose the technology via the flags attribute
<type image="iso" ... flags="overlay|dmsquash"/>
Please note both modules supports a different set of live
features. This Fixes #568
* Tue Dec 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.27 → 9.11.28
* Thu Dec 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed ec2 and azure test builds
cryptconfig is no longer provided
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.26 → 9.11.27
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Apply target permissions only if target dir exists
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.25 → 9.11.26
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed use of stat result in os.chmod
oct method returns a string representation which was mistakenly
used in a subsequent os.chmod call. This Fixes #564
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed tox doc target
Correctly include schema pictures after travis-sphinx build
* Wed Dec 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.24 → 9.11.25
* Tue Dec 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update failsafe kernel option list
Delete obsolete parameters and make sure a failsafe boot
does boot into runlevel 3. This Fixes #554
* Tue Dec 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Apply xslt validation on boot images
* Tue Dec 05 2017 Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
- Do not match comments and PIs in XSLT templates
I wanted to add a simple vim modeline to my XML description:
<!--
vim: et:sts=2:sw=2
- ->
This made kiwi consume insane amounts of memory during the XSLT
transform step. While this may be a bug in my version of lxml, we do not
transform comments on processing instructions in the conversion
templates, so the easiest solution is not to match them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
* Mon Dec 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure toplevel target dir keeps permissions
When syncing data via rsync we make sure the toplevel target
directory the data gets synced to does not change it's origin
permissions. This Fixes #557
* Mon Dec 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Dec 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed dependencies for dracut-kiwi-lib
Adapt package names for gdisk/gptfdisk and btrfs-progs/btrfsprogs
Install and require fdasd only on s390 architecture
Delete fbiterm requirement since the project seems unmaintained
and the use of the framebuffer terminal is an option in the code
but not mandatory. This Fixes #559
* Fri Dec 01 2017 Adrian Schröter <adrian@suse.de>
- add missing deps for docker builds.
Moving kiwi-image:* provides to -requires package
* Wed Nov 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update text per review
* Wed Nov 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix and cleanup tox setup
Along with the cleanup of the tox setup also the workaround
using an older version of the py module has been fixed
* Wed Nov 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed travis-sphinx call syntax
* Wed Nov 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update dropped feature list
Legacy kiwi's oem recovery feature will not be ported
due to technologes like ReaR, snapper, btrfs and due
to the container, cloud and public cloud orientation of
OS images
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Implementation of dracut kiwi-dump module
Provide the capabilities of the oem install code as
dracut module. The implementation covers the result
of the installiso="true" configuration. Installation
from remote sources still needs to be done and will
follow in an extra pull request. This addresses
Issue #576
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.23 → 9.11.24
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed URL to semver.org in development guide
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.22 → 9.11.23
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed module setup for dracut-kiwi-lib
lsblk tool used in code but missing in dependencies
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed test-image-azure build test
azurectl does not resolve because of missing AppScheduler
but for the integration test image we also don't need azurectl
Thus it was just deleted from the list
* Thu Nov 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed test-image-azure build test
pam-modules package doesn't exist anymore
* Wed Nov 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.21 → 9.11.22
* Wed Nov 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed typo in spec file
The use of the suse_version macro from the last change
introduced a syntax error which caused the package build
to fail in obs
* Wed Nov 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.20 → 9.11.21
* Tue Nov 21 2017 Dominique Leuenberger <dimstar@opensuse.org>
- package: Prepare for Tumbleweed moving to suse_version 1550
* Tue Nov 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.19 → 9.11.20
* Tue Nov 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Only add package manager on image package requests (#550)
If an image description only contains package requests
from a bootstrap section but no image packages, it's not
required to install a package manager package into the
system
* Tue Nov 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add device-mapper requirement for dracut-kiwi-live
* Mon Nov 20 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Post build constraint validation refactored
* Mon Nov 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.18 → 9.11.19
* Mon Nov 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update gfxboot.cfg for iso images
Don't move down one menu entry the first time a F-key is used
This Fixes bsc#1068790
* Fri Nov 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding quotes to ensure '%_dbpath' is treated as string
* Fri Nov 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add max size post build command
This commit includes a post build constraint validation into the
Result class. With this commit any file included to the result
tuple is verified not to exceed the maximum size configured into
the runtime configuration file config.yml.
Fixes #468
* Fri Nov 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed ec2 integration test
requirements for unneeded crash package broken
* Fri Nov 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed ec2 integration test
nothing provides pam-modules
* Thu Nov 16 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Removes the hardcoded path of the rpm database
With this commit the rpmdb path is evaluated from the %_dbpath
macro instead of being hardcoded.
Fixes #537
* Thu Nov 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.17 → 9.11.18
* Wed Nov 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-repart
OEM images if configured to use dracut as initrd system
requires the KIWI provided dracut-kiwi-oem-repart module
* Wed Nov 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup py vs. pytest-cov version incompatibility
* Wed Nov 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.16 → 9.11.17
* Wed Nov 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete atftp from SLE15 boot descriptions
atftp will not be part of SLE15 per fate#323633.
This Fixes #543
* Tue Nov 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed blocksize setup in losetup
The -L option was used to set the blocksize value for losetup
However there is an option name clash between suse util-linux
and upstream which now leads to the problem that option -L
has changed its meaning and actually means --nooverlap which
completely breaks the call in kiwi. This patch changes the
call to use the long form --logical-blocksize.
This Fixes bsc#1066873
* Tue Nov 07 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Code cleaning and enhancing variables names
* Tue Nov 07 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use usr/lib/rpm if present instead of var/lib/rpm
With this commit OEM recovery tries to backup usr/lib/rpm if present,
if the directory is not present it tries to backup the old default
configuration, var/lib/rpm.
* Mon Nov 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend checkmedia runtime check
In addition to the correct architecture the check also includes
the lookup of the required tagmedia tool to be present on the
building host. This Fixes #538
* Mon Nov 06 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove hardcoded any /var/lib/rpm path
This commit changes any /var/lib/rpm reference to the call
'rpm -E %_dbpath' which returns the path of the rpmdb which
has been recently updated to a different location in recent rpm
versions. Now the rpmdb path is determined dynamically.
Fixes #537
* Fri Nov 03 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding a s390 oem test image
* Fri Nov 03 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- kiwi-hooks should be packed in tar
Remote OBS source service is no capable of packaing a folder into a tar.
* Fri Nov 03 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include arm build test
* Fri Nov 03 2017 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Adding test image descriptions
This commit adds the image descriptions used to test KIWI within
the Open Build Service.
* Thu Nov 02 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add support for apt repository priorities
Apt handles repository priorities in a preferences
file per repository and calls that pin-priorities.
The implementation here sets the configured priority
for all packages of the given repository
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add missing hooks to the other architectures
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add pre/post mount hook for oem
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Clarify how strip works
* Mon Oct 30 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add more OEM hooks
* Thu Oct 26 2017 Ryan Desfosses <ryan@desfo.org>
- updated contributing link
* Thu Oct 26 2017 Ryan Desfosses <ryan@desfo.org>
- s/42.1/42.3/
* Wed Oct 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.15 → 9.11.16
* Wed Oct 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed validation of isohybrid warnings
The list of warning messages is evaluated line by line
and those not matching the ignore warnings list are treated
as errors. However if an empty line exists it did not match
the ignore warnings list but is also not an error. This
patch makes sure only non empty warning information has
an effect
* Wed Oct 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.14 → 9.11.15
* Wed Oct 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Do not require cracklib-dict-full in boot images
* Tue Oct 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.13 → 9.11.14
* Tue Oct 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup SLE12 boot image descriptions
* Tue Oct 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.12 → 9.11.13
* Tue Oct 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup SLE boot image descriptions
Don't use packages which does not exist on SLE, Fixes #523
* Mon Oct 23 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Improve coding style to make flake8 happy
This commit includes the exact Exception class that the 'except' statement
catches. According to the new flake8 3.5.0 version it should be explicit
rather than implicit.
* Mon Oct 23 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add OCI reference in skopeo copy call and umoci config call
Skopeo, since v1.24, does no longer assume 'latest' as the default
tag/reference and requires explicit tag or reference in skopeo
call. In KIWI the default was only used to import the base rootfs,
with this commit the imported container is tagged as 'base_layer'.
The current patch works for all skopeo versions.
* Thu Oct 19 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Update hooks documentation
* Thu Oct 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.11 → 9.11.12
* Thu Oct 19 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Add more hooks for oemboot
This follows netboot behavior
* Wed Oct 18 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix vmdk descriptor file
This commit fixes the descriptor file of the vmdk images. Before this
commit the descriptior file was appended at the end of the image
instead of overwritting the current one at the very beginning.
Fixes bsc#1050665
* Wed Oct 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.10 → 9.11.11
* Wed Oct 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Follow up fix for isohybrid error handling
Allow to handle multiple messages from isohybrid as warnings.
Only if the list of messages still contains information after all
non error conditions had been checked out, an exception is
thrown
* Mon Oct 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.9 → 9.11.10
* Mon Oct 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup boot descriptions
The still existing kiwi boot descriptions contained wrong
information about no longer existing packages and many
other obsolete information.
* Fri Oct 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.8 → 9.11.9
* Fri Oct 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Prefer image packages section for bootincludes
If a package is marked bootinclude prefer <packages type="image">
section in the target XML as primary target and only if no such
section exists put the package in the <packages type="bootstrap">
section
* Fri Oct 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Keep NVMe drivers in the initrd
Support systems with the root filesystem on a NVMe device
* Fri Sep 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.7 → 9.11.8
* Fri Sep 29 2017 Dominique Leuenberger <dimstar@opensuse.org>
- Changed permissions of /srv/tftpboot to be readable (bsc#940608)
* Thu Sep 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.6 → 9.11.7
* Thu Sep 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Also handle multiple error conditions
* Thu Sep 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow to ignore certain isohybrid warnings
kiwi treates warning from isohybrid as fatal errors becuase in
most cases they are fatal. However some of them are kind of
historical and should be ignored like the one described here:
http://www.syslinux.org/archives/2015-March/023306.html
* Wed Sep 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.5 → 9.11.6
* Wed Sep 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure xz options are used with pxe tarball
The tar command used in the pxe builder did not utilize threading
and/or the xz options provided by an optional kiwi config file.
This Fixes #507
* Wed Sep 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move depmod into baseUpdateModuleDependencies
Kernel module dependencies should be resolved after kiwi has
called all the stripping functions and not as part of the
baseCreateCommonKernelFile which runs before.
This Fixes #508
* Tue Sep 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed order of volume mount list
re-order mount_list by mountpoint hierarchy. This is needed
because the handling of the fullsize volume and all other
volumes is outside of the canonical order. If the fullsize
volume forms a nested structure together with another
volume the volume mount list must be re-ordered to avoid
mounting the volumes in the wrong order
* Mon Sep 25 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Update issue template
* Fri Sep 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.4 → 9.11.5
* Fri Sep 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Thu Sep 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Show results in a dialog
* Wed Sep 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Improve display of runMediaCheck results
The splash screen should be switched off in order to let the
user see the mediacheck results as well as a delay timeout
before the boot continues or stops is useful
* Wed Sep 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Call plymouth default theme setup in build command
Make sure plymouth-set-default-theme is called as part
of the system build command and not only as part of the
system prepare command
* Tue Sep 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package requires for dracut-kiwi-live
On Fedora/RHEL cdrkit is only a source package building other
packages. The package dracut-kiwi-live really needs is
genisoimage
* Tue Sep 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added dracut kiwi oem module and library
A new dracut module kiwi-repart used to be the successor of
the custom kiwi oemboot code to repartition the disk has
been added. Along with the module a dracut library kiwi-lib
will also be delivered.
* Mon Sep 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix trailing pipe character in .packages file
In addition make sure the field layout is consistent across
the .packages files no matter which package manager was used
to create the information. This Fixes #501
* Fri Sep 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.3 → 9.11.4
* Fri Sep 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update documentation
Link to the obs overview page to show build test results
* Fri Sep 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Fedora integration test build to obs status
* Fri Sep 15 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Limit the characters set for volid attribute
This commit fixes #493
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert "Fixed package requires"
This reverts commit a8d50a593911725965e09b0e8c2f3b9bc742202b.
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed package requires
On Fedora xattr is provided by python[3]-pyxattr
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- kiwi-boot-requires only required for suse(obs)
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update project intro page
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update project intro layout
* Thu Sep 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update project intro page
* Wed Sep 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.2 → 9.11.3
* Tue Sep 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added disk format="vhdx" support
Support dynamic VHDX (gen2) image format for Hyper-V.
This Fixes #490
* Tue Sep 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added additional required attr schematron rule
The new rule allows to check for required attributes for a specific
image type and is used for the filesystem attribute which is required
for the image type oem, vmx and pxe. This Fixes #476
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.1 → 9.11.2
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.11.0 → 9.11.1
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed kernelList function
The kernelList function searches for the installed kernels
and applies the corresponding initrd name. The information the
method provides is used in case of a custom initrd which should
be used instead of the result of dracut. When requesting the use
of the kiwi firsboot initrd also in the system via the
<oem-kiwi-initrd> element, the information from the list is
used to correctly link the kiwi initrd named initrd.vmx to the
expected name of the system as dracut would create it. The
creation of the list was broken which lead to an empty list
and the after effect that the system was not able to reboot.
This Fixes #483
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update oemboot/rhel-07.0 due to isolinux changes
With the move of the isolinux setup operation into the
python code and the deletion of the old code from the
images.sh scripts it's required to keep syslinux in the
boot image otherwise the builder can't find it when
explicitly deleted before the isolinux setup
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update device node names for devmapper nodes
Partition devices created by the device mapper could
use the _part or the -part naming schema. This patch
allows for both variants and Fixes #480
* Mon Sep 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added e2fsprogs to s390/netboot
During bootup of a diskful netclient when it comes to e2
filesystem operations the tools were missing. Fixes #479
* Fri Sep 08 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rename source label
This commit renames the source label to a more explicit name. This
commit also relates to bsc#1055542 and fixes #473
* Fri Sep 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add mediacheck handler for live iso
This fixes bsc#1049304
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added live iso integration test build to obs status
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.6 → 9.11.0
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete atftp from boot descriptions
In SLE15 / Leap15 atftp has been dropped. This Fixes bsc#1056951
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Deleted Leap 42.1 JeOS
Leap 42.3 has been released
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed list of gfxboot modules
Bad bug, missing comma caused the list to be interpreted
differently by python which screwed up some list items
* Thu Sep 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete suseGFXBoot kiwi boot code
The code has been moved into the python source at
bootloader/config/isolinux.py
* Wed Sep 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete vmxboot descriptions
vmx boot is now fully integrated with dracut
* Wed Sep 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make get_initrd_system a state method
Make sure the default initrd_system is set to dracut
for the vmx image type and to kiwi if no initrd_system
is specified. This allows to simplify other code parts
as we can trust there is a value set
* Wed Sep 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schematron rules for boot and initrd_system
The boot and initrd_system attributes are no longer used by
the vmx image type and are therefore not allowed anymore.
* Wed Sep 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added runtime checks for overlay disk images
Checking if the dracut-kiwi-overlay package will be installed
as part of the build and also for the supported EFI setup
since the EFI secure boot setup would try to perform changes
on the filesystem which is a readonly squashfs, this is not
supported
* Tue Sep 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix isohybrid call
isohybrid errors printed on stderr were not treated as fatal
but should be treated as such. In addition isohybrid should
distinguish for efi setup according to the efi setup of the
image itself
* Tue Sep 05 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor _get_source and _get_source_label methods
* Tue Sep 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Support overlay disk images via dracut
Using the kiwi-overlay module to boot up systems configured
with the overlayroot="true" attribute in the system image
XML configuration. Fixes #65
* Tue Sep 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added kiwi-overlay dracut module and package
Package dracut-kiwi-overlay providing kiwi-overlay dracut module
* Mon Sep 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- update README
Use normal style dash character
* Mon Sep 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- update README
* Sun Sep 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete isoboot descriptions
Live ISO boot is now fully integrated with dracut
* Sun Sep 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added runtime check for dracut module on live iso
Live ISO images uses a dracut initrd to boot and requires
the KIWI provided kiwi-live dracut module to be installed
at the time dracut is called. Thus this runtime check
examines if the required package is part of the package
list in the image description
* Fri Sep 01 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include the source label in container images
This commit fixes bsc#1055542, it includes the DISTURL parameter
as a label into the container metadata when the build happens inside
the buildservice. The new label included is named:
* org.opencontainers.image.source
in line with the current OCI annotations schema.
* Fri Aug 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added kiwi-live dracut module and package
Package dracut-kiwi-live providing kiwi-live dracut module
* Wed Aug 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schematron rule for boot attribute
The boot attribute is no longer used by the iso image type
and is therefore not allowed anymore
* Wed Aug 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update allowed values for iso image attribute
With the move to dracut only the options implemented for
the kiwi-live dracut module are available
* Tue Aug 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move to dracut for live ISO images
Instead of the kiwi isoboot layout the live layout has been
changed to follow the rules of the live system support offered
by dracut. The initrd used to boot up the system is now a
dracut generated initrd and can be customized via the 'flags'
attribute in the kiwi XML description. In order to meet the
kiwi live requirements a custom dracut module called kiwi-live
is provided along with the changes in kiwi. This Fixes #470
* Tue Aug 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.5 → 9.10.6
* Mon Aug 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on ppc
* Mon Aug 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on s390
* Mon Aug 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.4 → 9.10.5
* Fri Aug 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added handling of formatoptions attribute
Custom disk format options passed in the formatoptions
attribute were not handled. In addition options with a
value passed to qemu were handled in the wrong way.
This commit addresses both problems and Fixes #463
* Fri Aug 11 2017 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- s/sles/openSUSE/
* Fri Aug 11 2017 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- copy SLE15 files for Leap 15
* Fri Aug 11 2017 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- add Leap 15 macros
* Fri Aug 11 2017 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
- leap_version is deprecated. use sle_version+is_openuse instead
* Thu Aug 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added azure integration test build to obs status
* Wed Aug 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.3 → 9.10.4
* Wed Aug 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed resize if all free volume in oemboot/repart
* Wed Aug 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix space calculation for lvm volumes
It is required to take the other configured volumes into
account in order to solve the problem of nested volumes.
The size of e.g the root volume must be reduced by the size
other volumes inside of the root volume needs. This is
especially required if the root volume is not the fullsize
volume
* Tue Aug 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed setup.py requirements record
PyYAML is required by KIWI
* Fri Aug 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add description of Overlay Files to Terminology
* Thu Aug 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.2 → 9.10.3
* Wed Aug 02 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Export *.verified also for images based on apt-get
This commit includes support in system/setup.py to run a package
verification also for images based in apt-get package-manger
Related to #457
* Wed Aug 02 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include .packages file for apt-get based images
This commit renames export_rpm_packages_list method to
export_packages_list and it includes support for listing
debian packages if apt-get package manager is used.
Fixes #457
* Wed Aug 02 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix calculation of needed disk space for oem types
The calculation did not include the minimum volume requirements
if a volume setup exists
* Tue Aug 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update expected compatible major version
every version of umoci/skopeo <= major v1.x.x is expected
to work with the implementation used in kiwi
* Tue Aug 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Extend scope of check_docker_tool_chain_installed
The runtime check only checks for the presence of the docker
tools umoci and skopeo but as we are expecting incompatible
api changes in the next major version release the check has
been extended to look at the major versions of the installed
tools as well. Fixes #454
* Fri Jul 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup schema version in chapter topic
* Fri Jul 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.1 → 9.10.2
* Thu Jul 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup XSL stylesheet v6.7
Apply templates matching all processing instructions in
order to match <section>text</section>
* Thu Jul 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Thu Jul 27 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Remove xml_state.get_build_type_mediacheck method
The method was not needed since a direct call to
xml_state.build_type.get_mediacheck was already producing an
equivalent output (True, False or None), where 'None' can be
easily treated in the same way as False.
* Thu Jul 27 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add runtimecheck for mediacheck attribute on non x86 hosts
This commit rearranges some method and variable names and includes
a new runtimecheck to ensure the mediacheck attribute is not set
when building non x86 images.
Patch related to bsc#1049304
* Thu Jul 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.7
* Thu Jul 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema to version v6.7
Cleanup of the schema, delete obsolete and unused attributes
and sections. Details of the change can be found in the
conversion stylesheet convert66to67.xsl
* Thu Jul 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add XSL stylesheet to convert from v6.6 to v6.7
Delete the following obsolete and unhandled attributes and sections
* <image ... kiwirevision="..."/>
* <type ... checkprebuilt="..."/>
* <type ... fsnocheck="..."/>
* <repository ... status="..."/>
* <repository ... prefer-license="..."/>
* <package replaces="..."/>
* <defaultprebuilt>
* <defaultdestination>
* <defaultroot>
* <partitioner>
* <rpm-force>
* Wed Jul 26 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Adding mediacheck menu entry for liveCDs
This commit adds the checkiso attribute in type tag, only available for
iso image types. Checkiso is boolean that determines the presence of0
a Mediacheck menu entry or not in the bootloader.
This patch is related to bsc#1049304
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup encoding handling for profile file
If an element like displayname or oem-boot-title contains
characters outside of the ascii table this causes trouble
when kiwi writes out the profile file and the code is called
through python2. The reason here is that the default encoding
on write() (and other methods) is set to ascii in python2
and when it receives unicode characters outside of the
ascii spec a UnicodeEncodeError is thrown. Now all of kiwi
is using Unicode which means this does not produce a problem
when calling the code through python3 because the default
encoding is utf-8 there. This patch introduces a method
which allows to change python's default encoding and calls
it at the code point where we write the profile because we
got unicode and we want to write unicode in any case.
This fixes at least one situation for python2-kiwi to
allow the use of non ascii characters in the XML setup.
If other places will be found the same approach should allow
to fix it for python2
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix RHEL spec check
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.10.0 → 9.10.1
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add LVM overhead for lvm based images
LVM itself requires metadata stored in the metadata block
kiwi did not take a size value for this data into account
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use dmsetup to cleanup device maps
Instead of the broken kpartx -d we use dmsetup remove
directly on the maps kiwi has created
* Mon Jul 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Evaluate file strip before kernel strip
Information from the optional <strip type="delete"> section
was handled as part of the suseStripInitrd method which is
called after suseStripKernel. However if a request to delete
a driver file is part of the above mentioned strip section
the checks for the driver dependency and also for potential
superfluous firmware is not applied. Thus the evaluation of
the <strip type="delete"> section happens earlier in the
suseStripKernel method. Fixes #442
* Mon Jul 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added ec2 integration test build to obs status
* Mon Jul 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Xen setup runtime validation
Added check_xen_uniquely_setup_as_server_or_guest runtime
check to check for a unique dom0 or domU guest setup
Fixes #429
* Mon Jul 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make vmdisk optional for the machine setup
The guest machine information might not require information about
the disk. Issue #429
* Fri Jul 21 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix some spelling
* Fri Jul 21 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Fix some spelling
* Fri Jul 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use the same option type (long form) for clarity
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use kernel compatible XZ options for kiwi initrd
The kernel requires specific XZ options for the initrd
in order to read the compressed data. This values should
not be configurable by the user and are set to the same
options as used by dracut now. Fixes #435
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Change default XZ compression options
Use all cpu cores by default. Fixes #433
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update spec file provides for schema version
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.5 → 9.10.0
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Martin Mohring <martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com>
- fixed: fdupes is also available on Fedora
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Martin Mohring <martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com>
- changed: simplify diff to orig spec file template
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Martin Mohring <martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com>
- added: support for Fedora 25 / 26, fixed support for CentOS 7 in the spec file
* Thu Jul 20 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include default container name
This commit includes a default container name for KIWI container
images. This makes possible to create OCI and Docker containers
without forcing the user to include a <contaierconfig> section in
the description file.
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor code which deals with Xen
Provide two methods is_xen_guest and is_xen_server which
are used instead of the former machine domain and firmware
processing. Issue #429
* Thu Jul 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Apply schema v6.6 stylesheet to XML descriptions
Updates all XML descriptions to latest schema version and
also includes adaptions to the test XML descriptions for
testing the new Xen guest and server setup
* Wed Jul 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup shell test condition
Variables used in shell conditions should be quoted
* Wed Jul 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema to version 6.6
* Deleted domain attribute from machine section
* Added xen_server attribute to specify a type to be a Xen dom0
* Added xen_loader attribute in machine section to specify the
target guest loader this image is expected to become loaded
with
* Wed Jul 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added schema 6.5 to 6.6 conversion
Delete the Xen domain attribute from the machine section and
introduce a new xen_server attribute which is set to true
for any machine section with a Xen dom0 configuration
* Tue Jul 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Makefile target obs_test_status
Call make obs_test_status and get an overview about the current
integration test builds and their status
* Tue Jul 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.4 → 9.9.5
* Tue Jul 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added s390 tumbleweed boot descriptions
* Mon Jul 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.3 → 9.9.4
* Mon Jul 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- This commit fixed root_init when running inside the buildservice
This commit fixes regression bug introduced in #422
* Mon Jul 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Exclude kiwi files from images
This commit from one hand includes a
get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync method in Defaults which returns
a list of the files used by KIWI that should not be part of the
resulting image. From the other hand makes use of the exclusion
default list in live, archive and container images, it fixes #423.
* Mon Jul 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.2 → 9.9.3
* Mon Jul 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Revert "Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot"
This reverts commit d30bf4a19ff11f7132c9a31528ddfa103e01b299.
This also includes the get_buildservice_env_name method in Defaults
to centralize '.buildenv' occurrences.
* Mon Jul 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup helper/kiwi-boot-packages
Make sure the code also works in python2
* Mon Jul 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Search for python interpreter in path
Allow more flexible path spec to find python interpreter
* Fri Jul 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- More comfort in calling with compat arguments
In addition to the 'kiwi --compat -- ...' style we also support calling
the kiwi compat mode as a service via 'kiwi compat ...' The preferred
way of calling kiwi with legacy options is via the new compat service.
Thus the documentation also changed to no longer mention the --compat
option but it still exists for compatibility reasons. Fixes #407
* Fri Jul 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow use of more fine grain ignore repos options
The meaning of the --ignore-repos option has changed back
to ignore all configured repositories. A new option
named --ignore-repos-used-for-build has been added which
allows to ignore all except imageonly repositories. The
command manual pages has been changed to document the
options. This Fixes #410
* Fri Jul 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup use of python interpreter invocation
Prevent strict call of a specific version of the python
interpreter. All code has been written to work with py2
and py3 thus the venv environment setup should decide
what version a call of python is. Fixes #424
* Thu Jul 13 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make sure the KIWI buildroot has the /.buildenv file
This commit makes sure the that the KIWI build root will always
contain the /.buildenv file.
Fixes #421
* Thu Jul 13 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot
With this patch if KIWI is running inside the buildservice the
/.buildenv file is copied from the build environment to the build
root of KIWI. At installation time some packages test the existance
of this file in order to know if they are being installed inside the
buildservice or not.
Fixes #421
* Tue Jul 11 2017 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Fix url validation in buildservice (#420)
This patch changes the remote URL validation strategy when running
inside the build service. By design, inside the build service build
environment connections to the outside world are not allowed, thus
any validation attempting to do that will fail. With this patch, when
running inside the build service, KIWI will not try to test if any
download URL is reachable.
Fixes #418
* Mon Jul 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.1 → 9.9.2
* Mon Jul 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor Uri is_public method
Don't call a nested is_remote from is_public, instead the method
was rewritten to explicitly cover the responsibility to check
under which conditions we treat an uri as publicly available
or not
* Sun Jul 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed Uri is_remote method
If called inside of the buildservice the obs uri type is not
a remote uri because the translation ends in a local path
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.9.0 → 9.9.1
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup setup and package requirements
python requests is needed due to latest changes
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.8.1 → 9.9.0
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update doc string for Uri::translate method
The method was missing doc info about the check_build_environment
parameter and the return type of the method
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete obsolete --obs-repo-internal switch
* Fri Jul 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Create obs project download link like obs does it
In reference to _download_repository_link.html.erb from
https://github.com/openSUSE/open-build-service, we use the
same mechanism to create the download link from an obs://
project definition
* Thu Jul 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup unit test for help command
* Thu Jul 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Follow up fix for man page move
make sure kiwi calls the man page from the now changed
section level 8
* Wed Jul 05 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Move man pages to correct section
The man pages were incorrectly written to section 2, which is for
syscalls. Since KIWI is an administrator's tool, it has been moved
to section 8.
* Wed Jul 05 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make sure system image strip sections are applied in boot image
This commit calls copy_strip_sections from the system image xml to the
boot image xml. This is needed to make sure strip sections are
applied into the boot image.
Fixes #414
* Tue Jul 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor handling of obs repositories
* Delete kiwi internal ibs: and suse: types
* Delete handling for --obs-repo-internal and provide a
compatibility message to the user
* Buildservice download server url and scope can be configured
via ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml
* Translate obs urls to http in import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude
* Use new Uri.is_public method in renamed runtime check
check_image_include_repos_publicly_resolvable
* Tue Jul 04 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix a code block in workflow.rst
Fixes #412
* Tue Jul 04 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix xml_state test
* Mon Jul 03 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Accept an empty string as a repo priority
xml_parse code is autogenerated, thus no changes there should be
considered. When adding a repository from the command line it
can happen that the repository priority is mapped to an empty instead
to a None valuei, when the priority is not specifically set. xml_parse
will only support a parseable string to int or a None value as the
default option, so, if an empty string is used, it throws an
exception. With the current patch anything that cannot be casted
to an int, will be considered as None.
Fixes #408
* Mon Jul 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Move check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable
Call the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable runtime check
after the check and setup for the obs runtime environment. In
case of obs uri types and a kiwi build outside of the buildservice
those source locations could be translated into a public url and
thus allow for use with the imageinclude attribute. However
building inside of the buildservice maps those to a local path
which is private to the used worked instance. In such a case
the obs uri type is translated into a suse uri type and running
the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable after that
translation will run from the translated and thus correct
source uri information
* Mon Jul 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.8.0 → 9.8.1
* Fri Jun 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add unit tests for compat mode
* Fri Jun 30 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Do not translate obs scheme to suse scheme for imageonly repos
Fixes #404
* Fri Jun 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed compat setup for upgrade command
Value for --root option was added after other options
* Fri Jun 30 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Translate obs to suse derived from image uris
This commit performs a translation from obs scheme to suse
scheme for derived from image uris when kiwi is running in a
buildservice worker.
Fixes #399
* Fri Jun 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.7.4 → 9.8.0
* Fri Jun 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix content layout of zypper credentials file
Missing line break for entries in zypper credentials file
* Thu Jun 29 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Allow imageinclude repositories inside the build service
Fixes #397
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed doc_travis tox target
using shell syntax requires calling a shell process
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow imageinclude in add|set-repo commandline
The --set-repo and --add-repo commandline options now allows
additionally to specify a true|false value to indicate if the
repository should be part of the system image repository
setup or not. This Fixes #398
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed travis whitelist_externals
test command is used in target
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed travis whitelist_externals
commands cp and/or true are used in target
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup travis doc deployment
Custom diagram images needs to be deployed manually
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema documentation
* Thu Jun 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Delete unused data from schema docs processing
* Tue Jun 27 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Flag --ignore-repos do not ignore imageonly repos
This commit fixes #395, with it, using --ignore-repos, does not
delete imageonly repositories from the description file. This way
imageonly is prepared to be used in the buildservice even when using
the 'obsrepositories:/' reference style.
* Fri Jun 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Build schema documentation with Oxygen
Given there is a valid Oxygen license owned by the company
as described in https://www.oxygenxml.com/oxygen_scripting.html
the schema documentation can be created using Oxygen. This
commit allows building the schema docs with alternative
doc builders and in case of Oxygen would change the way the
schema docs are generated in the following way:
1. Install Oxygen and setup the license to activate the tool
2. Setup the KIWI development shell environment to export
the schema_tool variable to point to the schemaDocumentation.sh
script provided by the Oxygen installation
export oxygen_tool=/path/to/Oxygen/schemaDocumentation.sh
3. In any case of a schema change manually call:
tox -e schema
This step was done before as part of the tox doc target
but can't be done automatically because it would require
a correctly licensed Oxygen installation in the travis
environment. Thus the result data has to be part of the
pull request
4. Build the documentation and review the result
tox -e doc
5. Create the pull request
* Wed Jun 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update schema docstring for oem-systemsize
* Tue Jun 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.7.3 → 9.7.4
* Tue Jun 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed setup_plymouth_splash
The schema generated get_bootsplash_theme() method returns a list
because it's section content. The return value of the method was
used as a string which caused a runtime error
* Tue Jun 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added creation of zsync control file in bundler
If a --zsync_source url is provided to the bundler call a
zsync control file is created for the compressed parts of
the bundle. This Fixes #364
* Tue Jun 20 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add package manager in image info task solving process
This commit includes the package manager package in the packages
list to be solved in image info task.
* Tue Jun 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.7.2 → 9.7.3
* Tue Jun 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed gce disk format
The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first
entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure CliTask instance reads the config file
Any instance of a CliTask has to read the runtime config file
if present
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add generic access for attributes
The layout of the yaml runtime config is based on an element
topic containing a list of attributes. For now only the xz
topic with its options attribute is in use but for the future
more elements might be supported which can use the same access
method
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Setup plymouth splash in the image prepare process
In case the plymouth-set-default-theme tool can be found in the
image root system and a bootsplash theme is configured in the
XML description, the tool is used to setup the theme configuration
This Fixes #366
* Mon Jun 19 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include patternType information to resolv packages in image info task
This commit includes ingore_recommended flag in the Sat.solve method.
This way if the description file states to include only required
packages (without recommendations) it is respected and taken into
account to resolv the packages list.
Fixes #381
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added custom xz option handling for ArchiveTar
Allow to pass custom xz options for create_xz_compressed
method. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure options are returned as list
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added custom xz option handling for Compress
Allow to pass custom options for xz method. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Activate reading of runtime config in tasks
Implement reading of runtime configuration file in base
commandline class. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup doc string of base task class
* Sun Jun 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Add runtime config man page section
Describe the contents of the KIWI runtime config file
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added RuntimeConfig class
An instance of RuntimeConfig reads in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml
if present and provides access methods to the expected
information of the config file
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added PyYAML requirement to package and venv
The KIWI config file is yaml based and thus we need
support for reading the file in KIWI
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Implement custom argument handling for xz_options
Evaluate and hand over custom_args processing for the
xz_options argument to all classes which performs
xz compression tasks. This Fixes #373
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Read xz options from runtime config
Read xz options from the kiwi runtime configuration file
and pass along the information to the commands which
performs compression tasks
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed alpha order of options in build command
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update custom_args doc for DiskBuilder class
* Wed Jun 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup class docstrings
The attribute list should provide information about the
construction of an object of this class. Some fields
were missing or superfluous
* Wed Jun 14 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Consider only repositories used for build in image info
This commit makes sure that the repositories marked with imageonly
flag are not included in the packages solve procedure.
This is related to #362
* Wed Jun 14 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Removing has_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude method
With the current repository management this method is not required
anymore, since the setup repositories method does not modify the image
if no repositories are present.
It is related to #305 and #191
* Tue Jun 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed typo in isoboot/fedora-25.0
It does not really matter because the package manager setup
is inherited from the system image XML configuration to the
boot image, but for consistency it should be correct in the
isoboot description too
* Tue Jun 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added isoboot/fedora-25.0 boot description
* Tue Jun 13 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Change to more explicit method names
* Mon Jun 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup use of suseGFXBoot regarding grub
The shell method suseGFXBoot from the config/functions contains
code which should be better moved to the python code base dealing
with the bootloader configuration. In this commit all grub
parts of it has been moved to the BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class
* Mon Jun 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Cleanup isoboot descriptions
There is no need to install bootloader packages to the initrd,
all information regarding the bootloader setup is taken from
the system root directory
* Mon Jun 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup iso image builder(s) lookup path
Don't lookup bootloader required files in the boot image root
directory. Those needs to be looked up in the system image
root directory
* Mon Jun 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor boot image factory
Make sure the root directory of the base image is always
accessible by any boot image type for consistency. In
addition introduce a post_init method which explicitly
setup the boot image root directory as needed for the
selected boot image type and document it as such
* Mon Jun 12 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include imageonly attribute for repositories
This commit adds imageonly attribute support for the repository
element. imageonly is a boolean attribute that if true indicates
that the repository is no used for the build but needs to be
configured for the resulting image.
Fixes #362
* Fri Jun 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup use of syslinux v6 modules
There is support for library loading in syslinux modules
which requires to provide the lib modules when available.
This Fixes #351
* Fri Jun 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.7.1 → 9.7.2
* Fri Jun 09 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update rpm-check-signatures documentation
* Fri Jun 09 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix default location repository config file for apt
This commit fixes the apt config file management for default
locations. The template subsitution always needs to be executed
providing all the substitution parameters, as it does not make any
kind of default assumption when parameters are missing.
Fixes #370
* Fri Jun 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Revert "Refactor detection code for grub directory name"
The former detection of the grub directory name in boot was
correct whereas the new code introduced a problem.
This reverts commit b3e4b871d52da2b5ab579d592ccc7ae39de75339.
This Fixes #371
* Thu Jun 08 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck documentation
* Thu Jun 08 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Improve package/repository signature checking setup
This commit adds repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck attributes
to the repository tag in schema. With this change each repository
can be configured individualy to enable repository signatures check
and/or enable signature package check. The configuration is done at
repository level, thus it is not conflicting with the wide package
manager configuration flag <rpm-signatures-check>.
Fixes #358
* Thu Jun 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update PXE building chapter
Redesign PXE building chapter to follow style guide.
Thanks to Thomas Schraitle for review and additional
contributions to this topic. This Fixes #323
* Thu Jun 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update chapter due to review
* Thu Jun 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update OEM building chapter
Redesign building chapter to follow style guide. Issue #323
* Thu Jun 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.7.0 → 9.7.1
* Thu Jun 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Refactor detection code for grub directory name
The method get_grub_boot_directory_name was based on checking
for the name of the grub2 install tool, but this is not always
reliable because the name of the grub2 install tool has no
direct connection to the grub2 path. The method changes in a
way that it checks for the presence of the grub2 installation
directory which is /usr/lib/grub or /usr/lib/grub2. Depending
on the result the location in boot is /boot/grub or /boot/grub2
which seems to be a more reliable check
* Wed Jun 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup detection of grub directory name
In order to put grub data to boot/grub2 or boot/grub a check for
the grub2-tool vs. grub-tool name is performed. This requires
access to the image root directory on a file basis which is not always
applicable. When setting up the grub bootloader for e.g EFI boot on
an iso image the rootfs can't be directly accessed because the iso
image contains the rootfs in a compressed format. This commit
refactors the check to be generic for all image types
* Wed Jun 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup EFI setup for iso images
The embedded efi fat image on the iso filesystem must follow
the same rules compared to the setup on a disk
* Wed Jun 07 2017 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Fix docstring and apply ReST markup
Avoids the the following warning:
Definition list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent.
Docstring contains ReST markup from
http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/stable/domains.html#cross-referencing-python-objects
* Tue Jun 06 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some corrections for Building Docker image docs
* Tue Jun 06 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rearrange Docker docs
This commit rearranges the Docker image builds documentation
in order to match the criteria exposed in #323
* Fri Jun 02 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.6.2 → 9.7.0
* Thu Jun 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Make sure all required yum repo options are set
enabled and gpgcheck parameters has to be set for any
configured yum repository
* Thu Jun 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup repository setup for yum
Yum cannot handle spaces between the key and the value.
This patch provides a method to tell ConfigParser to use
no spaces for the '=' delimiter and thus Fixes #357
* Thu Jun 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Reactivate warnings report in pytest
* Thu Jun 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup kernel name lookup
If multiple abi compatible kernel module packages are installed
the kernel version of the boot kernel could be different from
the kernel module versions. In order to find the boot kernel
all kernel versions found must be checked. Fixes #355
* Thu Jun 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix/workaround invalid xsd pattern translation
The data structures are auto generated by the generateDS
tool which works nicely except for the arch-name xsd pattern
used in the RelaxNG schema. For some reason the used regular
expression is translated by generateDS into a python
expression not matching the original expression from the
schema. The result is an invalid python warning message after
the schema has successfully validated the arch string.
The problem has been reported to the generateDS developer.
As long as their is no fix available in generateDS the
following workaround in kiwi applies: The original xs:token
pattern validation will be disabled on the generateDS
level and applies only to the schema. This Fixes #347
* Wed May 31 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Allow vendor specific grub config file location
On e.g Fedora systems the EFI grub config file for secure
boot systems is expected to be located in the vendor
specific efi boot directory from where the shim loader
gets loaded by the firmware
* Wed May 31 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some fine tune updates
* Updated the docs for system_create command
* Reverted dracut image initialization
* Updated yum comment about repo_gpgcheck option
* Updated variable name in disk builder
* Typo correction
* Wed May 31 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include signing-key feature for boot images
This commit extends the behavior of --signing-key options in order
to import the provided key file into the boot image, in addition to
the regular image root tree.
Related to #342
* Tue May 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fix use of pre requires in spec file
* Tue May 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup working dir for editboot scripts
editbootconfig and editbootinstall scripts needs to be
called from within the correct directory to allow access
to the written bootloader config files. For live images
the working directory was set to the wrong place. This
Fixes #353
* Mon May 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- remove duplicated code from dhclient setup
IPADDR is assigned within dhclientImportInfo
original patch by Dinar Valeev <k0da@opensuse.org>
* Mon May 29 2017 Dominique Leuenberger <dimstar@opensuse.org>
- Fix spelling of 'processor'
https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=957927
* Mon May 29 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Use glob pattern to match shim modules
* Sun May 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed pre-req for kiwi-pxeboot subpackage
the binaries groupadd and useradd used in the preinstall
scriptlet and provided by the shadow package needs a pre
requirement on shadow to make sure they exist when the
package gets installed. Fixes (bsc#1040256)
* Fri May 26 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix existing root check, fixes #349
This commit fixes the validation of an existing root directory
for the command 'system build'. System build used to create the root
directory before performing the root existance check, thus the
check was always failing in any case. The root directory is created
inside the RootInit class within the 'create' method.
Fixes #349
* Wed May 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added fallback setup for grub secure boot
The current implementation is based on the presence of the
shim-install tool. This tool does not exist on all distributions.
In case shim-install is not present a kiwi fallback solution
applies. Fixes #337
* Wed May 24 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Extend --signing-key to Apt package manager
This commit extends support for --siging-key to the Apt package
manager. However it has only been included for the chrooted
operations, as current implementation of the bootstrap procedure does
not provide signature check capabilities.
Related to #342
* Wed May 24 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Extend --signing-key option to Yum and Dnf
This commit extends the --signing-key options support to Yum and Dnf
package managers. In addition, signature check for repositories
had to be disabled for Yum and Dnf, as kiwi unrelated issues were
found while testing. Nevertheless, package signature checks are
fully functional.
Related to #342
* Wed May 24 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add --signing-key option
This commit adds --signing-key option which sets a key file to import
into the package manager trusted keys database. This commit adds this
flag support only for zypper.
Fixes #342
* Tue May 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Don't print warning report
The auto generated xml_parse.py uses the python warnings module
The unit tests uses the coverage module in py.test to create
a report. The latest py.test update now also creates a warnings
report which is unwanted because some of the unit tests
intentionally causes the creation of a warning as the expected
result but we don't want to see that in a py.test warnings
report. Therfore this patch switches off the creation of that
warnings report
* Tue May 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update manual page of build command
Add information for --allow-existing-root option
* Tue May 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup default behavior of build command
The build command automatically used an existing root tree
from a former build attempt. However this could cause an
inconsistent image if the former build root was not based on
the same image type setup. Thus it is better to allow this
only if the --allow-existing-root option is specified along
with the build command call
* Tue May 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixed alpha sorting of options
* Tue May 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Complete zypper cache cleanup
also the raw and solv cache needs to be deleted
* Mon May 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update manual pages
Add information and use case for --clear-cache option
* Mon May 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added --clear-cache option
The system prepare and build commands now provides the
option --clear-cache which deletes all cache data
associated with the repositories to build the image.
This Fixes #341
* Mon May 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Let dracut create a compressed initrd
dracut was called in a way to create an uncompressed initrd archive
and kiwi later runs the xz compression on it. That way the default
compression parameters used by dracut get lost. Fixes #335
* Fri May 19 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Improve rpm-check-signatures support
This commit ensures the signatures are checked for both: the
repository and the rpm package. It applies for zypper, dnf and
yum package managers.
* Fri May 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Fixup boot-load-size for efi loader in iso
Pass the real boot-load-size of the used loader as number
of 512byte blocks to the iso creation call. Related to
(bsc#939456)
* Fri May 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Update documentation to meet review results
* Thu May 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added GCE image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added Azure image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Added EC2 image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Map partition ID's from sgdisk to lowercase
* Thu May 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- rework building virtual disk image chapter
Adapt to style as used in the live iso chapter and add
references to low level topics regarding the setup of
the image to work in the public cloud. Related to #323
* Wed May 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Get the first two characters of the gdisk partition code output
According to the gdisk documentation the gdisk maps the partitions IDs
to the MBR codes, but they are multiplied by 0x0100 in hexa. Meaning
0x8300 code is equivalent to 0x83 in MBR. This commit only considers
the first two characters of the sgdisk partition code output. With this
change the partition types are comparable, regardless of using MBR or
GPT.
* Wed May 17 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixes OEM deployments on a free partition, bnc#1039469
This commit updates the boot code for oem images. In case
oem-partition-install flag was set, the boot code was not capable
to find an appropriate partition due to not attaching properly the
raw image as a loopback device. KIWI was calling 'losetup' command
with wrong arguments.
Fixes bnc#1039469
* Wed May 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
- Bump version: 9.6.1 → 9.6.2
* Tue May 16 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Use 'yum-deprecated' if it exists when using Yum
On Fedora and Mageia systems, the Yum package manager binary is named
'yum-deprecated', and 'yum' redirects to DNF. This is a problem for
being able to build images of Linux systems that use Yum as its package
manager, like RHEL/CentOS 7.
So, in order to ensure we use the right package manager, we check for
the 'yum-deprecated' binary and use it if it exists.
* Tue May 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Restructure low level topic (iso_to_usb)
The low level topic references information from the base
topic. In this case the name of the previously built image.
I think we should provide information on each low level
topic which references information from a base topic.
* Mon May 15 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Handle rpm-check-signatures flag for each package manager
This commit adds support for the rpm-check-signatures flag, which
sets the package manager to verify or not each package signature.
By default KIWI assumes no gpg checks are done.
* Mon May 15 2017 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Separate low-level topics (dumping)
* Separate the high-level (building) from the low-level part (dumping)
* Introduce a subsection ("Working with Images"); not sure, if this is
useful under "Building Images"
* Enhance with some (general) advise about booting from USB
* Mon May 15 2017 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Provide missing _hybrid_iso label
* Mon May 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache
The runtime check compared the given target path if it starts
with the cache directory /var/cache/kiwi. This however also
matches for e.g /var/cache/kiwi-foo which would be a valid
target directory. This patch changes the matcher in a way to
really check if the target directory points to the same cache
directory structure.
* Fri May 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Set default dracut output format to match upstream
* Fri May 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added dracut output file format detection
Unfortunately the dracut initrd output file format varies between
the different Linux distributions. Tools like lsinitrd, and also
grub2 rely on the initrd output file to be in that format.
Thus when kiwi uses dracut the same file format should be used
all over the place in order to stay compatible with what the
distribution does. Fixes #325
* Fri May 12 2017 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Revised example for issue #323
* Add abstract (use `.. sidebar`, not sure if we should use it)
* Collect all concept oriented text in the beginning
* Introduce procedure and create steps
* Remove lonely subsection and combine it with the procedure
TODO:
* Review
* Decide, if `.. sidebar` is ok (or should we better use `.. topic`?)
* Add additional, related information?
* Thu May 11 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.6.0 → 9.6.1
* Thu May 11 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update build docker images documentation
This commit includes steps to install umoci and skopeo, descriptions
for the configurable metadata in KIWI and some simple style fixes.
* Tue May 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed tox.ini doc target
location of schema docs has changed, and we better disable
the spell check as long as not all unknown technical terms
are added to the wordlist.txt
* Mon May 08 2017 Jellyfrog <Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com>
- Use correct service name variable
* Sun May 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor documentation layout and structure
The current design of the documentation does not allow for
continous improvement and development. It's missing a basic
structure and concept for documenting step-by-step workflows
and generic explanations.
* Sat May 06 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Remove erroneous statement in request_package_exclusion() for Yum+DNF
* Fri May 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed markup in contributing chapter
The headline of a subsection wrongly indicates a toplevel entry
* Fri Apr 28 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Evaluate UNIONFS_CONFIG filesystem
This commit makes sure the filesystem is parsed from the
UNIONFS_CONFIG configuration variable when the PXE image is
loaded to a block device.
This commit fixes #316
* Fri Apr 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed GPL license text to match headers and spec
source headers and spec file is pointing to GPL v3 but the
license file was still at version 2
* Thu Apr 27 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Add support for excluding packages when using DNF
* Thu Apr 27 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Add support for excluding packages when using Yum
* Thu Apr 27 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Fix comment about Zypper locks to reflect reality
* Wed Apr 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.5.0 → 9.6.0
* Wed Apr 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Additional container commandline options
Added --set-container-derived-from and --set-container-tag
commandline options which allows to overwrite the data set
in the XML configuration
* Tue Apr 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement obsrepositories source on derived_from
The following reference to a derived container:
obsrepositories:/container#latest
Will be translated into the following buildservice
local path:
/usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/_obsrepositories/container#latest
* Tue Apr 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement obs source on derived_from
The following reference to a derived container:
obs:/project/repo/container#tag
Will be translated into the following buildservice
local path:
/usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/project/repo/container#tag
* Tue Apr 25 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use urlparse to detect uri scheme
The source location postfix can contain several different
formats e.g :/, or :// or even just :, python's urlparse
is able to cope with all that which allows to work with
the url scheme base name and thus makes handling this
code more robust
* Mon Apr 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.11 → 9.5.0
* Mon Apr 24 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include '--delete' in OCI images DataSync
This commit includes #310 patch for OCI images.
It also corrects the end of line format for kiwi/container/docker.py
and test/unit/container_image_docker_test.py, so flake tests are all
green.
* Thu Apr 20 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include --delete flag in DataSync for docker images
This commit includes the --delete flag in order to synchronize the
docker images. This is relevant for derived images where the new
layer might not only add files, but also remove something from the
base image.
Fixes #309
* Fri Apr 14 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Define correct default locations for sources-dir and preferences-dir
In order to ensure that the defined repositories in the KIWI configuration
are set to the correct places for installing into the image, the
sources-dir and preferences-dir need to be redefined to point to the
in-image location, as it is done for the other package managers.
* Fri Apr 14 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Do not purge the repositories before inserting them
There are no good reasons to be purging the repo directories, especially
when it is common for some distributions (Red Hat/CentOS/Fedora, for example)
to ship repository configuration as packages. Deleting them puts the package
manager in the system into a weird state, so we want to avoid this.
* Fri Apr 14 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
- Fix default reposdir path for Yum
* Thu Apr 13 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add support for OCI images
This commit adds support for OCI images. Most of the docker related
code is reused for OCI classes and Docker classes have been refactored
so now they are a splecialization of the OCI classes. It is done this
way since KIWI internally only uses OCI format to operate with
containers, therefore docker images just differ from OCI images by
the way they are packaged or unpackaged.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add clear attribute for entrypoint and subcommand sections
This commit adds the possibility of clearing asny subcommand or
entrypoint. This is relevant for docker derived images, as they
inherit the configuration and it might lead to some bad behavior.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.10 → 9.4.11
* Wed Apr 12 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add require/recommend installation support for yum
This commit adds support to install required only or required plus
recommended packages using yum as the package manager.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add support for required/recommended packages
This commit enables support to install only required packages
or install required plus recommended packages.
* Tue Apr 11 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include 'plusRecommended' management for dnf
Add support to enable/disable installation of recommended packages
for dnf package manager. With this commit 'plusRecommended'
patternType triggers on installation of recommended packages, which
is turned off by default.
* Tue Apr 11 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Make sure debian repositories database is populated before install
This commit includes an 'apt-get update' call before any 'apt-get
install' command. This way the packages database is always ready,
even if no bootstrap procedure has been executed.
* Mon Apr 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.9 → 9.4.10
* Mon Apr 10 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add warning logs for unkown base image URIs
* Mon Apr 10 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Update spec template for SLE13->SLE15
* Mon Apr 10 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rename SLE13 to SLE15
* Mon Apr 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Follow up fix for grub2 setup in live builder
The live iso builder still used a fixed boot/grub2 path
but due to the refactoring this path is now distro dependant
and should be obtained dynamically
* Mon Apr 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup use of bootloader path in boot code
Instead of repeating the bootloader path only specify it
once per setup path
* Mon Apr 10 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Add method to setup installation of recommended packages
With this commit package manager are always set to include only
required packages or set to include required and recommended
packages.
This commit fixes #285
* Thu Apr 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.8 → 9.4.9
* Thu Apr 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update development and contribution chapter
Fix some minor inconsistencies due to latest code changes
with regards to py2 and py3 compatibility and also change
the style of the chapter to be more straight forward for
people who would like to contribute from scratch
* Wed Apr 05 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Bypass bootstrap procedure if no bootstrap packages section
This commit updates kiwi to bypass bootstrap procedure in case
there is no bootstrap packages section.
It also adds extra validation in root_bind.
* Wed Apr 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.7 → 9.4.8
* Wed Apr 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup grub2 template parameters
The boot_directory_name parameters was missing for live and
install image builds
* Wed Apr 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.6 → 9.4.7
* Wed Apr 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup grub2 bios module setup
Only copy grub2 bios modules if the architecture supports it
* Wed Apr 05 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.5 → 9.4.6
* Tue Apr 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Avoid GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR setup in etc/default/grub
The GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR information can't be provided in a generic
way for all distributions. The information should be either placed
by a package post script (as done by most of the distributions)
or by a custom kiwi config.sh or images.sh script. Fixes #286
Fixes (bsc#1032119)
* Tue Apr 04 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added support for unknown uri types for base image references
This commits bypasses any URI check if the uri schema is unknown in
RootImport class. This way the URI is bypassed to skopeo if it couldn't
be translated to any known type. That enables referencing images with
any URI supported by skopeo, i.e. DockerHub images.
* Tue Apr 04 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Keep imported image in OCI format instead of docker
Kiwi always uses OCI format for container manipulations, so it is
easier to assume the image kept between prepare and create step
is also in OCI format, this way less format convertions are needed.
* Tue Apr 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup bootloader menu title setup
If the menu title is setup via the displayname attribute in
the XML configuration, kiwi should not change this text by
a prefix or any other style adaptions. Fixes #287
Fixes (bsc#1032118)
* Tue Apr 04 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup copy of array in boot code
The filtered nic interface names are stored in an array
and copied back into the original array. The copy of the
array was semantically wrong
* Mon Apr 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup grub2 setup and tool calls
Depending on the distribution the grub tools are either named
grub2-tool or grub-tool. Additionally the grub configuration
data is expected to live in boot/grub2 or boot/grub. This commit
handles the tool calls and also the grub boot directory setup
in a generic way
* Thu Mar 30 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include SLE13 boot descriptions for x86_64 and arm
This commit includes boot descriptions for SLE13, the descriptions
are based on leap 42.3.
* Thu Mar 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete ec2 disk format
The ec2 value in the format attribute is deprecated and no
longer supported It remained in the schema for a while and
has now reached EOL
* Thu Mar 30 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.4 → 9.4.5
* Tue Mar 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup theme setup in boot
Make sure grub theme data is populated in the boot directory.
Checking only for the presence of the theme directory is not
enough. If the theme directory in boot does not contain the
requested theme it must be provided including a warning if
the theme data could not be found in the system
* Tue Mar 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Do not change the API in an incompatible way
* Tue Mar 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use request_package_exclusion method in prepare
* Mon Mar 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor method name of package manager interface
The request_package_lock was renamed into request_package_exclusion
because that is the goal, to actually exclude(skip) a package. From
an implementation point of view this is done to set a lock in the
zypper case. However other package managers might do it differently.
The interface should stay consistent with regards to the user goal
and not with the package manager specific implementation. This
Fixes #248
* Mon Mar 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added <oem-nic-filter> element
Allow network interface names to be filtered by the given
regular expression. The expression is handled by the bash
regexp operator. Interface names matching the rule will be
filtered out, all others stay. It is also possible to pass
the variable kiwi_oemnicfilter as kernel command line in a
PXE deployment. Fixes #245
* Mon Mar 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.3 → 9.4.4
* Mon Mar 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete no longer needed btrfs bootpath setup
The adaption of the bootpath in the grub.cfg file with regards
to the btrfs toplevel volume named '@' was the wrong solution.
The fixes in the btrfs filesystem setup and the config files
etc/default/grub and sysconfig/bootloader caused the grub
toolchain to work properly. This Fixes (bsc#1030038)
* Fri Mar 24 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Convert user input to absolute paths
This commit converts the paths provided by the user with the
command line to absolute paths. The effected arguments are:
* --root
* --target-dir
* --bundle-dir
This supersedes and fixes #271
* Fri Mar 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support editbootconfig also for the iso type
This Fixes #274
* Thu Mar 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- ensure grub.cfg exists in EFI path for iso images
For live and install iso image boot configurations the
bootloader configuration must also exist in the EFI boot
path
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Throw a proper msg on missing filesystem reference
Don't set a filesystem factor if no filesystem reference is set
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Throw a proper exception on missing boot reference
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update schema documentation
Add explanation for attributes with no documentation
Fixup explanation for hybrid attribute
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Recommend jing
in case of XML validation errors, jing is used to provide
good error messages. jing as a requirement will pull in all
of java which is unwanted, but a Recommends seems appropriate
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update flags attribute and its documentation
Delete the seed and compressed value as it is not implemented
and won't be supported in the future. Properly document the
existing overlay methods
* Wed Mar 22 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added doc info for kiwinoswapsearch boot parameter
* Tue Mar 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.2 → 9.4.3
* Tue Mar 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed checksum file creation
If the checksum should be created from a compressed file
it is expected that the checksum of the uncompressed file
is added to the checksum file. This is because in a pxe
deployment the uncompressed version of the file is put
on disk and compared with the reference information in
the checksum file
* Tue Mar 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor ip link detection
There is no reliable way to check if a link is unplugged, thus
the code has changed into the following workflow
1. use interfaces which returns success on ip link set up
2. wait for the UP state on all of these interfaces and return
if one of them enters the UP state
3. call a fixed wait state to allow to kernel network drivers
to settle
4. run through all remaining interfaces, discover the link
state and call a DHCP discovery
* Mon Mar 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.1 → 9.4.2
* Mon Mar 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup pxe builder
filesystem image rootfs was not in toplevel
* Mon Mar 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.4.0 → 9.4.1
* Mon Mar 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup pxe builder
Generate a tarball containing all relevant pxe boot result
files instead of a bunch of extra files. This also turns
the pxe builder to be compatible again with the legacy
kiwi pxe bundler
* Fri Mar 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't create shasum over an md5 file
* Thu Mar 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.3.3 → 9.4.0
* Wed Mar 15 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow https location as repository source
* Wed Mar 15 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactor RootImport to keep images with a default name
RootImport has been refactored so the image is kept with a known
name that can be obtained with the Defaults class.
* Tue Mar 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added SLE13 distribution matcher
* Tue Mar 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update distribution matcher in spec file
* Tue Mar 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor ContainerBuilder
Use Checksum instance to run a checksum match
Check for existence of base image at earliest opportunity
when constructing a ContainerBuilder
* Tue Mar 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added checksum matcher method to Checksum class
* Tue Mar 14 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused code
Also fixed corresponding unit test
* Mon Mar 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure LICENSE and README got installed
* Mon Mar 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle derived image as Uri instance
* Mon Mar 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add completion for versioned binaries
when installing kiwi via pip, no alternatives setup done
when installing via rpm will be performed. In order to
allow the bash completion to work also the versioned
binaries needs to be added in the completion script
* Mon Mar 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.3.2 → 9.3.3
* Fri Mar 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add documentation hint for multipython package
* Thu Mar 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Setup package for multipython build
Build package for both python2 and python3
* Thu Mar 09 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Refactored RootImport and included checksum validation
First, commit refactors RootImport in order to also copy
the imported image after sychronizing the import.
Second, it includes a checksum of the copied image which is
validated in later steps.
* Wed Mar 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added Leap42.3 boot descriptions
* Wed Mar 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Deleted openSUSE 13.2 boot descriptions
* Wed Mar 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor Uri constructor
Make repo_type an optional parameter, which is only
required if the specified uri leaves a type choice
* Wed Mar 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup PyPI entry registry
The wrong project url was referenced
* Wed Mar 08 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Support for layered docker images
This commit includes support for building layered docker. A new
layer is added on top of the base image referenced by `derived_from`
attribute.
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.3.1 → 9.3.2
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed MANIFEST.in
kiwi.solver code was not included into source archive
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.3.0 → 9.3.1
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed doc api build for renamed source file
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.2.4 → 9.3.0
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Flake8 fixes for unit tests
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply code quality checks for unit tests too
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed import of solv module
* Tue Mar 07 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Import root system from a given image
This commit includes the root import feature. A `derived_from`
attribute has been included with the <type> section to make
reference to the image file to import. The image format to import
is assumed to be the same as the build type to import.
The current format supported is docker
* Tue Mar 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Flake cleanup for unit tests
* Mon Mar 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent use of project relative import statements
For details on the motivation of this change please visit:
https://wiki.python.org/moin/FutureProofPython
* Mon Mar 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow activation/deactivation of sysV services
systemd is still legacy sysV init compatible, thus the kiwi
helper scripts to activate/deactivate services should not
only be limited to systemd services. Fixes #256
* Mon Mar 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support package capabilities in sat solver
A solver operation can receive a package or pattern name but
a capability name was considered a package name and failed
to resolve. This commit fixes the solver operation with
regards to package capabilities
* Mon Mar 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add runtime check for kernel match
If a kiwi initrd is used, the kernel used to build the kiwi
initrd and the kernel used in the system image must be the
same in order to avoid an inconsistent boot setup. This is
related to (bsc#1027610)
* Fri Mar 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added runtime check for boot image reference
If an initrd_system different from kiwi is selected for a
vmx (simple disk) image, it does not make sense to setup a reference
to a kiwi boot image description, because no kiwi boot image will be
built. Despite that it does not hurt it's still an inconsistent
setup. This is related to (bsc#1027610)
* Fri Mar 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.2.3 → 9.2.4
* Fri Mar 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
the docker build container is now build with the correct
namespace. Thus no image tagging is required anymore
* Fri Mar 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.2.2 → 9.2.3
* Thu Mar 02 2017 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Support container names with slashes (#254)
Umoci tool doesn't require any other parameter than a tag to
identify the container. So container_name value is not used in
umoci.
This Fixes#253
* Wed Mar 01 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use default command only if no entrypoit and subcommand aren't set
Fixes #251
* Wed Mar 01 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fix tagging for OCI images
This commit fixes the tagging schema for umoci. An OCI image
name is path[:tag], this commit rearranges some variable names to
avoid confusions between names and tags.
Fixes #249
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add support for repository credentials
The package and solver repository classes did not provide an
interface to deal with repository credentials. This commit
add support for the zypper package manager and the generic
urlopen based download method of the solver class. This
Fixes #246
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
- Fix default reposdir path for DNF
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.2.1 → 9.2.2
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Add detailed information how to update the docker Build Container
on the official dockerhub registry. This is needed to use custom
or newer versions of the currently published Build Container
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.2.0 → 9.2.1
* Tue Feb 28 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
The changes in building docker images now allows for using
the docker load command to import the dice container
* Mon Feb 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.1.0 → 9.2.0
* Mon Feb 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for exclude docs for dnf
* Mon Feb 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup default cache and plugin dir for dnf
* Fri Feb 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update distribution support status
Add information that Fedora systems are now supported as well
* Fri Feb 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure bootenv can be initialized
An existing grub bootenv file should be deleted prior to calling
grub2-install in order to allow grub2 to create a new correct
bootenv file
* Thu Feb 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DNF package management implementation
DNF is the package manager used on Fedora systems and will also most
likely replace yum for the next generation of RHEL. Along with the
implementation here an example JeOS image description for Fedora can
be found on: https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi-descriptions.
This Fixes #36
* Tue Feb 21 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Follow up fix for network driver delay
Each network interface will be switched off for a short
moment when the kernel network driver is loaded. During
that time the link status information would be misleading.
Thus we wait a short time before the link status check
is started
* Mon Feb 20 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Include compression optimization flags for mksquashfs command
This commit includes some flags for mksquashfs command in other to
achieve higher compression rates. Also note that those flags were
already present in KIWI former versions, thus they have been
included again for compatibility reasons.
This commit fixes #242
* Mon Feb 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow to convert GPT into MBR
The type attribute force_mbr allows to convert a system selected
for use with a GPT to use an MBR (msdos table). The attribute
only takes effect on image configurations which would select the
GPT partitioner. This Fixes #236
* Mon Feb 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Wait for network drivers to pass init
Before we check for the link status a waid period of 3 seconds
should guarantee that the network drivers have passed the init
routines
* Thu Feb 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor waitForLinkUp
Put code which does not belong into the loop outside of
the loop. Also maintain sleep timeout and retry count
in variables
* Thu Feb 16 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed waitForLinkUp and setIPLinkUp
The setIPLinkUp method did not handle the return value of the
waitForLinkUp call and always returned success even if
waitForLinkUp ran into a timeout
The waitForLinkUp method was improved in a way that it does
not wait if the link detection discovered the interface is
unplugged. The detection if a cable is connected or not only
works if the ifplugstatus tool was found in the initrd
* Fri Feb 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.0.2 → 9.1.0
* Thu Feb 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement handling for efipartsize
* Thu Feb 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Decrease default EFI partition size to 20MB
The former default of 200MB was way too large and is a
waste of space. Related to Issue #237
* Thu Feb 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added efipartsize attribute in type setup
The attribute allows to specify a custom size for the
EFI partition. Fixes #237
* Thu Feb 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow bootloader="custom" for bootloader attribute
If specified as such the bootloader configuration and
installation will be skipped. However the editbootinstall
and editbootconfig scripts will still be called. This
Fixes #235
* Thu Feb 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed create_repository_solvable
If the solvable already exists, the method should return it
* Wed Feb 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added handling for spare_part attribute
Add a spare partition right before the root partition of
the configured size. Fixes #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added new type attribute spare_part
spare_part receives a size value with an optional unit (M|G)
and is used for disk images to allow the creaton of a spare
partition of the configured size. Issue #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete all traces of vboot firmware
The vboot firmware setup was a workaround on arm for the
chromebook platform several years ago. From a todays
perspective the setup and the way to boot would be different
and obsoletes the special case implementation. Thus this
is gone now. Related to Issue #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent quoted domain name in dhclientImportInfo
We're getting domain name by parsion a lease file. Unfortunately in
lease file domain name is quoted, which breaks linux resolver.
This commit gets domainname unquoted
* Tue Feb 07 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add manual page for image info command
* Mon Feb 06 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi image info command
Allow to list information about the image description.
In a first implementation one can show the image name
as well as run a dependency resolution for the packages
listed in the XML description
* Fri Feb 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.0.1 → 9.0.2
* Fri Feb 03 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added uri translation for SUSE factory
The obs uri 'obs://openSUSE:Factory/standard' does not follow
the standard http url translation schema and needed a special
handling in order to resolve correctly
* Thu Feb 02 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Eliminate instsource element and requirements
The schema defintions for kiwi v8 still contained the
product schema definitions aka instsource which is no
longer supported by this version of kiwi. Building
SUSE products is done with the kiwi v7 code base and
will most probably be handled by an extra product
builder tool in the future maintained and developed
by the buildservice team. We would be proud if the api
of the kiwi v8 code base can be helpful for the product
builder in the future
* Wed Feb 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 9.0.0 → 9.0.1
* Wed Feb 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added arch attribute for ignore section
The packages subsection <ignore> only accepted a package
name to become ignored. However a <package> subsection
to install a package allows for an arch selection. The
same should apply to ignore a package. In addition the
allowed content for the arch attribute has been changed
from simple text to a regular expression. Allowed is a
comma seperated list of reserved architecture words like
they are displayed by uname -m
* Wed Feb 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- User format method to form the message
* Wed Feb 01 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for package locking for zypper
Zypper supports the al (add lock) command which allows to ignore
a package in the dependecny resolution process. This is useful
to prevent installation of a package which was pulled in by e.g
a recommendation flag from the spec file. Packages marked to be
ignored are not handled for apt and yum right now. Using this
feature together with an unsupported package manager backend
results in a warning to the user
* Wed Feb 01 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Included some file naming convetions
* Mon Jan 30 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Components of an Image Description section
This commit extends the doc/sources/workflow.rst documentation
by including details about config.sh and images.sh files.
* Fri Jan 27 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.6 → 9.0.0
* Thu Jan 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Add information about new hook: handleMachineID
* Thu Jan 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.5 → 8.29.6
* Thu Jan 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup isolinux timeout configuration
isolinux counts the timeout in units of 1/10 seconds.
Thus the value provided in the image description needs
to be adapted correctly. This Fixes #228
* Thu Jan 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.4 → 8.29.5
* Thu Jan 26 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup setupMachineID
Cleaning up existing machine id files by deleting them
causes an interactive session to be started by systemd
This is something we don't want. As the consequences
of touching the machine id files seems to be too critical
the method has been turned into a hook caller. This
allows the user to make use of it on their own purpose
and by default doesn't mess with the machine id files
* Tue Jan 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.3 → 8.29.4
* Tue Jan 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Change processing of setupMachineID
Instead of creating new machine ids for systemd and dbus
the method now cleans up all existing machine ids and
leave it up to systemd to initialize and create new ids.
This allows to make use of the native way how systemd
retrieves and handles machine ids
* Tue Jan 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup typo in ReST style
* Tue Jan 24 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.2 → 8.29.3
* Mon Jan 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add utils.sysconfig to api documentation
* Mon Jan 23 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Completion for grub bootloader configuration
The configuration files /etc/sysconfig/bootloader and
/etc/default/grub needs to be created/updated with the
relevant values regarding the bootloader setup done by
kiwi. This Fixes #226
* Fri Jan 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply volume attributes for btrfs and lvm
The chattr utility is used to apply file attributes
So far only the no-copy-on-write attribute can be
specified in a volume setup. If further attributes
are needed they will be added on demand
* Fri Jan 20 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added attributes element in volume type
* Thu Jan 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added volume attribute copy_on_write
The copy_on_write attribute allows to activate or deactivate
the copy on write functionality for the desired volume.
This Fixes #218
* Thu Jan 19 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure there is a storage default setup on s390
Storage disks on s390 requires an information about the
type and the blocksize. In case these information is not
provided in the kiwi XML configuration, None was set as
value in the zipl configuration which lead to an error.
This commit provides default values for those parameters
* Wed Jan 18 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.1 → 8.29.2
* Tue Jan 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow unix device names in oem-unattended-id setup
In order to allow a raw device name in oem-unattended-id
the /dev tree has been added to search list. This is useful
if e.g a ramdisk device which is not part of any /dev/disk/...
or /dev/mapper device map should be used as target disk for
the deployment. Thus a setup to stick the deployment to
e.g /dev/ram1 would look like this
<oem-unattended-id>ram1</oem-unattended-id>
This Fixes #221
* Tue Jan 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't delete ip tools from oemboot
network tools are needed for oem disk deployment via pxe
* Tue Jan 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added .coveragerc
Clearly indicate which source files are excluded from the
coverage report
* Tue Jan 17 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure setupMachineID also cares for dbus
Systemd and dbus should use the same machine-id. Therefore
a symlink /var/lib/dbus/machine-id pointing to /etc/machine-id
is created right after systemd-machine-id-setup. Fixes #219
* Mon Jan 16 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixup duplication of btrfs toplevel volume
If using root btrfs snapshot, the default toplevel subvolume is set to
/@/.snapshots/1/snapshot, thus all defined subvolumes are mounted
under that cusomized default subvolume. For the first time
subvolumes are mounted it is fine to include /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot
prefix as root is not yet set to that specific path, however in any
future mount this path prefix is not needed any more, as the root
get mounted in /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot by default. Fixes (bsc#1015549)
* Fri Jan 13 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add check_docker_tool_chain_installed
Runtime check to check for required docker tools umoci and
skopeo. As long as tools tools are not available in the
core distro of all distributions we avoid spec file requirements
and check at runtime if they can be found
* Tue Jan 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.29.0 → 8.29.1
* Tue Jan 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Tue Jan 10 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.28.3 → 8.29.0
* Mon Jan 09 2017 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Running config.sh after including the image repositories
This commit rearranges some code lines in order to run the config.sh
script after the repositories of the image have been included, this
way repositories can be trusted and refreshed in config.sh script.
* Mon Jan 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor docker container creation
Instead of creating a simple tarball the tools umoci and skopeo
from the docker tool chain are used to create official docker
images. Along with those tools more information to describe a
container has been added to the schema. A complete container
setup now consists of the following elements
<type image="docker">
<containerconfig name="..." maintainer="..." user="..." workingdir="...">
<entrypoint execute="command">
<argument name="option"/>
...
</entrypoint>
<subcommand execute="command">
<argument name="option"/>
...
</subcommand>
<expose>
<port number="..."/>
...
</expose>
<volumes>
<volume name="..."/>
...
</volumes>
<environment>
<env name="variable" value="value"/>
...
</environment>
<labels>
<label name="..." value="..."/>
...
</labels>
</containerconfig>
</type>
* Mon Jan 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update container builder code to new schema layout
* Mon Jan 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.5
* Mon Jan 09 2017 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update schema for container setup
In preparation to support creation of native docker containers the
way docker likes it, the kiwi schema has to be adapted. So far there
was no way to specify additional metadata information for containers.
With this commit a new section called <containerconfig> is provided.
containerconfig is a subsection of the type and only allowed for
the docker image type. This constraint is checked via a schematron
rule. In addition an xslt stylesheet moves the currently existing
container attribute, which was used to set a name for the container,
into the new containerconfig section as name attribute
* Tue Dec 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.28.2 → 8.28.3
* Tue Dec 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed quadruple_token tokenizer
Information not provided should end up as a None type in the
list in any case. If an empty string was provided via e.g
- -add-repo source,type,, the tokenizer puts in an empty string.
If the information was provided as --add-repo source,type a
None type was used. The code handling the information expected
a None type for not provided information, with an empty string
we end up in validation code which e,g complains that an empty
string can't be converted into an integer base repo priority
* Sun Dec 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.28.1 → 8.28.2
* Sun Dec 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Default provider must be set in the caller environment if
different from the default docker provider
* Fri Dec 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.28.0 → 8.28.1
* Fri Dec 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update container builder documentation
Add information about the now available kiwi build box
and the use of it as part of libvirt provider setup for
vagrant
* Thu Dec 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.5 → 8.28.0
* Tue Dec 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.4 → 8.27.5
* Tue Dec 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup spec file build requires
shadow tools are needed for %pre tasks using
groupadd/useradd tools
* Tue Dec 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.3 → 8.27.4
* Mon Dec 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup spec file tftp group/user setup
Let %pre fail if groupadd/useradd failed and show the error
to the user
* Thu Dec 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt class
Allow to build vagrant boxes for the libvirt provider
This Fixes #15
* Thu Dec 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update vagrantconfig schema setup
Delete the virtualbox provider, As long as there is no
opensource variant for the ovf creation available we won't
support that provider
* Wed Dec 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.2 → 8.27.3
* Tue Dec 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Adapt documentation to rtd schema
replace topic node used for abstract by a hint. This results
in a color box for the abstract which looks better than what
rtd does with simple topics
* Tue Dec 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Adapt schema generator to rtd doc schema
* Tue Dec 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move to rtd sphinx schema
The read-the-docs schema fits better into the mainstream
of online documentation
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.1 → 8.27.2
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added check_volume_setup_has_no_root_definition
The root volume in a systemdisk setup is handled in a special
way. It is not allowed to setup a custom name or mountpoint for
the root volume. Therefore the size of the root volume can be
setup via the @root volume name. This check looks up the volume
setup and searches if there is a configuration for the '/'
mountpoint which would cause the image build to fail
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent warning about unknown opt in workflow doc
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.27.0 → 8.27.1
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add a docstring for the extension section
Short description what the extension section is good for
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent any type from attribute recursion
The schema parser to create the documentation run into
an endless recursion for the new k.any type. As any could
be anything there is not much do document for this type.
Thus it is now skipped from the traversal
* Mon Dec 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.26.1 → 8.27.0
* Fri Dec 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation per review
* Thu Dec 01 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Including minimum volume size offset in disk size calculation
This commit adds Defaults:get_min_volume_mbytes() to the disk size
calculation algorithm. This should be sufficient to hold fdisk
default offset when creating the first partition and also to hold
the LVM metadata.
* Thu Dec 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added extension documentation
* Thu Dec 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure to catch exceptions from xsltproc
* Wed Nov 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add extension validation and data access
If an extension section exists the xml data in this section
is validated against the RelaxNG schema which must be part
of the xmlcatalog for the used extension namespace. If the
data validates the method get_extension_xml_data can be used
to access the etree parse result for each of the extension
configurations
* Wed Nov 30 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- LVM volumes management during grub2 install
During the grub2 install process volumes were not mounted properly,
a proper mount order was not taken into consideration and LV device
information was not given by the method get_volumes in VolumeManger.
This commit forces the mount (and umount) operations to be done in
coherent order and also modifies the get_volumes method in order
to return the device associated to each volume.
* Mon Nov 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow <extension> section for custom plugins
For the use case to add additional image description information
an extension section exists which allows to add custom section
and attributes. Custom XML information must be connected to a
namespace in order to avoid conflicts with the existing
structure. The following example shows how to place additional
XML information:
<image>
<extension xmlns:my_plugin="http://www.my_plugin.com">
<my_plugin:my_feature>
<my_plugin:title name="cool stuff"/>
</my_plugin:my_feature>
</extension>
</image>
* Fri Nov 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed expansion of msdos disks
If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can't be expanded to
the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use.
Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the
allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is
at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966
* Thu Nov 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.26.0 → 8.26.1
* Thu Nov 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup of string + operator vs. join use
* Thu Nov 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed setup_disk_image_config in bootloader setup
The parameter for the uuid is not enough to handle all
supported disk geometries. If the disk has an extra boot
partition the bootloader setup must read the boot data
from the boot partition but must set the root for the
kernel cmdline to the root partition. Therefore the
interface needs to change and must provide both the
boot_uuid and the root_uuid in oder to allow the method
to setup the correct values
* Thu Nov 24 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Parse arch attribute as a comma separated list
This commit ensure that the arch attribute of each package section
is parsed as a comma separated list. This way, as in previous kiwi
versions, each package might be suitable for one or more specified
architectures.
* Thu Nov 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup kernel name setup in disk builder
The Kernel instance is the only correct place to ask
for the kernel name. This class has the responsibility
to know information about the selected kernel. The
additional arch based assumption on the kernel name
in the disk builder were wrong. This fixes bnc#1011936
* Tue Nov 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in solver api documentation
* Tue Nov 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.5 → 8.26.0
* Mon Nov 21 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- No more hard links in result bundle
This commit changes the copy command of the result bundle task. Now
instead of creating hardlinks a relugar copy is performed. This way
we ensure that the bundled files will not be modified by
overwritting a linked file.
* Mon Nov 21 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Documentation workflow review
* Mon Nov 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- The Sat solver class - an example
The Sat solver class can be used to run a solver operation
over a list of packages and/or patterns in order to receive
a dependency solved list of all required packages according
to the request. In order to do that a set of repositories
is required which provides the package metadata and their
requirements. The following is an example how to use the
Sat class in your application:
```python
from kiwi.solver.sat import Sat
from kiwi.system.uri import Uri
from kiwi.solver.repository import SolverRepository
solver = Sat()
solver.add_repository(
SolverRepository(Uri('obs://leap/42.2/repo/oss', 'yast2'))
)
print(solver.solve(['vim']))
```
* Mon Nov 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup code smell for kernel name list
Iterating over only one list item doesn't need a loop
* Mon Nov 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup style to be more pythonic
* Fri Nov 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed release network using ip tool
Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method
called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the
releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091
* Fri Nov 18 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- KIWI workflow documentation
This commit ports the workflow documentation from previous KIWI
version and also adds a sections for listing the boot parameters
configurable in the Kernel command line.
* Fri Nov 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed kernel name lookup
Complete the list of kernel names for the lookup. Normally
the kernel package provides a symlink to the actual kernel
image file. However if the link does not exist we extend the
search to a collection of names for possible kernel images.
The new list now also covers kernel names as used for arm
Along with the change this patch also provides an option to
raise an exception if the kernel lookup did not find any
kernel, which is used for the get_kernel() request in the
dracut initrd system setup where it is mandatory to find
a kernel image.
This fixes bnc#1010874
* Thu Nov 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added Sat solver class
Added implementation for Solver class based on the SUSE
libsolv C library and the solv python binding
* Thu Nov 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.4 → 8.25.5
* Thu Nov 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked
The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively
short and different from the default lease time of the former
dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s
This is related to bnc#1003091
* Thu Nov 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork
If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server
in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However
it should at least bring down the network. This is
related to bnc#1003091
* Wed Nov 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.3 → 8.25.4
* Wed Nov 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup get_volumes for lvm manager
The method also returned the root volume in the list of
volumes but it should only return a list of volumes
excluding root volume
* Wed Nov 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr
Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format
* Wed Nov 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.2 → 8.25.3
* Tue Nov 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup btrfs property setup
The readonly property is set on the filesystem toplevel.
kiwi has set the toplevel before any property is set.
* Tue Nov 15 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- vhdfixed images result compression
This commit adds compression to the Result instance of the vhdfixed
disk. This concrete format is not compressed or dynamic, so that,
it makes sense compress them. Also this was the behavior in previous
kiwi versions.
* Tue Nov 15 2016 Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@thkukuk.de>
- Replace tabs with spaces
* Tue Nov 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup handling for root_is_readonly_snapshot
The information was not passed to the VolumeManager instance
* Tue Nov 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup mount_volumes in VolumeManagerBtrfs
It is required to mount the toplevel btrfs filesystem if
not already mounted, prior to mounting the subvolumes
* Tue Nov 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed busy mount state
Make sure subvolumes are umounted first. This prevents a
busy state in a partition setup with an extra boot
partition
* Mon Nov 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.1 → 8.25.2
* Mon Nov 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup creation of etc/default/grub config file
Only create the file if the base directory structure
in etc/default exists.
* Sun Nov 13 2016 Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@thkukuk.de>
- Remove empty line too much
* Sun Nov 13 2016 Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@thkukuk.de>
- Implement loading of snapshots and fix snapshot menu layout.
If you want to boot an old snapshot, but not to do a rollback,
we need to tell the kernel which snapshot to use. This patch
also fixes the broken layout of the grub snapshot menu.
* Sat Nov 12 2016 Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@thkukuk.de>
- Move source of grub-snapshot.cfg to the right position
grub-snapshot.cfg should not be sourced at the begining, but
at the end of grub.cfg. Else with creating the first snapshot
this entry is getting the default boot target and the system
does not boot automatically anymore.
* Fri Nov 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device
If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device
we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot
device is mapped to the wwn
* Thu Nov 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.25.0 → 8.25.1
* Thu Nov 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update doc string for download_from_repository
The doc string for this method contained a mime string
which is spuriously validated by the sphinx url checker.
This commit rewords the text in a way that the checker
is happy again
* Thu Nov 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.10 → 8.25.0
* Thu Nov 10 2016 David Cassany Viladomat <davidcassany@gmail.com>
- Do not delete all repositories if there aren't repositories to import (#191)
This commit adds a tester method to check if there is any
repository marked as imageinclude. The method is used to
execute import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude
method only when it is actually needed.
* Wed Nov 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- grub.cfg: Fixes for btrfs as rootfs
This addresses the following issues
* An image based on btrfs using the entire boot as a subvolume
causes grub to be unable to find its config file. Thus kiwi
now raises an exception in this situation
* Don't prefix the bootpath with the snapshot path if the
btrfs root is placed in a snapshot. Instead the file
etc/default/grub must be written/updated with the
SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING variable set to true. Once
this is done the bootpath is consistently set to /boot
no matter which snapshot is active
* Wed Nov 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- grub.cfg: Source grub-snapshot.cfg if present
Add a lookup for /.snapshots/grub-snapshot.cfg to the generated
grub.cfg. The file is shell sourced if it exists
* Wed Nov 09 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- No need to mock Path.which
There is no need to mock Path.which as isoinfo binary from the
platform is needed to run the test, so better let the system look
for it, note that the binray can be located in the alternate
location (/usr/lib/genisoimage/) which is not part of the PATH.
In that particular case the iso_test would fail if we mock
Path.which.
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated system size calculations test
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated test for vhd-fixed subformat type
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Increase the default image size for XFS filesystems
When no size is specified in type section the resulting image size
is calculated using the size of the whole build-root increased by
an empiric factor. Some tests revealed that this factor was not
enough for XFS filesystems. The empiric factor has been increased.
This commit fixes #186
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- vhd-fixed name corrected in subformat init class
This commit reverts the previous one and it applies the name change
to the subformat class initializer. This way the schema is not
altered and we keep compatibility with previous description files.
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- vhdfixed format naming inconsistency
vhdfixed storage format name was not updated according its real
name in the kiwi schema, making it impossible to build any vhdfixed
image. The schema used to expect 'vhd-fixed', however, internally,
the code was expecting 'vhdfixed'. The schema has been updated.
This commit fixes #184
* Tue Nov 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmDir
Add support for local rpm-dir repositories
* Tue Nov 08 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- ActivateImage links correction
Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues
due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the
symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before
running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only
filesystem.
This commit is a port form openSUSE/kiwi#613 PR
* Tue Nov 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmMd
Add support for rpm-md repository types
* Mon Nov 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup ip setup in setupNic
The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this
was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address
Related to bnc#1003091
* Mon Nov 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implemented SolverRepositorySUSE
Add support for SUSE online and media repository types
* Mon Nov 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add repo_type info to Uri class
This allows to eliminate the repo_type from the paramter list
of the SolverRepository class, which then only needs an instance
of Uri
* Sun Nov 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement SolverRepositoryBase
Base class and interface for building a SAT solvable from
a given repository
* Fri Nov 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added API doc hook for solver path
* Fri Nov 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.9 → 8.24.10
* Fri Nov 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete sphinxcontrib-programoutput setup
Deleted it from virtualenv development requirements and
from the sphinx configuration file
* Fri Nov 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete use of sphinxcontrib-programoutput
The developers of this sphinx extension decided to delete the
module on pip and also the source from git... it's dead. Thus
I replaced the dynamic usage output in the manual pages with
the static version
* Fri Nov 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Initial structure to support SAT solvables
A SAT solvable can be used together with python-solv to implement
performant package solving tasks. This is the initial structure
to allow the creation of such solvable files from specified
repositories. We will support the repo types yast2, rpm-md and
rpm-dir in the first place.
* Thu Nov 03 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- updateOtherDeviceFstab did not get the fstab location parameter
This is port from the kiwi v7 code base openSUSE/kiwi#610
* Wed Nov 02 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Load the default unicode font in grub2
This commit fixes #179. The default font was never loaded,
the loadfont call for the default was missing.
* Wed Nov 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.8 → 8.24.9
* Wed Nov 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed waitForStorageDevice
Value for storage_size was not really used
* Wed Nov 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.7 → 8.24.8
* Wed Nov 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used
If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the
kernel commandline they should take over precedence for
up- and download of image files compared to the host
setup in the IMAGE variable.
* Wed Nov 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't mix python module requirements
The tox setup mixes the deps modules depending on the
tox target with either virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
or fixed deps lists in tox.ini. This change clean up
the module dependencies for development targets to
be taken from virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt exclusively
* Tue Nov 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update travis runtime requirements
Installing python modules from source via pip requires git
* Tue Nov 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.6 → 8.24.7
* Tue Nov 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- sphinxcontrib-programoutput no longer on pypi
Use the version from git directly to build the documentation
In the long we should find an alternative for this sphinx
extension
* Mon Oct 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup root init with existing host cache
Creating a new root init with a shared location which already
provides directories of the system failed on init of those
directories. Only create the not yet existing directories
* Mon Oct 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup the wicked thing again
* Mon Oct 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd
The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was
incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091
* Fri Oct 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup assembling of mdraid array
when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array.
That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which
leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore
the method should wait until the raid array really exists no
matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi's mdadm call.
In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because
devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to
start any array that has been partially assembled is required.
pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no
md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This
Fixes bnc#1000742
* Fri Oct 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup waitForStorageDevice
The function will return success if the size of the storage
device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure
success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In
order to actually work with the device it must provide a
size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742
* Thu Oct 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.5 → 8.24.6
* Thu Oct 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup initial directory creation for new root
During testing of alternative cache locations an init
problem with the var/ directory was observed
* Thu Oct 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Do not allow imageinclude for images build in obs
Fixes #178
* Wed Oct 26 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- SystemPrepare instance delete before runnig SystemSetup
This commit fixes#175, now multiple profiles in OBS are possible using
kiwi boot initrd.
* Tue Oct 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use docopt's default value feature for cache dir
* Tue Oct 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup unit tests using sys.argv
The tests should restore to the default argv option set
as provided by the test_helper
* Tue Oct 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update manual page
Include information for new --shared-cache-dir option
* Tue Oct 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added global option --shared-cache-dir
The option allows to specify an alternative shared host_to_image
cache directory. The default location is /var/cache/kiwi.
Fixes #92
* Tue Oct 25 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixed a couple of constraints
* Tue Oct 25 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Redo of xml_parse.py with updated generateDS
* Tue Oct 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Initialize the systemd machine ID on first boot
The systemd machine id is considered to be a unique information
Thus it is required to initialize it on first boot of the image.
If the image uses the kiwi boot code (initrd) this action is
performed and and Fixes #169
* Mon Oct 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.4 → 8.24.5
* Mon Oct 24 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some tests slightly modified in order to improve coverage
This commit improves some example kiwi files and tests in order
to achieve a 100% code coverage.
* Mon Oct 24 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Corrections on test kiwi description files
Some attributes needed to be changed in the test xmls. With this
commit all the description files are consistent with the new co-
occurrence constraints.
* Fri Oct 21 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Co-occurrence constraints included in the schema
Constraints for pxe, iso, vmx, oem and docker image types have
been included.
* Fri Oct 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- config.partids only required for kiwi initrd
If dracut is used as initrd system an unused config.partids
file is generated. The partition id information is only used
by kiwi boot code not by dracut boot code. Related to
bnc#1005246
* Thu Oct 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.3 → 8.24.4
* Thu Oct 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure dracut initrd is copied correctly
* Thu Oct 20 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder method
bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results
in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one
cylinder to compensate.
* Thu Oct 20 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Integrating Schematron syntax in schema
Using Schematron syntax in schema co-occurrence constraints can
be easily defined. This commit provides the schematron integration.
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.2 → 8.24.3
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Write fstab to kiwi boot image only
For the dracut initrd system the call happens in the system
root tree which already provides the fstab data
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.1 → 8.24.2
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Dereference boot arch symlinks
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.24.0 → 8.24.1
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in build Makefile target
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.23.0 → 8.24.0
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use format method for messages in image_resize
There are more places where this cleanup from %x format
attributes to the format() method is required. Here it is
done in the scope of the image resize task
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.22.0 → 8.23.0
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed setup.py custom install target
Make install method aware of --single-version-externally-managed
This option is passed to the call by pip if not installed as
egg
* Wed Oct 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added setuptools to development requirements
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete travis pypi deployment
After weeks of try and error, this simply does not work for me
Manual deployment via make pypi and a local account works fine
Maybe this can be solved in the future but for now I can live
with a manual step
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Package kiwi/boot/arch into sub archive
The sdist target runs into an infinite loop if installed via
pip. It seems the symlink files below boot/arch confuses
distutils
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.21.1 → 8.22.0
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr"
This reverts commit 428436988d1db1017adfb6e92dbc3235d54e06b3.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Only resize disk format if required
Only resize the disk format if the raw disk has been changed
If the size of the raw disk is the same as the requested size
just print a message to the user
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Simplify help call
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Smarter way to calculate bytes from a size unit
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Explicitly bool check for the service name option
From docopt we expect a True/False value for the selected
service name positional parameter. Thus the code should
also make it clear what we expect
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use format method instead of printf like style
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update resize_raw_disk method
Do not resize the disk if an attempt to resize to the same
size was made. Do not fail in this situation but indicate
via a bool return value if an action has happened(True)
or not(False)
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use latest version of pip for tox setup
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Fixup travis setup"
This reverts commit ee9e633d78833d02a535e6f4d2ce775425082872.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Fixup travis.yml"
This reverts commit 1c80841e8c264ba1957e2ae6b53d2af2929479b0.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup travis.yml
Make sure python-tox gets installed
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup travis setup
No need to install requirements, this is all done by tox
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr
Use pycparser 2.14 in setup.py and virtual env requirements
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed setup.py install target
pip calls the install target but not the build target.
For kiwi's tools this means they need to run the tools
compilation if not already done prior to the installation
of the tools
* Tue Oct 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Call dracut in system root tree
Change BootImageDracut class to call dracut in the specified
system root directory and not in a self prepared new root environment.
dracut reads scripts and dracut module configurations from the
installed system components, e.g kdump. Therefore calling it
from an isolated runtime environment creates an initrd which is
not matching the system components. Fixes bnc#1005246
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi image resize command
The image resize command allows to resize a disk image
and its optional disk format to a new disk geometry
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added manual page for image resize command
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add raw format to subformat factory
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow ftp:// uri style for package repositories
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add grub2-efi-modules in rhel boot descriptions
This package provides the efi modules which are needed if
a custom efi module is build by kiwi via grub2-mkimage
* Mon Oct 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup doc string for target_removable attribute
The default behaviour was not explained clear enough
* Sat Oct 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added resize_raw_disk method in DiskFormatBase
Allow to increase the disk geometry of a disk image file
in order to create free space on this disk
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle target_removable in kiwi disk builder
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle target_removable in kiwi boot code
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Store kiwi_target_removable in profile env
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added target_removable attribute
Indicate if the target disk for oem images is deployed to a
removable device e.g a USB stick or not. This only affects
the EFI setup if requested and in the end avoids the creation
of a custom boot menu entry in the firmware of the target
machine on first boot. This is related to bnc#993130
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use XML parser to test XML output for info.xml
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- parenthesis in imports only for multi-line imports
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused textwrap import
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move info.xml test data into its own file
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup code smells per review
Only import what is needed, concat strings by a join
* Thu Oct 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create info.xml file for btrfs snapshot
If the system is installed into a btrfs snapshot a metadata
file called info.xml is created which is used by tools like
snapper. Fixes bnc#1000117
* Wed Oct 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup use of cache location
* Tue Oct 11 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated hideSplash method
hideSplash method now hides the splash image regardless of an active
console is detected or not.
This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601
* Tue Oct 11 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixing wrong spaces
* Tue Oct 11 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated fetchFile method
Now it makes sure the splash is hidden before showing any progress
dialog.
This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601
* Tue Oct 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.21.0 → 8.21.1
* Mon Oct 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup wicked DNS data validation
wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as
separator and not with a ',' as it was the case in dhcpcd
* Mon Oct 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Do not bundle the raw disk if a format is setup
Only bundle the compressed version of the .raw disk image
if no disk format like qcow2, vmdk, etc... is specified.
Fixes #159
* Mon Oct 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Do not compress disk formats
Stay compatible with the former version of kiwi and do not
compress disk formats like qcow2, vmdk, etc... It also does
not make much sense since the disk formats itself are using
a compression algorithm. Fixes #159
* Mon Oct 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support yum repository priorities
yum normally installs the latest version of a package, regardless of
which repository provides it. The yum-plugin-priorities provides a
method to prefer a package from a repository with a higher priority.
Fixes #153
* Fri Oct 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.22 → 8.21.0
* Fri Oct 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix attributes_not_used helper script
The script is used to check which parts of the XML schema
are not used by the new (kiwi v8) version. The information
is helpful to find missing or obsolete attribute handling
in v8 vs. v7
* Thu Oct 06 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Modified few code lines to match landscape's quality standards
* Thu Oct 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use tmpfs for write overlay in netboot via nbd/aoe
* Wed Oct 05 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added support for multiple `--add-profile` options
* Wed Oct 05 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added '--add-profile' option in compat mode
This commit fixes #154. With this, the compatiblity mode accepts
the `--add-profile` option which was present in previous kiwi
versions and that is translated to `--profile` in the current
version.
* Wed Oct 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add set_property_readonly_root for volume manager
The custom option root_is_readonly_snapshot is evaluated
for the method set_property_readonly_root(). If set and
the root filesystem has been installed into a btrfs snapshot
the filesystem is turned into read-only mode
* Wed Oct 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Evaluate root_is_readonly_snapshot in disk builder
* Wed Oct 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added btrfs_root_is_readonly_snapshot attribute
The attribute allows to specify if the root filesystem should
be set to read-only if it is created as a btrfs snapshot.
The option only has an effect if a btrfs snapshot is used as
root filesystem. Fixes bnc#1000080
* Sat Oct 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.21 → 8.20.22
* Fri Sep 30 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added test for -udf flag for genisoimage/mkisofs
* Fri Sep 30 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added forcing UDF filesystem for large images
Included -udf flag to force UDF filesystem usage
* Fri Sep 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed secure boot setup for iso media
Provide the shim loader and the shim signed grub loader in the
required boot path. Normally this task is done by the shim-install
tool. However, shim-install does not exist on all distributions
and the script does not operate well in CD environments from which
we generate live and/or install media. Thus shim-install is used
if possible at install time of the bootloader because it requires
access to the target block device. In any other case the kiwi
fallback code applies
* Fri Sep 30 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added support for mkisofs
genisoimage and mkisofs tools are slightly different so this commit
makes sure all flags are supported in both tools.
* Fri Sep 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed hybrid setup for large ISO images
The isohybrid tool uses fseek() to locate the bootloader files.
That's unfortunately not 64-bit safe. In case of an ISO image
bigger than 4G this leads to 32-bit offset issues. kiwi can
workaround this problem by putting the bootloader files near
the top of the iso image, which is done by a change in the
sortfile of this commit
* Thu Sep 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for yum
rpm supports the --excludepath option. However, yum can not be
configured to pass along options to rpm or the python interface
it uses. Thus only a warning about excludedocs not being
supported by kiwi for yum is issued. Fixes #133
* Thu Sep 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for apt
Setup the appropriate dpkg options to avoid the installation
of manual pages and package documentation if rpm_excludedocs
is set in the kiwi XML description. Related to #133
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart
For disk based images the file config.partids is written and
imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional
and no partids information exists. In order to provide at
least the partition number for the root partition on netboot
stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from
the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.20 → 8.20.21
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Call grub2-install as chroot operation
In addition to the chrooted call make sure all volumes from
the volume manager (if used) are mounted at call time
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup grub default module list
The test module is a required module in any case
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure fstab exists in initrd creation system
* Tue Sep 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Umount volumes prior to bootloader installation
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.19 → 8.20.20
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Respect setup of devicepersistency for swap part
If a swap boot partition is requested it should be added
to the fstab file according to the device persistency
setup or its uuid default
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update schema documentation
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.18 → 8.20.19
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Respect setup of devicepersistency for boot part
If an extra boot partition is requested it should be added
to the fstab file according to the device persistency setup
or the default uuid persistency type
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Only sync .mod grub2 module files
When syncing the grub2 modules to the boot directory only the
.mod version of the module needs to be present
* Mon Sep 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Mount boot volumes on grub install
If there are volumes below /boot they need to be mounted before
grub2-install / shim-install is called in order to make sure all
data is available in the volume
* Fri Sep 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.17 → 8.20.18
* Fri Sep 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure boot image dump is cleaned up
* Fri Sep 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor DiskBuilder class
The DiskBuilder class is able to build a disk its corresponding
format and the installation image to install this disk by using
the InstallImageBuilder. However all three tasks were handled
in a row which lead to the problem that resources like active
mount processes were still open when e.g the disk format is
created. The race conditions produced here lead to an undefined
state of the resulting disk format and/or install image. In
order to avoid this the DiskBuilder class has been refactored
in a way that each tasks is an atomic operation which is
freeing its resources after success
* Thu Sep 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete root, boot, efi fstab setup from kiwi boot
The kiwi boot code was responsible for setting up the contents
of the fstab file on first boot. However the build process now
provides an fstab with the generic label or uuid based fstab
entries which allows to remove that part from the kiwi boot
code
* Thu Sep 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add root, boot and efi partitions to fstab
Make sure the above partitions are added to the generic fstab
with their label or uuid at build time
* Thu Sep 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added BlockID class
Class to provide support for retrieving block device metadata
* Thu Sep 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use BlockID class for block operations
* Thu Sep 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed fstab entries for btrfs subvolumes
mount options must be part of the subvol information which
itself is also a mount option
* Thu Sep 22 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Corrected DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable validation
Now it uses regex in order to validate the variable is an integer
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.16 → 8.20.17
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Normalize mount path in get_fstab for lvm volumes
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed get_fstab parameter order for lvm
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.15 → 8.20.16
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete fstab setup for volumes from kiwi boot code
For persistent devices like LVM volumes or btrfs sub volumes
the fstab setup can be done at build time. Fixes #142
* Wed Sep 21 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Custom device timeout variable added
This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT
variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout
in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed
in seconds.
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement get_fstab for btrfs volume management
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed btrfs mount_volumes if root is snapshot
The provided subvolume name contained the snapshot path which
is invalid. In addition nested volumes e.g /var/cache were
reduced to /cache which is wrong
* Wed Sep 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup unit test
Use only one instance of context manager for all tests
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create fstab entries for persistent devices
Instead of creating the fstab at boot time, those entries which
are generic and not depending on an unknown device name can be
created as part of the image building process.
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement get_fstab for LVM volume management
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added get_fstab to volume manager interface
The volume manager interface should allow to provide
fstab entries for the volumes it manages
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.14 → 8.20.15
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed evaluation of Dialog return value
The return code from the Dialog boot code was evaluated after
other shell code was executed. Thus the return code from the
call in question was lost and misinterpreted
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure volumes are mounted prior to install
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup invalid character in bash source
* Tue Sep 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.13 → 8.20.14
* Mon Sep 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup chroot adaption for caller environment
The ZYPP_CONF path is provided as part of the caller environment
and not as a zypper caller parameter. However the path adaptions
when calls happens chrooted was only done for the commandline
arguments but not for the command environment. This patch also
adapts the environment, related to Issue #133
* Mon Sep 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make ifplugstatus available in boot images
Added ifplugd to kiwi oem|netboot images for leap and tumbleweed
* Mon Sep 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prefer ifplugstatus for link up check
Use ifplugstatus if present to check if the network link
is up. Fallback is the old ip based method
* Fri Sep 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup theme setup in grub2 config template
Only set the theme if the .txt file describing it exists
* Thu Sep 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup yum group install
yum groups can contain spaces, thus quoting is required
Fixes #138
* Thu Sep 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.12 → 8.20.13
* Thu Sep 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked
IP address information from wicked is imported twice.
However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only
on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989
* Tue Sep 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed pxe install archive md5 file
The md5 sum must be created from the uncompressed version
of the disk image
* Tue Sep 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added missing trigger file for oem pxe install
The config.vmxsystem trigger file was missing in the oem
install initrd used when deploying a disk image over pxe
* Mon Sep 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.11 → 8.20.12
* Mon Sep 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Integrate schema documentation into doc process
The schema documentation is auto generated via the schema_parser
helper tool. The tox doc target now also generates schema docs
Fixes #53
* Mon Sep 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Schema docs generation helper
A simple script to parse the RelaxNG schema that grabs relevant
information in order to produce autogenerated documentation from
the schema inline comments.
* Mon Sep 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added handling for rpm-excludedocs for zypper
In zypper zypp.conf can be setup to prevent the installation
of %doc marked items from rpm packages. The <rpm-excludedocs>
section in the kiwi XML description is used to provide this
functionality. So far this feature is only implemented for
zypper. References #133
* Sun Sep 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure EFI modules are provided in uefi mode
For EFI secure boot (uefi) the grub2 efi modules were not
copied to the target directory. shim-install normally does
that by invoking grub2-install. However shim-install does
not allow to call grub2-install with the required parameters
as needed for loop (image) based targets. Thus kiwi calls
shim-install but skips grub2-install and takes care to
provide the needed EFI modules.
* Sun Sep 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert WaitForStorageDevice patch
The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property
from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg
problem
* Sun Sep 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed message typo (bnc#996255)
* Wed Sep 07 2016 Thomas Bechtold <tbechtold@suse.com>
- travis: Update pypi password
Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed.
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move to tar.gz as sdist target
PyPI is planning to support only .tar.gz in the near future.
See https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0527. This Fixes #132
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate partition using parted instead of sfdisk
sfdisk changes their caller semantics incompatible. Therefore
we move to a tool which is still stable in the caller options
Fixes #129
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update baseStripRPM
Method is a noop and only exists for compatibility
kiwi handles the deletion of packages in the core
builder code
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.10 → 8.20.11
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py"
docopt strings are not allowed to be interrupted by a newline
This reverts commit b1b92ed830820530bfd7bdc5256525f3dfc01a4a.
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.9 → 8.20.10
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use os.linesep
Python's os module provides a portable version for the line
separator which should be used whenever possible. Fixes #130
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.8 → 8.20.9
* Thu Aug 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed custom entries in vmdk machine config
Each custom entry must be written in a separate line
* Wed Aug 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update API documentation
Recall sphinx-apidoc and update the generated result markup
* Wed Aug 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py
Make sphinx happy
* Wed Aug 24 2016 Thomas Bechtold <tbechtold@suse.com>
- travis: Update pypi password
Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed.
* Wed Aug 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.7 → 8.20.8
* Tue Aug 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup get_build_type_vmconfig_entries
Make sure we can rely on a list return even if no
machine section exists at all.
* Tue Aug 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add evaluation of machine's vmconfig_entry
As part of the machine section it is possible to setup a custom
entry which is stored in the machine configuration file. The
evaluation of such an entry for the vmdk (.vmx) config file
was still missing. This Fixes #122
* Tue Aug 23 2016 Thomas Bechtold <tbechtold@suse.com>
- travis: Next try to fix automatic pypi deployment
Also the travis command which added the pypi deployment part formatted
the yaml file.
* Mon Aug 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed bootloader configuration
custom kernel parameters should be added to
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT
Fixes bnc#994910
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Use str.format for int to string convertion
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Setup tests corrected #124
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixes #124
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Rearranged waitForStorageDevice code comments
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added a case statement for transport types
* Fri Aug 19 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Removed some backquotes in favour of $()
* Thu Aug 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.6 → 8.20.7
* Thu Aug 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make repository an optional element
So far one repository was mandatory in the XML description.
However, this is not required because all repositories can
be specified on the commandline
* Thu Aug 18 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added quotes to protect against spaces
* Thu Aug 18 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added getDeviceTransportType method
The method gets the transport type of the given device.
WaitForStorageDevice reacts according to the transport type
by having a shorter timeout in case the device is a usb.
* Thu Aug 18 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- WaitForStorageDevice patch
The function has been modified in order to distinguish a shorter
timeout if the device is a usb.
* Wed Aug 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.5 → 8.20.6
* Wed Aug 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update compat options for create step
The --ignore-repos, --set-repo and --add-repo options are allowed to
be specified for compatibility reasons if --create is specified in
the compat commandline. However, they are not used in the next
generation kiwi create step because the repo information is persistently
stored after the prepare step has finished, which is not the case for
the legacy kiwi version
* Wed Aug 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support --ignore-repos in compat mode
* Wed Aug 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added --ignore-repos for build and prepare tasks
The option allows to ignore all repos configured in the
XML description. This allows to specify a complete set
of repositories via the commandline
* Tue Aug 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.4 → 8.20.5
* Tue Aug 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy
In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which
unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary
by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file
attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes,
etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825)
* Mon Aug 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Move information about legacy kiwi in its own chapter
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.3 → 8.20.4
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Prevent to use non public url references
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.2 → 8.20.3
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup vmdk header update
due to the wrong file open mode the result image was
truncated on update of the vm tools version
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.1 → 8.20.2
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
delete broken links to online ssh key blogs
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.20.0 → 8.20.1
* Fri Aug 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Binary opened file should receive bytes
Avoids TypeError: 'str' does not support the buffer interface
for the vmdk header update
* Thu Aug 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed setupNetworkWicked
IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of
two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address
information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989
* Thu Aug 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure DHCPCHADDR is upercase
Fixes bnc#992988
* Thu Aug 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete <except> section
The <except> section was formerly used as part of the <split>
section. kiwi no longer supports static split images in favour
of overlay systems based on e.g overlayfs. Fixes #120
* Thu Aug 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Better logging if Path.which doesn't find the file
* Wed Aug 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added docstring for KiwiDescriptionConflict
* Wed Aug 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup Command.run if called with raise_on_error set to False
* Wed Aug 10 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- indentation fix
* Wed Aug 10 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated logging message
Updated logging formating in a way that landscape does not complain
* Wed Aug 10 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated Command to use Path.which
Command.run and Command.call now make use of Path.which in order
to test if the command is available or not. Also Path.which has
been extended in order to support custom environments and to be
able to test file permissions (read. write, execute)
* Tue Aug 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- protect systemd-detect-virt
Protect systemd-detect-virt from being deleted in the kiwi initrd
* Fri Aug 05 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Command validation
This commit includes a validation in Command.run and Command.call
in order to verify the existance of the command before running it.
It case it is not found in the specified environment it raises a
KiwiCommandNotFound Exception.
* Fri Aug 05 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Detailed schema validation report
This commit adds the execution of a jing process if the validation
fails, that way the user has more information about what is
actually failing during the validation process. If jing command
is not found, it just produces an info message to warn the user
and kiwi finalizes as expected.
* Thu Aug 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Workaround Fix for pypi travis deployment
Use all_branches: true, as we do only tag with bumpversion for
a release this workaround works for us. For reference see
https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/1675
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.6 → 8.20.0
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed suseSetupProduct
Avoid shell complaining about binary operator
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed baseUpdateSysConfig
Check if referenced config file exists
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete use of SuSEconfig
SuSEconfig was a tool long time ago and does not exist anymore
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete sysV init boot code
Traces of chkconfig, inittab, etc/init.d are gone now
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed suseSetupProduct
Fixed shell variable evaluation syntax
* Wed Aug 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Less complex user, group traversal
* Wed Aug 03 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Simplified example config file
* Wed Aug 03 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated get_users and get_user_groups methods
Get_users method has been updated in order to be able to append the
groups attribute when a user is defined in multiple <users> sections in
the description file. Appart from groups, all other user attributes
are ignored if the user was already processed when parsing the description
file.
Get_users_groups method has been also updated so it returns a list of
groups with unique values, keeping the description file order.
* Tue Aug 02 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated xml_state
The changes here modify the method get_users in xml_state in order
to provide a simple list of users instead of nested lists. Also a new
method to get the groups for a given user has been included in
xml_state. This is done in order to slim down and facilitate the
code in kiwi/system/setup.py. This way users and groups can be handled
in more natural way.
* Mon Aug 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rebuild RNG schema and parser for 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Auto validate XML descriptions for schema 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added schema conversion convert63to64.xsl
* Mon Aug 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump kiwi schema version 6.3 -> 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed 6.2 to 6.3 XSL conversion
Deletion of attributes of the same section must be
handled in one iteration
* Wed Jul 27 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Updated the user schema layout
Now each user item may or may not have a groups attribute. The
groups attribute is a comma separated list of group names. If
present the first group name will be the login or primary group,
if not present, the underlying toolchain will assign the default
login group for that user.
* Tue Jul 26 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- New generated schema and parser
* Tue Jul 26 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Some corrections needed after rebuilding schema and parser
* Tue Jul 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update true/false handling of text nodes
The latest version of generateDS handles <section>true|false</section>
text values in a way that it returns a boolean python type instead
of the text string. With this change the kiwi code has to be adapted
at the level of writing the shell profile which needs the string
value of boolean information
* Tue Jul 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Regenerate data structures
Regenerate xml_parse with latest version of generateDS.
The call works in the python2.7 tox virtual environment
as part of the following make target:
$ make kiwi/schema/kiwi.rng
* Tue Jul 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Switch to latest version of generateDS
Data Structures are auto generated from the XML schema.
So far the development environment has requested an older
version of generateDS which will go out of service soon
* Tue Jul 26 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- fixing user schema layout
* Tue Jul 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in boot headers OpenSuSE vs. openSUSE
* Tue Jul 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in translation OpenSUSE vs. openSUSE
* Mon Jul 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure awk is available in oemboot
* Mon Jul 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Explain why bytes type is redefined
In python2 bytes is string which is different from the bytes
type in python3. The bytes type from the builtins generalizes
this type to be bytes always. However the redefinition of the
bytes type is marked as Smell in landscape. Thus the code
should at least inform why this is done
* Mon Jul 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use six.Iterator instead of global object builtin
The use of six.Iterator as base class for the CommandIterator
seems more clear and explicit compared to the global object
type overwritten by the builtins import. Fixes Smell reported
by landscape
* Fri Jul 22 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Added kiwi/archive/tar class description
* Fri Jul 22 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- extending kiwi/archive/tar
* Thu Jul 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixing gce format build
The patch is two fold, first it fixes the name of the raw disk
when it is copied as disk.raw. Second it fixes the content list
of the tarball to be dynamicly build instead of a static allocation.
Reason for this change is that the list of files depends on the
XML description whether or not a gce disk tag is configured.
Fixes #113
* Wed Jul 20 2016 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
- Fixes #111: Included support for vdi format
* Mon Jul 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.5 → 8.19.6
* Mon Jul 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed changelog generator
* Mon Jul 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't ask to start recovery in unattended mode
If oem-recovery is setup in the XML description along with
oem-unattended set to true as well we don't ask for confirmation
to run the recovery when the recovery menu entry is selected
at boot time
* Mon Jul 18 2016 Thomas Bechtold <tbechtold@suse.com>
- Release automatically on pypi (2nd try)
Last try from 142ca22d8e was not working. Update the secure hash
and also set explcitly the master branch when looking for tags.
* Wed Jul 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added integration build test link to doc index
* Tue Jul 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.4 → 8.19.5
* Tue Jul 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't require an iso creation toolkit
* Tue Jul 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.3 → 8.19.4
* Mon Jul 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- prefer newer overlayfs mount method
mount succeeds in compat mode but this mode should only
be used on older overlayfs implementations
* Fri Jul 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.2 → 8.19.3
* Fri Jul 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Message commit for bug reference
Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988086)
* Fri Jul 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent duplication of context manager in test
* Thu Jul 07 2016 James Mason <jmason@suse.com>
- Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag
Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag;
in the event it is already present there's no need to add it a second time.
See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/af1fed77af862dc44bd4322680425299ef5ad654
* Thu Jul 07 2016 James Mason <jmason@suse.com>
- Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag
The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after
the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0)
so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings.
See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/ee8931c76c17c79d30a128c05cc6f839a1de7156
* Thu Jul 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.1 → 8.19.2
* Thu Jul 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Complete doc string for Path.which method
* Thu Jul 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Implement Path.which
Python provides methods to do this but we can't rely on them
to be available in all python versions
* Thu Jul 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Cleanup structure of contribution guide
* Thu Jul 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation
Complete documentation about required C libraries which
needs to be installed prior to setting up the python
virtual development environment
* Wed Jul 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup dependency on genisoimage
Only for SLE12 the package requires genisoimage for
any other distribution mkisofs is required. The community
variant with genisoimage seems to be quite outdated.
However, on SLE12 only genisoimage exists. Fixes #106
* Wed Jul 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Lookup tool name by path lookup
* Wed Jul 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update import statement
parenthesis only needed for multi-line multi-import
* Wed Jul 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor block depth on get_volumes
return early if the condition makes it clear that there
is nothing more to do in this method
* Wed Jul 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Lookup iso creation tool
Instead of strictly using genisoimage allow for using
either the community variant or mkisofs as provided by
J.Schilling
* Tue Jul 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor reading of volume variables in boot code
Use new style profile variables without name limitations
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor profile for volume setup
Don't use volume names in bash variables. In addition that
removes the name limitations we had for volume names
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete volume condition checks
No need to check for LVSwap or LVComp in volume setup.
If at all those volumes are created at boot time.
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of kiwi_allFreeVolume_
Do not expect the value to come from an exported variable
Instead a method to provide the information is implemented
Related to #39
* Mon Jul 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.19.0 → 8.19.1
* Fri Jul 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup cleanup of intermediate config files
kiwi uses e.g etc/hosts from the host system for proper name
resolution during the build. The temporary variant of that
file will be deleted by kiwi at the end of the installation
process. However depending on the package manager and the
distribution it could happen that the intermediate config
file added by kiwi is treated as existing config variant.
In case of rpm a .rpmnew file variant of the config file
is created and that needs to be handled by kiwi. Therefore
this patch adds a private restore method for the .rpmnew
case. It might be needed to add other restore methods to
deal with this issue depending on how other (non rpm) based
package managers handles the situation. Fixes #104
* Thu Jun 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.9 → 8.19.0
* Thu Jun 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure mtab link exists in kiwi initrd
On Debian systems the filesystem tools requires the
presence of the mtab file, thus we make sure this file
exists and links to proc/self/mounts
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of dialog program in boot code
Cleanup the mess, provide only one method to run a dialog
Prevent use of subshells for running the dialog program
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of shutil.copytree
The target dir must not exist. However in order to force copy
a potentially existing target is deleted before
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- udev console init requires kbd_mode on Ubuntu
keep kbd_mode in initrd
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added oemboot description for ubuntu-xenial
Also add kiwi linuxrc/preinit links for vmxboot
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow alternative location for udev console init
yet another name and location for the console init utility
* Wed Jun 29 2016 Christian Bruckmayer <cbruckmayer@suse.com>
- Remove lxc configuration from docker images
Docker does not use LXC execdriver anymore.
Fixes #40
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.8 → 8.18.9
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.7 → 8.18.8
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update Documentation
Update state of supported distributions
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete traces of obsolete code
* Mon Jun 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent unconditional deletion of toplevel data
The kiwi initrd descriptions calls suseStripInitrd() as part
of the images.sh script. This function unconditionally removes
toplevel directories like /home. Instead of deleting the data
it is better to exclude them when the cpio archive is created
* Fri Jun 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.6 → 8.18.7
* Fri Jun 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added serial console support for isolinux loader
Generate a serial line setup for the isolinux.cfg file
according to the bootloader_console attribute from the
XML description. In addition delete the use of the obsolete
vga kernel parameter and work with the MENU RESOLUTION
ui configuration parameter instead
* Fri Jun 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.5 → 8.18.6
* Fri Jun 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed setup of default install menu entry
The attribute installboot allows to specify the default boot
menu entry in an install image. It can be set to harddisk,
install or failsafe install. The setup of that information
in the bootloader configuration was not properly processed
* Thu Jun 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix landscape Smells
* Thu Jun 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update location of build container
* Thu Jun 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update dice source link
* Thu Jun 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update Dice project location
* Thu Jun 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply editorial review changes
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.4 → 8.18.5
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed building of install image
If dracut is requested as initrd_system in combination with
building an installiso we have to overrule the initrd_system
setup for building the install image. The code to install
an image is kiwi's oem install code and unknown to dracut.
The process will end up using dracut as initrd in the system
image but kiwi's initrd on the install image
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete kiwi-tools from rhel boot descriptions
kiwi-tools is no longer a requirement but an optional package
It contains tools like utimer or dcounter which provides
nice boot timer or progress dialogs for showing data transfer
progress. In the Virtualization:Appliances:CommonBoot repo
we provide mandatory and optional packages used by kiwi if
they don't exist for the target distribution
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Better warning message for root cmdline setup
Under certain circumstance the root=UUID=<uuid> parameter must be
setup in the cmdline of the image. If the required uuid value
is not provided a warning message is shown to the user. This
commit makes the warning message more meaningful
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Extend unit tests for boot image setup
Expect kiwi_initrdname to be set in the profile of
the boot image root system
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Call plymouth only when installed
* Wed Jun 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add delete method for profile variables
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added article about self contained building
The article describes how to make use of the dice
project to control and maintain image build processes
in a contained environment
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix grub bootloader template
Keep gfxpayload
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update bootloader console setup in boot code
Use the variable kiwi_bootloader_console which represents the
setup of the bootloader console from the XML description and
setup the GRUB_TERMINAL configuration option to allow
grub2-mkconfig to pick up the value. If no console setup
exists in the XML description, gfxterm is used by default
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make bootloader_console availabe in profile
The variable kiwi_bootloader_console is exposed into the
profile environment
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete code
All traces of lilo and elilo are gone now
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed grub2 bootloader config template
Load fonts only when they exist, do not duplicate font
setup in template
* Tue Jun 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed bootloader theme check
The check for the theme was not always called, but this
is required since the theme check will reset the bootloader
console if no graphics theme could be found
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.3 → 8.18.4
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply back openSUSE 13.2 support
Until Leap42.2 is not yet released we should keep the
support for 13.2
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for setting the bootloader console
Some bootloader e.g grub supports graphics, text and also
serial consoles to hand over the output of the bootloader
menu. With this patch we allow to customize the console
used by the bootloader. So far only grub makes use of the
new attribute
<type ... bootloader_console="serial|console|gfxterm"/>
This references Trello:
https://trello.com/c/q9EhNKKV/155-support-for-grub2-serial-console
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.2 → 8.18.3
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in message text
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description
dracut should be installed to support initrd_system="dracut"
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update iso|vmxboot debian boot descriptions
* Mon Jun 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup ldd check for unused libraries
* Sun Jun 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description
Complete description to be usable with kiwi initrd boot code too
* Sun Jun 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added baseCreateCommonKernelFile
The stripKernel functions return early if the dracut initrd
system is requested. However it is required in any case to
lookup the kernel and provide a common name kiwi expects
to be present
* Sun Jun 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Set logger mode to append
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.1 → 8.18.2
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add distro flag match for Leap42.2
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.18.0 → 8.18.1
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Preserve zypper package cache
zypper deletes the package cache if a repo is removed.
For the purpose of image building this should not happen
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Pass initrd_system to profile
The common functions baseStripInitrd and baseStripKernel need
to be skipped if the initrd system is set to dracut. They
read that information from the exported kiwi_initrd_system
profile environment variable
* Sat Jun 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't delete dracut from boot image environment
If the dracut initrd system is requested we need dracut
to stay in the environment from which it is called
* Fri Jun 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup copy_boot_delete_packages
if no <packages type="delete"/> section exists in the target
the code does not add the packages to become deleted. This
patch changes the behavior in a way that a new section is
created
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add isoboot support for Ubuntu system
Next step to allow creation of Debian based live systems
Related to Issue #37
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added suse-leap42.2 descriptions
Obsolete suse-13.2
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update hyper links in project README
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rename kiwi boot code files
Maintain them as common code base for all distributions
During the years of development it has turned out that
differences in the boot process between the distros
can be handled in one code base. There is no need to
maintain a basically identical copy for the different
distributions
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Style fixes: E275 missing whitespace after keyword
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete C tools
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent use of setctsid
setctsid is a suse extension to start a program on a new
controlling terminal. While it is very useful it does not
exist on other distributions which causes a problem in
kiwi's common initrd code. This patch replaces the use of
setctsid with setsid and sulogin
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Open log file in mode 'w' and in utf-8 locale
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete mkinitrd code
This version of kiwi supports only distros using dracut
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete sysV init console setup code
* Thu Jun 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make use of utimer in kiwi initrd optional
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.17.0 → 8.18.0
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Adapt to common python style
Private methods should start with _f() not __f()
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent temporary files to be synced to image
The package manager instances created temporary package
manager configuration files. The instance destructor and
thus the cleanup of the instance should be called prior
to the sync of the root filesystem data in order to
prevent temporary configuration files to be present in
the image
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Grammar fixes for doc strings
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Syntax change for Importing one module
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update test_load_schema_from_xml_content test
Read schemaversion from RelaxNG instead of using
a fixed value
* Wed Jun 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- debootstrap errors deserve their own exception
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Avoid glob imports
This could start a series of further changes in the
unit test as we have allowed for glob imports there.
So treat this one as a start
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add documentation for Exceptions
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Support Tox with interactively positional arguments
Use posargs for py.test, see
http://tox.readthedocs.io/en/latest/example/general.html
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Format message with named format parameters
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Avoid re-assigning variable
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed unit test for profile variables
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle XML per content or file more explicit
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Differentiate between Python 2.7 and 3 in doc
* Tue Jun 14 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- State Python 2.7 in Trove category of setup.py
* Mon Jun 13 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Refactor RootInit class
Instead of calling multiple subprocesses make use of
the os capabilities for directories, symlinks and
device nodes
* Fri Jun 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of shutil.copytree
* Fri Jun 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update ubuntu xenial vmxboot description
Make sure all drivers exists when dracut is called to allow
inclusion of potentially all needed driver modules
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Fix Lithuanian translation
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Fix Ukrainian translation
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update grub2 config tempplate
Load font collection
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of os.walk result
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Integrate python improvement suggestions
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Integrate python improvement suggestions
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- don't intermingle suse namespace with debian
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Deleted libxslt-tools from spec template
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup indentation of travis setup
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed license setup in spec file
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Remove unused import (F401) and an extra line (W391)
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Fix tests for Python3
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Fix tests for the XPath processing
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Allow XMLDescription to be loaded also from the XML string
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Thomas Bechtold <tbechtold@suse.com>
- Release automatically on pypi for new tags
When a new tag gets created, automatically release it on pypi so
we don't have todo it manually.
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Reimplement XSLT processing using LXML instead of calling 3rd party tools
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added tox 2.7 target for travis
* Thu Jun 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed creation of password hashes
kiwi uses the openssl command for this purpose but did
not strip the newline at the end of the hash output
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Apply python 2.x compatibility decorators
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added tox target for python 2.7
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- python 2.x compatibility added new requirements
six and future modules are needed for the compat layer
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup grub2 theme setup
We can't expect that specific fonts to exist for all theme packages
in all distributions. The code here should rely only on theme.txt
In addition we check if any theme or font related data is found
in the legacy grub location boot/grub which imho should not be
used for grub2
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update ubuntu-xenial boot description
No need for a drivers setup here, vmxboot is only the container
to run dracut
* Wed Jun 08 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Bring byte strings to Py2 compatibility in ISO
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Make iterators Py2 comptible
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added boot image description vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Replace 'builtins.open' with patch_open decorator
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Add mock_open and patch_open helpers
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Remove double requirement
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Use ConfigParser from six
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Move urlparse to the Six package
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Remove duplicate key
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Add print function for Python 2
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Add missing init file
* Tue Jun 07 2016 Bo Maryniuk <bo@suse.de>
- Add Python2 compatibilitiy requirements
* Mon Jun 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- debootstrap installs apt-get
Don't add the specified package manager to the list of
bootstrap packages for apt-get, because that is covered by
debootstrap
* Mon Jun 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow additional bootstrap packages for apt-get
* Sun Jun 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't run apt-get with mounted /dev
* Sun Jun 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed force-yes option for apt-get
* Sat Jun 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow unattended installation of debian packages
* Fri Jun 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added PackageManagerApt class
Support installation/removal of deb packages
Related to #37
* Fri Jun 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support for apt-get package manager
Starting to support Debian based distributions also means to support
the deb repository types. This commit adds the RepositoryApt class
to handle deb repositories for image building. Related to #37
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.5 → 8.17.0
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added pypi make target for upload
Please note an appropirate ~/.pypirc file and registered
user is required to upload
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- switch_root / pivot_root quiet call
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Increase default boot partition size to be 300M
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete isFSTypeReadOnly from boot code
The check was used to detect if a read-only root filesystem
is in use, which can be done by checking if kiwi_ROPart
is defined
* Wed Jun 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of global FSTYPE variable
The kiwi boot code populates a global FSTYPE variable which was
used at several places. However there was no clarity for which
storage device this filesystem value was detected for. Thus
the entire handling has been refactored and there is no global
FSTYPE variable anymore
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add attribute <type ... overlayroot=true|false/>
Allow to activate the overlay root setup for disk images
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.4 → 8.16.5
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update development status
Status :: 5 - Production/Stable
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't search for kiwicompat in fixed absolute path
Allow alternative locations from search PATH
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Integrate git attribute setup to sdist command
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add C tools binaries to git ignore list
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed command class name for distutils
The overwritten build and install commands should not change
their name in order to stay consistent on e.g --help
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed kiwicompat binary lookup
The test for os.path.exists on just the binary name
without a path specification always fails if not
present in current directory. Let execvp do the job
for us
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed entry point for kiwicompat
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use path lookup for kiwi-ng in kiwi_compat
Instead of a fixed path use the PATH lookup. This would
allow to install kiwi at alternative places as long as
the path is part of the shell search PATH
* Tue May 31 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create completion data at build time
* Mon May 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move all build and install tasks to setup.py
In an effort to distribute kiwi on pypi it should not be
required to call make targets for a complete installation.
Therefore the compilation of the C tools as well as the
installation of the man pages and the bash completion
has been added to setup.py. The spec file to build an rpm
package has been changed to use setup.py exclusively
* Fri May 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete .releasetags from MANIFEST.in
This avoids a warning on setup.py build
* Fri May 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed warnings in C written tools
* Fri May 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.3 → 8.16.4
* Fri May 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed spec file
update-alternatives is used, thus needs to be required
* Fri May 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support for overlay disk images
overlay disk images uses a readonly root partition and are
overlayed using overlayfs to hook in a cow based read-write
space. This commit implements the basic disk setup.
Implementation to boot such a disk in the kiwi boot code
is still missing, as well as the investigation if dracut
is able to boot such a disk too. References #65
* Thu May 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.2 → 8.16.3
* Thu May 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed completion generator
In addition cleanup the main docopt definition
* Wed May 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed completion conflict with legacy kiwi
* Tue May 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.1 → 8.16.2
* Tue May 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed spec file
rpmlintrc file must be mentioned as source
* Tue May 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.16.0 → 8.16.1
* Tue May 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update quickstart documentation
kiwi can also be used as a module in other python3 projects.
An example how to do that has been added to the quickstart
* Mon May 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.5 → 8.16.0
* Mon May 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for grub2 console switch entry
An additional hidden entry allows the user to switch between the
graphics and the serial console by pressing the 't' key. The kiwi
grub2 template adds this switch if the terminal mode is set to
graphics. The additional entries are only effective of the
grub_platform is set to efi. Fixes #80
* Mon May 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed add_repo for zypper repositories
Always run zypper addrepo in order to make any change in the
repository definition to become effective
* Mon May 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed add_repo for yum repositories
Always create the repo file from scratch in order to make
any change in the repository definition to become effective
* Sat May 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.4 → 8.15.5
* Sat May 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Split quickstart into two parts
Split the quickstart information into a development and
a user part
* Sat May 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.3 → 8.15.4
* Fri May 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added readonly check for persistent data
When creating a partition for persistent data, check
if the device class has the readonly flag set before
trying to write anything there. Fixes #74
* Fri May 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.2 → 8.15.3
* Fri May 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed removal of a package in XMLState
If a <package> was unwanted in a <packages> section the former
code sets the name of the package to a python None type. This
causes the rest of the code to operate on potential None types
which causes unexpected TypeError's under certain conditions.
Instead of leaving an inconsistent package section the entire
package section reference should be deleted from the packages
instance holding it. Fixes #76
* Thu May 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Exit code for --version call should be zero
* Thu May 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.1 → 8.15.2
* Thu May 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Set config.sh and images.sh scripts as optional
* Thu May 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.15.0 → 8.15.1
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed landscape smell
Unused variable 'key'
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed landscape smell
Redefining built-in 'help'
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed landscape error
Dangerous default value [] as argument
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor import_description
split code into more readable parts
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure mandatory vmdk settings exists
Even without a machine section configuration the minimum
required information must be presented to the settings
template
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added store_to_result for vmdk format
The vmdk format provides more than the standard result
store. for vmdk we need to store the vmdk and the
settings file
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Reduce amount of mountpoint check calls
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor subformat classes
Add a generic store_to_result method which allows to store
the format result files into an instance of Result. This
allows to customize result handling per format when needed
* Wed May 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create VMware settings file for vmdk subformat
In order to run or convert the vmdk with VMware products a
settings file is required.
* Tue May 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added dropped features information for lxc
* Tue May 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.14.2 → 8.15.0
* Tue May 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed script/archive lookup
If a script or archive is specified with an absolute path
in the image description, kiwi should not assume this path
to exist below the image description directory but just take
the absolute path as it is. Fixes #70
* Sun May 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Load logging at runtime for MountManager
* Sun May 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Runtime checker message fixes
Start with an empty line to improve readability
* Sun May 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Integrate runtime checks for tasks
Call appropriate runtime checks for prepare, create
and build tasks. Fixes #20
* Sun May 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create instance of runtime_checker for any CliTask
* Fri May 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed building documentation
* Thu May 05 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Reuse env in tox.ini
Reuse virtualenv directory with envdir. Should speed up things
a bit.
Taken from
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#partial-environment-reuse
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#environment-reuse
* Thu May 05 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Use more compact config for tox.ini
Rewrite basepython to make it more compact
Taken from
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#compact-configuration
* Thu May 05 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Add requirements section in Quick Start
* Describe what KIWI needs to run, further requirements, and for development
* Introduce 'ghkiwi' as prefix in "extlinks" to shorten external links and
to make linking to KIWI's GitHub repository more intuitive and consistent.
For example, the string :ghkiwi:`tox.ini` is replaced with
https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/blob/master/tox.ini
* Wed May 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache
Runtime checker method to check if the target directory
was set to - or below the shared cache directory
* Wed May 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.14.1 → 8.14.2
* Wed May 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move creation of mountpoint dir to setup method
The volume management classes should create the temporary
mountpoint directory when it is needed and not when an
instance of the class is created
* Wed May 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup use of temporary directories
All mkdtemp created directories are created with the 'kiwi_'
prefix. In addition all code parts which leaves tmpdirs in
the system after kiwi is done were fixed
* Mon May 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.14.0 → 8.14.1
* Mon May 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added python3-xattr dependency
* Mon May 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added xattr checker for DataSync class
The method target_supports_extended_attributes() checks if the
sync target directory supports extended filesystem attributes.
The method is called on sync_data() and will remove the -X / -A
options if provided. A warning message is issued to the caller
if the rsync option list has changed because of the underlaying
filesystem limitations
* Mon May 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed subformat creation
The option -c makes only sense for the qcow2 subformat, whereas
on all other format it cause qemu-img convert to fail
* Sun May 01 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Use iterator protocol instead of StopIteration
CommandIterator contains already the __iter__ magic method. We don't
need to manually use while and next() in order to advance to the next
element.
=> Code refactored to "for line in self.command" which does exactly the
same job, but is better readable. Plus we avoid the nasty try...except
block.
* Sat Apr 30 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Remove kiwi.logger.init() function
The init function is mostly unneccessary and can be directly created
in the kiwi.logger module.
* Sat Apr 30 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Remove useless __init__.py
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup usage messages
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.13.4 → 8.14.0
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for custom rootfs label
A new attribute <type ... rootfs_label="name"/> has been added
This Fixes #66
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update grub2 bootloader template menuentries
Mark all menuentries as --unrestricted. Fixes #64
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.13.3 → 8.13.4
* Fri Apr 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed shared local repository mounts
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.13.2 → 8.13.3
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added evaluation of imageincluded repositories
repositories marked as imageinclude needs to be added
permanently to the image. Fixes #56
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make xz the default compressor for squashfs
When creating squashfs compressed files use xz as compressor
if not other compressor is specified. Fixes #63
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added --add|delete package for prepare command
Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when
calling system prepare. Fixes #62
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Alpha sort option documentation
Alpha sort options in usage and man pages
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added --add|delete package for build command
Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when
calling system build. Related to Issue #62
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed completion generator
complete for kiwi and kiwi-ng
* Thu Apr 28 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent double render on usage
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable
Runtime checker method to check if repositories marked
with the imageinclude attribute are using a publicly
available protocol
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add shared cache location to Defaults
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.13.1 → 8.13.2
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow alternative if isolinux-config failed
If the setup of the base directory failed because
isolinux-config was not able to identify the isolinux.bin
signature, we create a compat /isolinux directory and
hardlink all loader files
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in message
Fix condition to show the grub module info message
* Wed Apr 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use program output for synopsis in documentation
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Provide custom usage message
Instead of the docopt way to show the usage information we
provide a kiwi specific usage information. The usage
data now always consists of:
1. the generic call
kiwi [global options] service <command> [<args>]
2. the command specific usage defined by the docopt string
short form by default, long form with -h | --help
3. the global options
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed loadSELinuxPolicy
enforce policy is located in /sys/fs/selinux
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- No authconfig on RHEL >= 7
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate SELinux for RHEL systems
Added new boot method loadSELinuxPolicy and call it as part
of the rhel-preinit phase. This put SELinux in enforcing
mode also from the kiwi initrd
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle fsmountoptions attribute in all builders
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor custom_args handling for VolumeManager class
Allow for two elements fs_create_options and fs_mount_options
in a VolumeManager instance and pass along the information
to the FileSystem and MountManager instances
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor custom_args handling for FileSystem class
Any FileSystem class can receive a custom_args dictionary
which by defaults ensures the presence of an empty list
for create_options and mount_options. The create_options
are used in the subclasses when the filesystem is being
created and the mount_options are passed to the MountManager
when the filesystem is mounted for e.g data_sync
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make kiwicompat understand --version | -v option
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Small spelling corrections
Apply title style:
* package -> Package
* module -> Module
* Use backticks for kiwi.* modules to avoid spelling problems
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Update spell-checking wordlist
GitHub, JeOS, KIWI, LXC, squashfs, stderr, stdin, stdout, Submodules,
Subpackages, zypper
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add "spell" rule in Makefile
Also included in the help target
* Tue Apr 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Enable Acronyms, importable modules, and builtins
* Mon Apr 25 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- First draft to "beautify" HTML appearance
* Add GitHub button and "Fork me" widgets
* Add Travis button
* Remove obsolete code
* Mon Apr 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.13.0 → 8.13.1
* Mon Apr 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for SELinux file security contexts
Systems using SELinux require the filesystem data to be labeled
according to a security context configuration. kiwi now checks
for the presence of /etc/selinux/targeted/contexts/files/file_contexts
and labels accordingly if it exists. This Fixes #52
* Mon Apr 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make grub2 installation path lookup dynamic
Not all linux systems installs grub2 below /usr/lib/grub2
For example RHEL7 packages it below /usr/lib/grub. Therefore
kiwi needs to be flexible with this path
* Fri Apr 22 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Used :returncode: for sphinxcontrib-programoutput
Fix a warning when calling "kiwi-ng". As the script returns 1,
it is considered to have failed by the program-output directive.
The returncode line fixes that.
See more info here:
https://pythonhosted.org/sphinxcontrib-programoutput/#error-handling
* Fri Apr 22 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Integrate version string from placeholder
Use |version| placeholder, no bumpversion etc. is needed.
Actually, it's taken from conf.py
* Fri Apr 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added RuntimeChecker class
An instance of RuntimeChecker allows to semantically check for
error conditions according to the provided image description
and build options. Related to #20
* Fri Apr 22 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Spell checking doc and extended word list
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add filesystem requires in kiwi-boot-requires
In order to have all filesystem creation tools available
when building in the buildservice we need to require them
in kiwi-boot-requires
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.12.0 → 8.13.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Set ident export-subst git attribute on version.py
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.11.0 → 8.12.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed documentation link references
Use redirected target and fix broken targets according to
link check on make build
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo in documentation
Missing question mark at end of sentence
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.10.1 → 8.11.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added Legacy KIWI vs. Next Generation chapter
* Thu Apr 21 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- md -> rst, radically shortend README
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- More substantial changes of the doc
* Overall: try to be more consistent
* index.rst
* Move "Supported Distributions" and "Dropped Features" sections
* Quick Start:
* Add abstract
* Add note about automatic link creation
* Move "example appliance description" sections and subsections
further down
* Streamlined "Contributing" section
* Corrected titles and distinguish more between descriptive and
procedural
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Remove useless substitutions (placeholders)
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add KIWI logo
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Move Motivation section from quickstart to index
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Correct heading and remove build status
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add QuickStart Guide and improve documentation
* Added Quick Start Guide, taken from README.md
* Improve index/main file:
* Shortend main entry page
* Make more headings
* Add feature highlights to draw attention
* Add sidebar with important KIWI links
* Use ordered list of KIWI concept (prep and creation step)
* Wed Apr 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add package manager requirements in spec file
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move program name from kiwi-py3 to kiwi-ng
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added genisoimage requirement to kiwi spec file
On SLE12 we only have genisoimage, on Leap and Tumbleweed we
have both genisoimage and mkisofs. For the moment both toolkits
produces working iso images with kiwi, thus I chose the save
default with genisoimage
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Be more flexible for isoinfo lookup
isoinfo can either be provided by the community package in
/usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo or by the mkisofs package from
J. Schilling in /usr/bin/isoinfo. kiwi should be smart enough
to lookup which tool is installed. /usr/bin/isoinfo will be
preferred
* Tue Apr 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Added link to documentation
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Try with latest version of travis-sphinx
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- ghp-import required for travis-sphinx deploy
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure enchant library is present for travis
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update tox setup
Update TOXENV targets
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move travis-sphinx build tox target to script section
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use tox target for travis-sphinx
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Put travis-sphinx build into script section
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make travis-sphinx deploy work
It's required to call travis-sphinx build in order to be able
to run the deploy command
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed documentation linkcheck results
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure shared mount directories exists
Create shared directory path on the host _and_ in the
new root directory to make sure the bind mount works
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update documentation entry page
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use travis-sphinx to deploy doc to github
https://suse.github.io/kiwi
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed package requirements
libxslt-tools provides required xsltproc
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README for style and markup
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed README, wrong markup
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Add information how to build with dice
* Mon Apr 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update tox.ini
Documentation building requires sphinx_rtd_theme and
sphinxcontrib-programoutput
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update volume_manager inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update utils inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update tasks inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Complete system inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use Path.wipe instead of directly calling rm
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update system inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update storage inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed typo
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cleanup use of partition id maps
For the partition setup the Disk class uses dictionaries
to map the partition name to the partition number. However
there are public partition names such as 'kiwi_BootPart'
and kiwi internal partition names such as 'boot'. The code
should make it more clear which mapping table is used
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update repository inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update partitioner inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Complete bootloader inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Add chapter about signing commits
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Thu Apr 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update package_manager inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update filesystem inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update container inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update builder inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update bootloader/template inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Complete bootloader install interface
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update bootloader/install inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move get_failsafe_kernel_options to Defaults
* Wed Apr 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update bootloader/config inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update boot/image inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update archive inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete traces of zfs support
* Tue Apr 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
References #49
* Mon Apr 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
* Sun Apr 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Ignore auto generated code for API docs
* Sun Apr 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update inline API documentation
* Fri Apr 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update api documentation setup
* Fri Apr 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- package kiwi-pxeboot must not be noarch
We want to specify for which arch we provide it. Thus
it's not allowed to specify it as noarch even though
it provides only noarch data
* Thu Apr 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create Initial autodoc structure
Called 'sphinx-apidoc -o source/api ../kiwi'
* Thu Apr 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixup docstring for kiwi/command.py
* Thu Apr 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move manual page documentation in subdirectory
Separate api documentation from manual pages
* Thu Apr 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update virtualenv development setup
make sure we can build the docu in the development
environment
* Wed Apr 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add docstrings for Cli class
References Issue #49
* Wed Apr 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice
On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into
the master boot record of the disk
* Mon Apr 04 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add Python 3.5 to be consistent with Travis
* Sat Apr 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed logger unit test
* Fri Apr 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make color output an option
By default no color output is used
* Wed Mar 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added missing kiwi-packagemanager provides
The buildservice looks up for a package manager capability
* Wed Mar 30 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed spec file
syslinux is not a requirement for the base package
* Thu Mar 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Check for derived description path in prepare too
* Thu Mar 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor SystemSetup class
the information about the description_dir is part of the
provided xml_state instance. There is no need to pass that
information along twice
* Thu Mar 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of derived_description_dir
Only in import_description we need to check for both locations
* Thu Mar 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure import_description preserves archives
* Thu Mar 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor InstallBootLoaderGrub2 constructor
architecture dependant device setup belongs to the install
method where it is actually needed. That prevents the
construction of the instance to be architecture specific
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make list of efi grub modules arch dependant
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Delete efi_uga module from list"
This reverts commit 191d423eb571d3cc08f34b5e4ef15eb6296a6563.
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete efi_uga module from list
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- add multiboot grub module only on demand
multiboot is only needed for self build grub images in Xen
guest mode
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't raise if kversion exits with error
In this case a default value applies
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate partitioner support for arm
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add optional derived_from param to XMLDescription
An instance of XMLDescription can now optionally become
constructed with a path to an image description this
instance was derived from. This is currently used for
building the kiwi boot image to tell the boot image
XML description instance from which system image instance
it was derived from
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Evaluate default video mode for iso images
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added custom profile for arm/oemboot/suse-tumbleweed
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update firmware types for arm architectures
Add efi and uefi as allowed types, complete architecture name list
set efi as default firmware for arm
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added pre/post hooks for bootloader setup/install
preInstallBootLoader, postInstallBootLoader
preSetupBootLoader, postSetupBootLoader
* Wed Mar 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed architecture dependant tests
* Tue Mar 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for virtual boot partition on arm
Triggered by the firmware="vboot" setup an EFI setup plus a
raw partition without filesystem is created as first partition.
The size of the partition can be controlled by the vbootsize
attribute. The vboot feature is used by the arm architecture
to provide a space in the partition table for custom code as
required by e.g the chromebook. The final customization of the
vboot space is board specific and can't be implemented in a
generic way in kiwi. For finalizing the vboot space the script
hooks editbootconfig and editbootinstall can be used
This is related to Issue #17
* Tue Mar 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rename partition id kiwi_JumpPart to kiwi_EfiPart
This makes it explicit for what purpose the partition
is really used. EFI is not configured the same for all
architectures but what is consistent is that on this
partition an efi image is located to become loaded by
some firmware
* Tue Mar 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate boot partition only for msdos tables
* Tue Mar 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- have tar preserve all xattrs
By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities
with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include=* should preserve all
capabilities (e.g. user.*, security.capability etc.).
* Tue Mar 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Preserve hybrid GPT status on boot
Added createHybridGPT method and setup the hybrid GPT/MBR
table if requested by the XML configuration. In addition
move the partition activation call also into the partition
table finalize method. This is related to Issue #17
* Mon Mar 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor partition table setup code
Added two methods preparePartitionTable and finalizePartitionTable
which are used to prepare the partition table to allow resizing
and to finalize for partition flags after resizing. This replaces
the updatePartitionTable method
* Mon Mar 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete GPT fixup code
Related to bnc#825221 code was added to recreate the disk with
a new GPT label. The reason was that parted created a gpt_sync_mbr
partition table when kiwi repartitioned the disk to use the full
geometry. This was an unwanted behavior by parted and causes the
additional code in kiwi. The current parted version behaves
correctly and thus makes this additional code obsolete
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for hybrid GPT
Embedding an MBR into a GPT is required for a collection of
boards, e.g arm rapberry PI. The kiwi configuration provides
a new attribute called
<type ... gpt_hybrid_mbr="true|false"
which allows to control if the GPT should be hybrid or not.
On build procedures which do not create a GPT the attribute
has no effect. This references Issue #17
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update all XML descriptions to schema v6.3
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added make valid target to Makefile
make valid applies the latest XSLT processing to the boot
and test image descriptions
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added XSL stylesheet convert62to63.xsl
auto convert from schema v6.2 to v6.3
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update schema to version 6.3
- Deleted obsolete split section
- Deleted zfsoptions, fsreadwrite and fsreadonly attributes
- Updated allowed values for bootloader and filesystems
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for syslinux(extlinux)
grub2 or the architecture specific loader requirement is
supported but the alternative x86 loaders syslinux/extlinux
were not really used
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for uboot
arm boot is using grub2 efi images loaded by a firmware. The
firmware could be uboot but due to the non generic way to
setup the board that it loads the firmware all of these tasks
are handled by custom scripts called via the kiwi
editbootconfig / editbootinstall script hooks. Therefore kiwi
itself does not have to setup or install uboot
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for yaboot
grub2 is used for ppc64 platforms, so far no older ppc
platform is supported
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete kernelCheck method
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for legacy grub
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for split(combined) image
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete support for reiserfs
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete support for ZFS filesystem
btrfs is the way to go these days and zfs still has some
proprietary bits in it
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Avoid the copy of the kiwi initrd to /run
the kiwi initrd copies itself to /run/initramfs in order
to have a way to jump into the initrd system from the later
system. However the kiwi initrd is unpacked pretty big
and exists also only for the very first boot.
* Fri Mar 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Execute haveged in udevStart if fips is enabled
This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random
when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines
hang at boot (bnc#964204)
* Thu Mar 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of dracut initrd system for arm platform
* Thu Mar 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added EFI images name for 32bit arm architectures
* Thu Mar 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor data subpackage
Move from data to utils, data is generally considered
as text data and not code
* Wed Mar 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed 32bit x86 builds
Put it all under the ix86 namespace
* Wed Mar 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor grub2 EFI support
EFI support was target specific to the x86_64 architecture
This commit changes the structure to allow more architectures
supporting EFI. Thus the arm64 EFI support has been added
as a plus
* Mon Mar 14 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add {toxinidir} variable for check target
* Mon Mar 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete nose reference from virtualenv setup
* Mon Mar 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent file duplicate badness in spec file
* Mon Mar 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Added pv kernel profile"
There is no kernel-pv
This reverts commit f0c37709e941e18a1f9b963811a85bd772ee96ac.
* Mon Mar 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move from nose to pytest
nose is no longer maintained, thus we have to move to another
testing system. This commit updates the tox setup and all tests
to use pytest instead of nose.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed boot mount path at grub2 install
* Fri Mar 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Revert "Call shim-install with --removable""
Try again using --removable for shim-install
This reverts commit e3d7d0239d58e901e7d61e215317b93cf0ee1bfb.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed normalizing paths between host and image
* Fri Mar 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Revert "Call shim-install with --removable"
With --removable shim-install does not work for image building
This reverts commit d03baa9ee1d0ff44c76afadfc388791b1c5d29fa.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added pv kernel profile
* Thu Mar 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add handling for OPAL firmware setup on ppc64
This adds a capability of creating an image for Bare metal POWER
platform, where firmware parses grub2.cfg and simply kexecs into
an image kernel
* Thu Mar 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor FirmWare class
provide a default firmware for each supported architecture
Avoid special sauce in the FirmWare constructor
* Thu Mar 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Adding opal firmware type for ppc64 architectures
* Thu Mar 10 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- First draft of issue#43
Add templates for contributing, issue, and pull requests
* Thu Mar 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Call shim-install with --removable
The --removable is to prevent shim-install from writing host's
uefi boot entry by pretending itself as removable disk
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete obsolete shim setup code from kiwi
Due to the use of shim-install the code in kiwi to setup
for secure boot is no longer needed
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed completion generator
Some global options were missing
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Fixed pyvenv call to use python3
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
style fixes
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Fixed url to packages on the buildservice
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Be more clear about semantic versioning as documented here:
http://semver.org/
* Wed Mar 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move container_setup from toplevel into container.setup
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed completion generator
The generated completion code was confused by the -py3 in the
program name if used with kiwi-py3
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move task classes into tasks namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move storage and subformat tests to match namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move builder test cases to match namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move DataSync, Checksum and Compress into the data namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move Kernel class to system namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Package new system namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
system install, update, size, users, result should have their own namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Consolidate all rsync calls into DataSync class
* Sun Mar 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Release mount after data sync for volume managers
* Fri Mar 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed LVM volume setup for oem image type
For the oem image type the requested volume sizes are applied
on first boot of the appliance. Therefore inside of the image
the volumes only needs to be created with their minimum required
size
* Fri Mar 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of kiwi_LVM_ profile variables
Reduce code duplication and encapsulate the reading of the
data from the profile into a readVolumeSetup function.
This is related to Issue #39
* Fri Mar 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Preserve extended attributes in tar archives
tar doesn't preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker
images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries
such as ping. This is fixed by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar
command
* Thu Mar 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Sort output from helper/kiwi-boot-packages
* Thu Mar 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed gce disk format
The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first
entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition
the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after
colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data
* Wed Mar 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed kernel names for dracut initrd system
If dracut is used as initrd system we should not use the
kiwi one shot names linux.vmx, initrd.vmx but stick with
the official naming convention for kernel and initrd which
is kernel-<version>, initrd-<version>
* Wed Mar 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Skip local repos if they don't exist
Instead of raising an exception if a local repository does
not exist, we will continue with a warning message. This is
needed for a flawless integration with the buildservice.
Inside of a buildservice environment only those repos are
setup from which packages were taken. Thus it can happen that
a configured repository does not exist in the buildservice
build environment if the resolver would not take any package
from this repository. kiwi should not fail to build such an
image
* Tue Mar 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature
When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space
and there is already a swap signature at the place on
disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should
be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process
Fixes (bnc#968601)
* Tue Mar 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Calculate checksum in chunks
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't prevent an oem image from a custom disk size
An oem disk ist a self expandable disk and thus it normally
doesn't make sense to specify a disk size for it. However there
are filesystems like btrfs which are very hard to precalculate
a minimum required disk space for X bytes of data. In this
situation a user should have the opportunity to specify a
size
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't call dracut in background from kiwi initrd
This was useful to speedup the boot but opens a potential
race condition if a reboot happens while dracut is still
processing. With the last extension to use dracut as initrd
system people now have the choice what fits their needs
better and this allows us to revert the background call
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for using dracut initrd
As of today only the kiwi initrd could be used with an image
build. This commit adds a new initrd_system attribute and
allows to select between kiwi and dracut as initrd system.
Please note the dracut initrd does not support all features
of the kiwi initrd. This fixes #25
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add a feature drop list to the README
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- update MANIFEST.in due to structure changes
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Use the real executable name for the documentation
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
storage operations should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
container and container_setup should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
disk namespace init is not a factory, thus the Disk class should
have its own namespace. We choose disk.storage
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
rename dformat to subformat
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
The builder classes should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed update alternative setup for kiwi completion
kiwi itself is provided as update alternative for kiwi-py3
Thus the completion should be based on kiwi-py3
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Refactor into subpackage to fix #23
Codecoverage are 100% and tests are green
Changes:
* Refactor archive_*.py -> archive subpackage
* Refactor partitioner_*.py -> partitioner subpackage
* Refactor package_manager_*.py -> package_manager/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_config*.py -> bootloader/config/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_template*.py -> bootloader/template/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_install*.py -> bootloader/install/ subpackage
* Refactor repository*.py -> repository/ subpackage
* Refactor filesystem*.py -> filesystem/ subpackage
* Refactor dist_*.py -> dist/dformat subpackage
The name `dformat` as package name is needed to avoid any name
conflicts with the built-in function `format`.
* Refactor volume_manager*.py -> volume_manager/ subpackage
* Refactor boot_image*.py -> boot/image/ subpackage
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Remove unecessary Travis requirements
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Fix check target
Didn't have a basepython line, fixed strange tox error
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Enhanced Contributing, add new Developing section
* Create a procedure in section Contributing
* Add new Developing section to describe how to use tox
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed device map for VolumeManagerBtrfs
The return value from get_device must be a map containing
an instance of a DeviceProvider, not only the DeviceProvider
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor use of mount/umount calls
Provide a MountManager class and handle all mount/umount
calls in instances of MountManager
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't write grub.cfg to EFI directory
Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing
will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes.
Thus it doesn't make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270)
* Fri Feb 26 2016 Dinar Valeev <dvaleev@suse.com>
- Add support for POWER architecture
Implements requirements for the partition and bootloader setup
in order to build images for ppc64 architectures. Fixes #18
* Thu Feb 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor grub2 bootloader installation
Make use of grub2-install to install the bootloader
* Thu Feb 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Changed debug log in case of failed command
Also log the stdout data from a failed command. So far we
expected error data on stderr but there are also commands
which print error messages on stdout. It should us at least
worth a debug message with this information
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Use tox in .travis.yml, remove .travis.script
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed helper/kiwi-boot-packages
Take care for packages marked for a specific architecture
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused helper/run-pep8
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Adapt make flake target to changed tox target
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Add --cover-min-percentage=100 and helper script
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed spec file for kiwi-boot-requires
The meta package for the buildservice has to require
the new python3-kiwi package
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Use --cover-min-percentage=100 instead of coverage
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Replace helper/coverage-check with coverage
Use --fail-under=99 option which fails for tests under 100%
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- keep packages in yum cache
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Rename flake -> check, move spell
* Move spell target/step to doc.spell
* Call doc.spell in the doc target/step
* Rename flake to check (to make it independant of any tool)
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Spelling fixes
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Tox setup updates
Integrate with Makefile, delete pep8 target from Makefile,
use flake8, update travis script, delete coverage reference,
we want 100% anywhere
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed raid_device_test
The test did not mock os.path.exists and thus could fail
on systems which uses a raid system
* Wed Feb 24 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Update word list
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Remove empty line to avoid error message
Avoid following error message:
CRITICAL **: enchant_is_title_case: assertion `word && *word' failed
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Activate personal spellchecking dictionary
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Open travis check for all branches
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi-filesystem provides to spec template
The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these
filesystem image types
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Integrated Tox
* First incarnation of tox.ini
* Extend MANIFEST.in
* Add doc/requirements.txt
* Extend conf.py with 'sphinxcontrib.spelling' extension
* Add wordlist to doc/source/spelling_wordlist.txt
* Add flake8 section in setup.cfg
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed cmdline lookup
Only check contents of cmdline if it is not None
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- No fdupes checking required anymore
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't track root/usr/share/locale in boot images
The data there is now generated by the make po target
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed fuzzy i18n for en_US/LC_MESSAGES/kiwi.po
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi-image provides to spec template
The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these
image types.
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent any output if quiet is set
If exec >/dev/null is run before setterm clears the screen,
then "Failed to find cpu0 device node" is displayed even if
quiet is set.
* Tue Feb 23 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template
Fixes (bnc#961334)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor suseStripKernel
The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in
several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code
has been refactored and splitted into task methods which
can run independently from each other. As one result the
kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update
weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Remove flush before resize filesystem
According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer
caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time
trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers
a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error,
and then fails to resize.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update arm boot image descriptions
Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as
those images use u-boot scripts for booting.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed checkFileSystem call
In the refactoring fc363cc, the parameters of checkFileSystem got
changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn't
pass down the device name due to a typo.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Ignore fdasd errors
Like fdisk, fdasd also reports an error when re-reading the
partition table. But the table was written correctly so we
continue for the moment and add a debug message
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed boot image result filename
Has to follow the naming convention
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed pxe builder kernel/hypervisor target path
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use bytes type with hashlib
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor result bundler
instead of being clever in the result bundler we should be
more explicit when adding a result to the result instance.
Therefore the result.add method now also allows to specify
if this result should be part of a result bundle and whether
it should be placed compressed or uncompressed in this bundle
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added metadata rpm files to all builders
rpm packages and verification information is now added to
all builder results. Fixes #13
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Fixing code smells from Landscape.io
https://landscape.io/github/SUSE/kiwi/161/messages/smell
Fixed issues:
* Unused imports
* Unused variables
* Specify string format arguments as logging function parameters
(log.warning("%s bla" % x) -> log.warning("%s bla", x)
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Ignore backup files
* Sun Feb 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added the following system setup methods
export_rpm_package_list and export_rpm_package_verification
Used to provide rpm package metadata and verification information
for rpm based image builds
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Improve doc
* Consistently use KIWI
* Fixed punctuation
* Added zypper ar for adding KIWI's OBS repo
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed unit test read return result
Unit test mocking read should return a bytes array and not
a string because that's what python3 would do in reality
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed path location in disk_format_image result
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed disk format builder
This one was missing the output image name adaptions
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Regenerate xml_parse data structures for python3
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Better error response in debug output
If a Command.run fails with an error code != 0 but not data was
produced on the stderr channel, we provide this as information
to the caller
* Fri Feb 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Port kiwicompat to python 3
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Port helper tools to python3
Also fixes completion to correctly parse the toplevel --compat option
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Do not activate dmraid paritions
Only activate the device itself, not the partitions,
that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules
will create the corresponding "_partX" symlinks for each
partition within "/dev/mapper, which is totally sufficient.
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed cut and paste error in spec template
correct the project Url
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
add install information for python3-devel
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed README
wrong reference to env2 where it should be env3
* Thu Feb 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update travis env to python 3.4
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Port application from python 2.7 to 3.4
For new applications like this kiwi version and its use cases
it is better to base it on a more recent python version
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed bundling container results
Container images are already compressed, there is no need
for the bundler to do that again
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use pinch_system with force in any case
Deletion of packages should be done with the force flag set.
Otherwise the package manager computes a resolved list for
the deletion targets which causes other packages to be
deleted which is unwanted
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed host to image root data setup
On bind mounts check if the origin path exists on the host.
On copy check if the origin file exists on the host
* Wed Feb 17 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed deactivate_systemd_service
Check if the service file exists, if not there is no need
to deactivate an non existing service.
* Tue Feb 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use alternatives mechanism for completion file
This avoids the package conflict with the legacs kiwi version
* Tue Feb 16 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Weaken kiwi-tools requirement
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle 32bit Intel arch as ix86 in boot code
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow building 32bit bios images
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete %post from kiwi-pxeboot
We do not provide a default config file for the pxe setup anymore.
There is no good default file we can provide here because we don't
know how the user has configured a pxe image. The documentation
should explain how to setup the pxe config and infrastructure with
the help of the static data provided by the kiwi-pxeboot package
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't require python-Sphinx at build time
Sphinx is not available on all platforms and required only to
build the manual pages. Thus the make build target can build
the man pages and pack the result into the source tarball
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't strip ctc_configure from initrd
ctc_configure is used on s390 images
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added man page for result bundle command
* Mon Feb 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added result bundler
* Fri Feb 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi-boot-requires buildservice meta package
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused .releasetags helper
Fixes #9
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added system update manual page
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Create manual pages
Create man pages for result list, system build, prepare and create
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added pv xen drivers to boot descriptions
Beginning with SLE12 SP2 the default kernel is a pvops
capable kernel. This means it can be used in a Xen HVM full
virtual machine as well as in a PV - paravirtual machine.
However it's required to keep the paravirtual net, block
modules in the initrd. As their location also has move
an update of the boot image descriptions was necessary
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed wait message in waitFor boot functions
Better indicate for what we are waiting
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Load xen modules by alias only
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable
A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Change default ec2 root_cmdline_parameter
For ec2 based firmware the value root=UUID=x is provided
instead of a static device node
* Thu Feb 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor internal boot image task
Make a factory out of the task and allow to have e.g
a dracut boot image task at a later point in time.
The BootImageBase class creates an interface for this
implementation. So far only BootImageKiwi is implemented
* Wed Feb 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added export_modprobe_setup method to SystemSetup
export_modprobe_setup copies the contents of etc/modprobe.d
to a specified target root directory. The method is used to
transfer the modprobe configuration from the system image
to the boot image
* Wed Feb 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed archive_builder_test
Mock platform value
* Wed Feb 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added compatibility information to main man page
* Wed Feb 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Put arch and version to output image file name
* Wed Feb 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added quick start example to main kiwi manual page
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fill master manual page with content
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added git like command completion
Provide a 'Did you mean' log message for unclear task names
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Man pages are below level 2
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed rpm-buildroot-usage rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused .md5 script
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed rpm package build
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed dracut call
Always create a generic initrd, don't pass -H
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed custom args setup for vmdk format
custom args is a hash with option/value pairs. For vmdk the option
could be e.g adapter_type=value and the value is None. This is by
intention because qemu which receives those type of options allows
only the syntax "-o option=value". The kiwi code setting up the
options did not check correctly if there really is a value for
e.g adapter_type
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow alternative locations for grub installation
Different distributions install grub2 to different places.
Therefore kiwi should not use a fixed location but allow
to lookup grub data at several places
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian
* Tue Feb 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure to cleanup yum requests after processing
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed CommandIterator
check for output before sending an iteration stop
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed stateful copy of repository section
Profiles are not copied because they might not exist in
the target description
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed host to root path patcher
Don't be confused by multiple /'es
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for yum package manager
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of iso mounted repositories
When using an iso as repo, kiwi mounts it to a temporary
location. The location is different for each build and
therefore the zypper repo file needs to be recreated for
any new build in this situation
* Sun Feb 07 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Check if config file exists
Before updating a config file, check if it exists. If
it is not present skip the configuration and print a
warning message
* Sat Feb 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added yum repository support
* Sat Feb 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make man install target more stable
* Sat Feb 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update source manifest
include only doc Makefile and source, the pages are
build at build time
* Sat Feb 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Include installation of man pages to spec file
* Sat Feb 06 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added man page templates for all commands
* Fri Feb 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added man page templates
Added template for master page and result_list
* Fri Feb 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added initial sphinx documentation structure
The documentation will cover kiwi manual pages. more detailed
documentation will be written and maintained in colaboration
with the documentation department
* Fri Feb 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed use of noglob shell option
* Thu Feb 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for kiwi --compat
The --compat call will trigger the call of the kiwicompat
tool written to support legacy kiwi commandlines. An example
could look like the following call:
sudo kiwi --compat -- --build /my/description --type vmx -d /my/dest
Please be aware the -- is required to tell docopt to treat all
options as parameters
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent duplicate error logging
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor CommandProcess class
Use an iterator class to run through the process. implement
poll variants explicit and clear structured
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab
Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes
This fixes bnc#964474
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add kiwicompat to Makefile build and install target
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Wed Feb 03 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Bump version: 8.10.0 → 8.10.1
* Tue Feb 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prepare for package building
* Tue Feb 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Follow up fix for fstab setup
Use the system installed fstab as default if present
* Tue Feb 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Support building in buildservice worker
The repo setup inside of a buildservice worker uses a static
path below /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/repos/. We need to adapt
the provided obs uri type to match this criteria
* Tue Feb 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't add kernel filesystems to fstab
Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn't
need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab
This fixes bnc#964472
* Fri Jan 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed btrfs build with snapshots
* Fri Jan 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot
This fixes (bnc#946648)
* Fri Jan 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile
* Fri Jan 29 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Recompile schema and data structures
New attribute btrfs_root_is_snapshot and methods
* Wed Jan 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code
If set it's required to mount the subvolumes like it is
done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the
update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry
for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel
This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute
This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added fix_boot_catalog and relocate_boot_catalog
* Tue Jan 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent duplicate validation of cmdline
* Tue Jan 26 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed grub2 xen guest bootloader config
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- More modules not present for grub2/x86_64-xen
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- There is no multiboot module for grub2/x86_64-xen
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure get_partition_table_type returns a value
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use bash to call config scripts
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed regular expression pattern
use re.escape to make sure the search string has special regular
expression characters quoted correctly
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for using internal build service
An option --obs-repo-internal was added
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add support for alternative config file *.kiwi
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow to build directly from buildservice checkout
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fix misleading variable name
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Move default boot timeout to Defaults class
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed boot exclude for zipl case
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed zipl bootloader setup and install
quote special characters in title for menu. refactor the
zipl bootloader install class to know about the boot partition
device node
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Added title quoting method for older loaders
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Move VTOC creation into Disk class
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed missing setup_disk_boot_images for zipl
The interface class implements this with a raise condition
by default. For zipl no bootloader images needs to be created
Thus implement the method and pass
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed typo in list assignment
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Fixed LoopDevice class
custom blocksize value must be passed as string to the
command level not as integer
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Platform fixes for XML tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Platform endian fix for vhd tag test
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@novell.com>
- Platform fixes for unit tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests
* Sun Jan 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added BootLoaderInstallZipl class
* Sun Jan 24 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate zipl bootloader config in factory class
* Fri Jan 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Finished BootLoaderConfigZipl class and tests
* Fri Jan 22 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused patch statement from test
* Thu Jan 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added BootLoaderConfigZipl class
The implementation is still unfinished
* Thu Jan 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Pass the disk device to the bootloader config
As a custom option the BootLoaderConfig instance now
receives the target disk device node. So far this is only
used in the zipl case where it is needed which is the
reason why it is kept as a custom argument
* Thu Jan 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow custom options for bootloader config classes
* Thu Jan 21 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added zipl bootloader template
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added partitioner_dasd for s390
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor Firmware class
more information from the XML description is needed in order
to make e.g decisions about the partition table type to use
according to the firmware setup in combination with e.g the
target loader type on s390. Thus the class now receives an
instance of the XML state and not only the firmware attribute
value
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Disable setup of hwclock
hwclock seems not exist on all supported architectures. In addition
the build process should not fiddle with the build host hardware
clock
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- No need for a condition if there is no alternative
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- No need for a condition if there is no alternative
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use 800x600 default for grub2 gfxmode
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Close progress line with CR when finished
* Wed Jan 20 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added ImageBuilder factory
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added system build command
Allows to combine prepare and create into one big task
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Better error message for pickle exceptions
There is no meaningfull error message for pickle.load
exceptions. Thus only provide the exception type and our
own message
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use pickle instead of marshal
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixes for the container builder
in the setup if the files to update do not exist the process
failed. This patch adds a check prior to changing the file
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure the create task creates the target dir
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed result object dump
marshal.dump requires an open file object not a filename
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added ContainerBuilder
currently supports building of docker containers
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added ContainerImage class
Factory plus implementation for docker
* Tue Jan 19 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor variable name for root directory
If it is clear the source directory is the root directory of
the image the variable should be named root_dir not source_dir
* Mon Jan 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixing landscape issues
* Mon Jan 18 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added ContainerSetup classes
Base and Factory plus implementation for docker
* Fri Jan 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor user/groups setup
Provide an easier to travers data type in xml_state for the
user and groups. The get_users() method returns a list of
tuples which assigns each user list the group name and id
it belongs to
* Fri Jan 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use normpath to avoid double slash in output
* Fri Jan 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwi result task
Implementing 'kiwi result list' which marshal loads the
serialized result instance from a previous build and shows
the build results
* Fri Jan 15 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Dump the result instance as a marshal dump
* Thu Jan 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add clic as supported live media build target
* Thu Jan 14 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added FileSystemClicFs class
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed contents of header_end block
off by one bug
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Finished LiveImageBuilder for overlay iso type
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added check if UDF extension is needed or not
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Put supported live image iso types into defaults
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added live ISO grub2 efi template and setup
* Wed Jan 13 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- pep8 fixes
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Rebuild schema and data structures
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Continue with LiveImageBuilder class
Added isolinux bootloader setup, finished live build procedure
Live metadata injection still missing. grub2 efi boot for live
image still missing
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Don't use filesystem specific mount option
When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using
filesystem specific options like barrier
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Check read write filesystem prior to mounting
If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write
partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential
dirty state
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Cascade exfat mount
try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount
Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but
if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance
* Tue Jan 12 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed Makefile target to build data structures
A change in kiwi/schema/kiwi.rnc triggers the build of the
schema rng version as well as an auto update of the data
structures via python's generateDS. The intermediate xsd
schema format is only relevant for the data structure
creation process
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make createFileSystem more robust
When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method
should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem
In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent
write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem
fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing
an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create
the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of
the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G.
The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten.
However the XML definition and implementation to do this
is still missing
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Reread partition table after hybrid setup
The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version
of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the
table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate
a reread via blockdev
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options
Optimized for 512kB erase block size
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use mount options to increase overlay performace
For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is
more important than safety. We use this combination of options
for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite
Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less
complex and more clear in the processing of tasks
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data
Instead of a fixed name 'cowfile' we allow a custom name which is
predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become
overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow
later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as
plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live
stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is
good for
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted
Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added support for exfat creation and probing
In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container
for persistent data it's required to provide support for mkfs.exfat
* Mon Jan 11 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust
The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash
characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a
iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods
should be able to work with any given filename
* Sun Jan 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Started with LiveImageBuilder class
Added interface and required steps. tests and implementation
are missing and will follow
* Sun Jan 10 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added archive builder
* Sat Jan 09 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added repo handling to compat caller
Also added process execution with translated arguments
* Fri Jan 08 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add compat translation for prepare/create/upgrade
* Tue Jan 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added kiwicompat to support legacy commandline
* Tue Jan 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added install pxe archive support
* Tue Jan 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added warning message if pxedeploy section is used
At the moment there is no class to build the pxe client config
file from information provided with the optional pxedeploy
section. However this is not fatal to the build because the file
could be created manually too. Thus a warning message is shown
which will go away when the pxe client config file creation
has been ported
* Tue Jan 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- cleanup test data to be consistent
* Tue Jan 05 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added recovery setup
* Mon Jan 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormatGce class implementation
* Mon Jan 04 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed suffix name for compressed archives
* Sat Jan 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added creation of gnu and xz archives to tar class
* Sat Jan 02 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor result collection
Put the creation of a result object into the builder classes
and return them from there. The builder instances knows about
the results not the task instances
* Fri Jan 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed option handling for vmdk format
* Fri Jan 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Activate disk format building in disk builder
If disk format and install media is configured together only
the install media will be built and a warning message for
skipping the disk format is shown
* Fri Jan 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added custom argument handling for disk formats
* Fri Jan 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormat factory
* Fri Jan 01 2016 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormatVmdk class implementation
* Tue Dec 29 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- pep8 fixes
* Tue Dec 29 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormatVhdFixed class implementation
* Tue Dec 29 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete unused test data symlinks
* Wed Dec 23 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormatVhd class implementation
* Wed Dec 23 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added DiskFormat base class
Also added implementation for DiskFormatQcow2.
More format classes will follow next
* Wed Dec 23 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces
Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=“PRODUCT BANANA” breaks
the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces
for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace
with \030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing.
Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch
* Tue Dec 22 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed LUKS setup for dracut
The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut
to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name
of the luks map must be 'luks' to make dracut happy.
* Tue Dec 22 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- luks setup triggers boot partition by default
* Tue Dec 22 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add LuksDevice class and implementation
Also implemented luks support in DiskBuilder
* Tue Dec 22 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi
openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages
have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot.
Ensure that all files in /boot/vc are provided in image/loader for
further reference
* Tue Dec 22 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor file system check in boot code
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure VolumeManager instance updates root map
An instance of volume manager could cause the creation of a new
device e.g in case of LVM. The master device map in the disk
builder has to be updated with this device
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed unconditional lookup of boot partition id
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Package check for packages marked for deletion
If none of the packages to become deleted are installed we
will raise an error, basically to force people to fixup the
image description
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Better error message for call with unknown command
If kiwi is called with an unknown command an error message
showing which commands actually exists should be shown
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed user group creation
The command name is groupadd not addgroup
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed label and UUID support for XFS creation
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Return sorted lists for packages/archives
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Fri Dec 18 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added __githash__ to version.py
Any time the version.py is changed and committed the git ident
will be reset by git. After a checkout of version.py the ident
will be updated in version.py to the git commit id of version.py
Whenever we relase a new kiwi version the process is as follows:
1. run bumpversion to set the version for the release
2. run tox to create the source tarball for the release
We have to make sure tox calls a git checkout of
version.py
* Thu Dec 17 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for schema conversion
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. The make targets to build xsd and rng schemas has
been moved to the master Makefile
* Thu Dec 17 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for locale setup
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. The make targets to handle po files and their
installation has now been moved to the master Makefile
* Thu Dec 17 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update translation po files with template
* Thu Dec 17 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for compiling tools
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. I'm going to move the various places and its tasks
into one master Makefile to make it easier to move the targets
one after the other into a tox setup.
* Thu Dec 17 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor source code structure
All files referenced by kiwi should live below the kiwi
namespace and should be referenced by the resource_filename()
method from the pkg_resources
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update exclude list for boot image runtime data
There are some directories needed during boot image creation
time, e.g grub2 modules to create grub images. But at boot
time this data is no longer required and would just waste
space in the initrd
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Delete dracut from boot images
dracut is needed in the system and also called from there
by the kiwi boot image, but inside of the boot image it is
not needed and just wastes space
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add some paths not needed in the boot image
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added boot messages translations
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Exclude /image from boot images
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Change default boot image description path
Let the default boot image description path point to boot/arch
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Make sure the boot image profile provides its name
The variable kiwi_initrdname was added to the .profile
environment for boot image builds
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update boot image functions
Delete a lot of legacy code from the bash boot code
* Wed Dec 16 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added boot image descriptions
Provide boot(initrd) image descriptions for supported
architectures and distributions
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed unit tests, mock NamedTemporaryFile
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added coverage to developer requirements
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Use "next generation" string
To distinguish it between old and new KIWI
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Review and add corrections
* Consistent spelling: kiwi -> KIWI, python -> Python
* Add punctuation
* Use backticks for scripts and dirs
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update development status to be inline with setup.py
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Deleted no longer needed bin/kiwi script
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Added developer information how to contribute
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Minor changes in virtualenv setup file names
Moved the requirements.txt setup files into a namespace
called .virtualenv in order to stay compatible with the
.travis requirement files
* Tue Dec 15 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update development status in setup.py
* Mon Dec 14 2015 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Fix #5: Improve setup.py
* setup.py:
- use setuptools always, no need to check for distutils
- include keywords 'include_package_data', 'zip_safe', and 'classifiers'
* setup.cfg:
- add bdist_wheel and sdist section
* Add missing MANIFEST.in (needed for setup.py dist)
* Remove executable bit for LICENSE and README.md
* Mon Dec 14 2015 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Fix #3: Requirement for Virtual Envs
* Add requirements.txt and dev-requirements.txt
The dev-requirements.txt installs requirements.txt automatically
* Ignore .env, .env2, and .env3 virtual env directories
* Mon Dec 14 2015 Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
- Fix #4: support bumpversion with .bumpversion.cfg
* Mon Dec 14 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added RaidDevice class
implementation in disk_builder
* Fri Dec 11 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed hybrid call
offset number should be passed as string to Command
* Fri Dec 11 2015 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- __VERSION__ -> __version__
* Fri Dec 11 2015 Thomas Schraitle <toms@suse.de>
- Rename __VERSION__ -> __version__
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added hybrid ISO setup
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a PackageManager factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a Repository factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderInstall factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a VolumeManager factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderConfig factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a Partitioner factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor creation of a FileSystem factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed travis setup
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor InstallImageBuilder
no need to provide the name of the disk image, this
information can be created from the xml state
* Thu Dec 10 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed missing md5 file on install media
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Travis testing needs cdrtools for isoinfo
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added two pass ISO creation system
The kiwi ISO's are prepared to be hybrid by adding an
end header block so that isohybrid can place its gpt
header at the correct offset address
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added user log messages for install media builder
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed grub bootloader template for install case
Template was missing the cdinst option
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added create_header_end_block method in Iso class
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added isols method in Iso class
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Fixed ui theme setup in isolinux.cfg
* Wed Dec 09 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added isolinux bootloader support
* Mon Dec 07 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Prevent zypper failing on outdated system solvable
* Sun Dec 06 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sun Dec 06 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Refactor boot data extraction from boot image
Allow data extraction multiple times, don't move files
away from their original location
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix unused variables
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Add debug message for repo cleanup
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix unused variables
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix dangerous defaults
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- landscape: fix dangerous defaults
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Added landscap config file
skip checking auto generated code
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Set naster branch for travis setup
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Travis and Landscape status
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.com>
- Update README
Generated by rpm2html 1.8.1
Fabrice Bellet, Thu Jul 18 00:05:10 2024